Вы находитесь на странице: 1из 194

IEC Power Control

SIRIUS Contactors and Contactor Assemblies

Contents Pages Contents Pages


Section Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2/2–2/5 Design / Function Overview
Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2/6–2/7 3RT10 Contactors, S00 to S3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2/65–2/66
3RT10 Contactors, S6 to S12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2/67–2/69
SIRIUS Contactors Safety Contactors & Safety Control Relays . . . . . . . . .2/70
3RT10, 3-pole to 95A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2/8 3RA13 Reversing Contactors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2/71–2/72
3RT10, 3-pole to 500A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2/9 WYE-Delta Starters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2/73–2/80
3RT12, 3-pole Vacuum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2/10 3RH Control Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2/81
3RT14, 3-pole for Resistive Loads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2/11 3TF6 Vacuum Contactors up to 820A . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2/82
3RT13, 4-pole with 4 NO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2/12–2/13 3TB5 3-pole Contactors with DC Coil . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2/82
3RT15, 4-pole with 2 NO + 2 NC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2/14 3RT19 Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2/83–2/85
3RT16, for Capacitor Switching . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2/15
Technical Data
3RT10, Interface Contactor Relays . . . . . . . . . . .2/16–2/17
3RT10, Safety Contactors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2/18 3RT10 Contactors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2/86–2/117
3RH11, Safety Control Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2/18 3RT12 Vacuum Contactors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2/91–2/122
3RA13 Reversing Contactors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2/19–2/22 3RT14 Resistive Load Contactors . . . . . . . . . .2/123–2/130
Contactor Coil Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2/23 3RT13 4-pole Contactors with 4 NO . . . . . . . .2/131–2/132
3RT15 4-pole Contactors with 2 NO & 2 NC . .2/133–2/134
SIRIUS Control Relays & Coupling Relays 3RT16 Capacitor Switching Contactors . . . . . . . . . . .2/135
3RH11 / 3RH12 Control Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2/24 3RT10 Interface Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2/135–2/136
3RH14 Latched Control Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2/25 3TF6 Vacuum Contactors up to 820A . . . . . . . .2/137-2/144
Auxiliary Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2/26 3TB5 3-pole Contactors with DC Coil . . . . . . . .2/137-2/147
3RH11 Coupling Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2/27 3TC DC Switching Contactors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2/148
Special Application Contactors (3TF6 / 3TB5 / 3TC) Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2/149–2/151
3TF6 Vacuum Contactors up to 820A . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2/28 3RH1 Control Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2/152–2/154
3TB5 3-pole Contactors with DC Coil . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2/28 3RH11 Coupling Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2/155
3TC DC Switching Contactors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2/29 Circuit Diagrams
SIRIUS Contactor & Relay Accessories 3RT1 Contactors & Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . .2/156-2/160
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2/30–2/34 3RA13 Reversing Contactors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2/161
Auxiliary Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2/35–2/38 WYE-Delta Starters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2/162
Solid-state Timers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2/39–2/40 3TB5 3-pole Contactors with DC Coil . . . . . . . . . . . . .2/163
Surge Suppressors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2/41–2/42 3TF6 Vacuum Contactors up to 820A . . . . . . . . . . . . .2/163
Contactor Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2/43–2/46 3RH1 Control Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2/164
Reversing Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2/47–2/49 3RH11 Coupling Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2/165
Wye-delta Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2/50 Position of Terminals
NEMA 1 Enclosures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2/51 3RT1 Contactors and Accessories . . . . . . . . . .2/166–2/169
Special Application Contactor Accessories 3RT16 Capacitor Contactors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2/169
Auxiliary Contacts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2/52 3TF6 Vacuum Contactors up to 820A . . . . . . . . . . . . .2/170
Box Terminals and Covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2/52 3TB5 3-pole Contactors with DC Coil . . . . . . . . . . . . .2/170
Surge Suppressors for 3TB, 3TC, 3TF . . . . . . . . . . . . .2/53 3RH1 Control Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2/171
SIRIUS Contactor Spare Parts Dimensions
Coils . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2/54–2/57 3RT10, 3-pole Contactors S00 to S3 . . . . . . . .2/172–2/175
Arc Chutes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2/58 3RT10, 3-pole Contactors S6 to S12 . . . . . . . .2/176–2/177
Contact Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2/58 3RT14, 3-pole Contactors for Resistive Loads .2/174–2/177
Special Application Contactor Spare Parts
3RT12, 3-pole Vacuum Contactors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2/178
3RT13, 3RT15 4-pole Contactors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2/179
3TF6 Spare Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2/59
3RT16, Contactors for Capacitor Switching . . . . . . . .2/180
3TB50 - 56 Spare Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2/60
3RA13 Reversing Contactors . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2/181–2/183
3TB50 - 56 Coils . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2/61
3TF6 Vacuum Contactors up to 820A . . . . . . . . . . . . .2/184
Obsolete Contactor / Relay Spare Parts . . . . . . . . .2/62-2/64 3TB5 3-pole Contactors with DC Coil . . . . . . . . . . . . .2/185
Contactor Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2/186–2/193
3RH1 Control Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2/194
3RH11 Coupling Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2/194

Siemens Industry, Inc. 2/1


Industrial Controls Catalog
IEC Control
Contactors and Contactor Assemblies SIRIUS
Contactors for switching three-phase motors

Contactors for switching three-phase motors

3RT10 contactors, 3-pole, 3 to 75 HP, 3RT10 contactors, 3-pole, 3RT10 NEMA Labeled
sizes S00 to S3, 100 to 400 HP, Contactors,
with screw or Cage Clamp sizes S6, S10 and S12 NEMA size 0 to 4
connections Page Page Page
Selection and ordering data Selection and ordering data Selection and ordering data
AC/DC operation 2/8 AC/DC operation 2/8 AC/DC operation 2/8, 2/9
Accessories 2/35 Accessories 2/35 Accessories 2/35
Spare parts 2/54 Spare parts 2/56 Spare parts........................... . 2/56, 2/59

Description 2/ 6 5 Description 2/67 Description 2/ 6 5


Technical data 2/86 Technical data 2/88 Technical data 2/86
Internal circuit diagrams 2/156 Internal circuit diagrams 2/156 Internal circuit diagrams 2/156
Position of terminals 2/166 Position of terminals 2/167 Position of terminals 2/166
Dimension drawings 2/172 Dimension drawings 2/176 Dimension drawings 2/172

Contactor assemblies for switching three-phase motors

3RT12 vacuum contactors, 3-pole, 3RA13 contactor assemblies Components for


150 to 400 HP, for reversing, customer assembly of
sizes S10 and S12 3 to 75 HP, contactor assemblies,
sizes S00 to S3 sizes S00 to S12
with screw connections
Page Page Page
Selection and ordering data Selection and ordering data Selection and ordering data
AC/DC operation 2/10 AC and DC operation 2/19 for wye-delta starting 2/76
Accessories 2/35 Accessories 2/47 Accessories 2/50
Spare parts 2/56 Spare parts 2/54 Spare parts 2/54
Description 2/ 6 7 Ov e r v i e w 2/ 7 2 O verview 2/ 7 4
Technical data 2/91 Description 2/ 7 1 D escri ption 2/73
Internal circuit diagrams 2/156 Circuit diagram 2/161 Circuit diagrams 2/162
Position of terminals 2/167 Position of terminals 2/161
Dimension drawings 2/178 Dimension drawings 2/181

2/2 Siemens Industry, Inc.


Industrial Controls Catalog
IEC Control
SIRIUS Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
Contactors for special applications

Contactors for special applications

3RT14 contactors, 3RT13 contactors, Ie/AC-1: 18 to 3RT15 contactors, AC-3: 7.5 to 25 HP


Ie/AC-1: 140 to 690 A, 140 A with 4 NO main contacts, with 2 NO + 2 NC main contacts,
3-pole, sizes S3 to S12, sizes S00 to S3 sizes S00 to S2
with screw connections with screw or with screw or
Page Cage Clamp connections Page Cage Clamp connections Page
Selection and ordering data Selection and ordering data Selection and ordering data
AC and DC operation 2/11 AC and DC operation 2/12 AC and DC operation 2/14
Accessories 2/35 Accessories 2/35 Accessories 2/35
Spare parts 2/56 Spare parts 2/54 Spare parts 2/54

Description 2/ 1 1 Description 2/ 12 Description 2/ 1 4


Technical data 2/123 Technical data 2/131 Technical data 2/133
Internal circuit diagrams 2/156 Internal circuit diagrams 2/156 Internal circuit diagrams 2/156
Position of terminals 2/167 Position of terminals 2/167 Position of terminals 2/167
Dimension drawings 2/174 Dimension drawings 2/179 Dimension drawings 2/179

3RT16 capacitor contactors 3RT10 coupling relays up to 15 HP 3RT Safety Contactors and
up to 60 kvar (interface,) 3-pole, 3RH Safety Control Relays
sizes S00 to S3 for switching motors,
with screw connections sizes S00 and S0
with screw or
Page Cage Clamp connections Page Page
Selection and ordering data Selection and ordering data Selection and ordering data
AC operation 2/15 DC operation 2/16 Safety with standard devices 2/18
Accessories 2/35 Accessories 2/35 Safety with permanently 2/70
Spare parts 2/54 Spare parts 2/54 mounted auxiliaries
Accessories 2/41
Description 2/ 1 5 Description 2/16 Description 2 /18, 2/70
Technical data 2/135 Technical data 2/135 Technical data 2/18, 2/70
Circuit diagram 2/160 Internal circuit diagrams 2/156
Position of terminals 2/169 Position of terminals 2/166
Dimension drawings 2/180 Dimension drawings 2/175

Siemens Industry, Inc. 2/3


Industrial Controls Catalog
IEC Control
Contactors and Contactor Assemblies SIRIUS
Contactors for special application

3TF68 and 3TF69 vacuum contactors, 3TB50 to 3TB56 contactors 3TC Contactors
500 to 700 HP; with DC solenoid system,
contactor assemblies 100 to 300 Hp

Page
Page Page
Selection and ordering data Selection and ordering data Selection and ordering data
AC and DC operation 2/28 DC operation 2/28 DC operation 2/29
Accessories 2/52 Accessories 2/52
Spare parts 2/59 Spare parts 2/60 Spare parts 2/29

Description 2/ 8 2 Description 2/82 Technical data 2/148


Technical data 2/137 Technical data 2/137
Internal circuit diagrams 2/163 Internal circuit diagrams 2/163
Position of terminals 2/170 Position of terminals 2/170
Dimension drawings 2/184 Dimension drawings 2/185

3RT1 SIRIUS Nomenclature

3RT1 0 1 5 - 1 A B ______________O 1
SIRIUS Application Frame Current Terminal Coil Type Coil Voltage Aux Contacts
Contactor 0 = 3 pole Standard 1 = S00 Designation 1 = Screw A = AC (S00-S3) See Coil Selection Chart 0 = None
2 = 3 pole Vacuum 2 = S0 2 = Spring Loaded A = AC/DC (S6-S12) page 2/35 1 = 1 NO EN50012
3 = 4 pole NO 3 = S2 Choices = 3 = Spring Loaded B = DC (S00-S3)
4 = 3 pole resistive load 4 = S3 3,4,5,6 Coil only N = 24VDC Solid state 2 = 1 NC EN50012
5 = 4 pole 2 NO + 2 NC 5 = S6 6 = Busbar Terminal with AC/DC coil (S00-S3)
6 = 3 pole Capacitive 6 = S10 P = 24 VDC RLT 4 = 2NO + 2NC
7 = S12 Q = Solid State with EN50012 (S00-S12)
AS-I 5 = 1NO + 1 NC
EN50012 (S0-S12)
6 = 2 NO + 2 NC
EN50012 (S0-S12)

Note: MSPs and Contactors of the same frame size are made to easily fit together with the use of a link module.
Note: Contactors and Overloads of the frame size S00 - S3 are made to easily fit together with accessories or can be purchased
pre-assembled as 3RA assemblies.
Note: This is only a guide to decode the model number. All possible combinations of these are not available.

2/4 Siemens Industry, Inc.


Industrial Controls Catalog
IEC Control
Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
SIRIUS control relays
SIRIUS contactor relays

3RH11, 3RH12 control relays 3RH14 latched control relays,


4- and 8-pole, size S00, 4-pole, size S00,
AC and DC operation Page AC and DC operation Page
Selection and ordering data Selection and ordering data
With screw connections 2/24 With screw connections 2/25
with Cage Clamp connections 2/24 Accessories for 3RH1 . 2/26
Accessories for 3RH1 . 2/26
Overview 2/81 Ap pl i cation 2/ 8 1
Technical data 2/152 Te chn ical da ta 2/152
Terminal diagrams 2/164 Terminal diagrams 2/164
Position of terminals 2/171 P o s i ti o n o f t er m i n a ls 2/ 1 7 1
Dimension drawings 2/194 Dimension drawings 2/194

SIRIUS coupling relays


(interface)

3RH11 coupling relays


for switching auxiliary circuits,
4-pole, size S00,
DC operation Page
Selection and ordering data
With screw connections 2/27
with Cage Clamp connections 2/27

Application 2/ 2 7
Technical data 2/15 5
Terminal diagrams 2/165
Position of terminals 2 /1 71
D i m en s i o n d r a w i n g s 2/194

Siemens Industry, Inc. 2/5


Industrial Controls Catalog
IEC Control
Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
Overview

Size S00 S0 S2
Type 3RT10 1 3RT10 2 3RT10 3
3RT10 contactors • 3RT12 and 3TF68/69 vacuum contactors
Type 3RT10 15 3RT10 16 3RT10 17 3RT10 23 3RT10 24 3RT10 25 3RT10 26 3RT1033 3RT10 34 3RT10 35 3RT10 36
AC/DC operation (p. 2/8) (p. 2/8) (p. 2/8)
Type – – –

Maximum horsepower ratings (CSA and UL approved values)


200 V HP 1½ 2 3 2 3 5 7½ 7½ 10 10 15
230 V HP 2 3 3 3 3 5 7½ 10 10 15 15
460 V HP 3 5 7½ 5 7½ 10 15 20 25 30 40
575 V HP 5 7½ 10 7½ 10 15 20 25 30 40 50
AC-3
Ie/AC-3/400 V A 7 9 12 9 12 17 25 28 32 40 50
400 V kW 3 4 5.5 4 5.5 7.5 11 11 15 18.5 22
230 V kW 2.2 3 3 3 3 4 5.5 5.5 7.5 11 15
500 V kW 3.5 4.5 5.5 4.5 7.5 10 11 18.5 18.5 22 30
690 V kW 4 5.5 5.5 5.5 7.5 11 11 18.5 18.5 22 22
1 000 V kW – – – – – – – – – – –
AC-4 (at Ia = 6 x Ie)
400 V kW 3 4 4 4 5.5 7.5 7.5 11 15 18.5 22
400 V kW 1.15 2 2 2 2.6 3.5 4.4 8.2 9.5 12.6
(200 000 operating cycles)
AC-1 (40 °C, ≤ 690 V)
Ie A 18 22 22 40 40 40 40 50 50 50 60

Accessories for contactors


Auxiliary switch blocks front 3RH19 11 (p. 2/35) 3RH19 21 (p. 2/35)
lateral – 3RH19 21 (p. 2/37)
Terminal covers – – 3RT19 36-4EA2 (p. 2/46)
Box terminal blocks – – –
Surge suppressor 3RT19 16 (p. 2/41) 3RT19 26 (p. 2/41) 3RT19 26/36 (p. 2/42)
3RU11 and 3RB10/12 overload relays (Part 4)
3RU11, thermal, CLASS 10 3RU11 16 0.1 – 12 A (p. 3/9) 3RU11 26 1.8 – 25 A (p. 3/9) 3RU11 36 5.5 – 50 A (p. 3/9)
3RB20/21, solid-state, 3RB20 16 0.1 – 12 A (p. 3/23) 3RB20 26 3 – 25 A (p. 3/23) 3RB20 36 6 – 50 A (p. 3/23)
CLASS 5, 10, 20 and 30 3RB21 16 (p. 3/25) 3RB21 26 (p. 3/25) 3RB21 36 (p. 3/25)
3RB22/23, solid-state, 3RB2. 83 + 0.3 – 25 A (p. 3/38) 3RB2. 83 + 10 – 100 A (p. 3/38)
CLASS 5, 10, 20 and 30 3RB29 06 3RB29 06
3RV10 circuit-breakers (Part 2)
Type 3RV10 11 0.18 – 12 A (p. 1/4) 3RV10 21 9 – 25 A (p. 1/5) 3RV10 31 22 – 50 A (p. 1/5)
Link modules 3RA19 11 (p. 1/12) 3RA19 21 (p. 1/12) 3RA19 31 (p. 1/12)
3RA13 reversing contactor assemblies
Complete units Type 3RA13 15 3RA13 16 3RA13 17 3RA13 24 3RA13 25 3RA13 26 3RA13 34 3RA13 35 3RA13 36
(p. 2/19) (p. 2/20) (p. 2/21)
460 V HP 3 5 7½ 5 7½ 10 15 20 25 30 40
Installation kits/wiring connectors 3RA19 13-2A (p. 2/48) 3RA19 23-2A (p. 2/48) 3RA19 33-2A (p. 2/48)
Mechanical interlocks 3RA19 12-2H (p. 2/49) 3RA19 24-2B (p. 2/47)

2/6 Siemens Industry, Inc.


Industrial Controls Catalog
IEC Control
Contactors and Contactor Assemblies

S3 S6 S10 S12 14
3RT1. 4 3RT1. 5 3RT1. 6 3RT1. 7 3TF6

3RT10 44 3RT10 45 3RT10 46 3RT10 54 3RT10 55 3RT10 56 3RT10 64 3RT10 65 3RT10 66 3RT10 75 3RT10 76 –
(p. 2/8) (p. 2/9) (p . 2 / 9) (p . 2 /9 )
– – 3RT12 64 3RT12 65 3RT12 66 3RT12 75 3RT12 76 3TF68 3TF69
(p. 2/10) (p. 2/10) (p. 2/28)

20 25 30 40 50 60 60 75 100 125 150 200 290


25 30 30 50 60 75 75 100 125 150 200 250 350
50 60 75 100 125 150 150 200 250 300 400 500 700
60 75 100 125 150 200 200 250 300 400 500 650 860

65 80 95 115 150 185 225 265 300 400 500 630 820
30 37 45 55 75 90 110 132 160 200 250 335 450
18.5 22 22 37 45 55 55 75 90 132 160 200 260
37 45 55 75 90 110 160 160 200 250 355 434 600
45 55 55 110 132 160 200 250 250 400 400/500 600 800
30 37 37 75 90 90 90/315 132/355 132/400 250/560 250/710 600 800

30 37 45 55 75 90 110 132 160 200 250 355 400


15.1 17.9 22 29 38 45 54/78 66/93 71/112 84/140 98/161 168 191

100 120 120 160 185 215 275/330 330 330 430/610 610 700 910


3TY7 561 (p. 2/52)
3RT19 46-4EA1/2 (p. 2/46) 3RT19 56-4EA1/2/3 (p. 2/46) 3RT19 66-4EA1/2/3 (p. 2/46) 3TX7 686/696 (p. 2/52)
– 3RT19 55/56-4G (p. 2/46) 3RT19 66-4G (p. 2/46) –
3RT19 56-1C (RC element)(p. 2/42) 3TX7 572 (p. 2/53)

3RU11 46 18 – 100 A (p. 3/9) – – – –


3RB20 46 12.5 – 100 A (p. 3/23) 3RB20 56 50 – 200 A (p. 3/23) 3RB20 66 55 – 630 A (p. 3/23) 3RB20 66 160 – 630 A 3RB20 66 160 – 630 A
3RB21 46 (p. 3/25) 3RB21 56 (p. 3/25) 3RB21 66 (p. 3/25) 3RB21 66 (p. 3/25) 3RB21 66 (p. 3/25)
3RB2.83 + 20 – 200 A (p. 3/38) 3RB2.83 + 63 – 630 A (p. 3/38)
3RB29 56 3RB29 66

3RV10 41 45 – 100 A (p. 1/5) – – – –


3RA19 41 (p. 1/12) – – – –

3RA13 44 3RA13 45 3RA13 46 – – – –


(p. 2/22)
50 60 75 100 125 150 150 200 250 300 400 500 700
3RA19 43-2A (p. 2/48) 3RA19 53-2A (p. 2/48) 3RA19 63-2A (p. 2/48) 3RA19 73-2A (p. 2/48) 3TX7 680-1A
3RA19 54-2A (p. 2/47) 3TX7 686-1A

Siemens Industry, Inc. 2/7


Industrial Controls Catalog
Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
Contactors for Switching Motors SIRIUS
3RT10 contactors, 3-pole

Selection and ordering data


* AC or DC Coil
* Screw Terminals or Spring Loaded Termoinal

3RT10 1. -1A . . . 3RT10 1. -2A . . . 3RT10 2 . -1A . 00 3RT10 2. -3A . 00 3RT10 3. -1A . 00 3RT10 4. -1A . 00

Weight
Frame Amp Single phase Three phase Auxiliary Spring loaded approx.
size ratings HP ratings HP ratings contacts Screw terminals terminals 1) AC/DC
AC3 AC1 115 V 230 V 200 V 230 V 460 V 575 V NO NC Order No. Order No. kg
1 0 3RT10 15-1@!!1 3RT10 15-2@!!1
7 18 0.25 0.75 1.5 2 3 5
0 1 3RT10 15-1@!!2 3RT10 15-2@!!2
1 0 3RT10 16-1@!!1 3RT10 16-2@!!1
S00 9 22 0.33 1 2 3 5 7.5 0.20/0.26
0 1 3RT10 16-1@!!2 3RT10 16-2@!!2
1 0 3RT10 17-1@!!1 3RT10 17-2@!!1
12 22 0.5 2 3 3 7.5 10
0 1 3RT10 17-1@!!2 3RT10 17-2@!!2
9 40 0.33 1 2 3 5 7.5 0 0 3RT10 23-1@!!0 3RT10 23-3@!!0
12 40 0.5 2 3 3 7.5 10 0 0 3RT10 24-1@!!0 3RT10 24-3@!!0 0.35/0.58
S0
17 40 1 3 5 5 10 15 0 0 3RT10 25-1@!!0 3RT10 25-3@!!0
25 40 2 3 7.5 7.5 15 20 0 0 3RT10 26-1@!!0 3RT10 26-3@!!0
28 50 2 5 7.5 10 20 25 0 0 3RT10 33-1@!!0 3RT10 33-3@!!0
32 50 2 5 10 10 25 30 0 0 3RT10 34-1@!!0 3RT10 34-3@!!0
S2 0.85/1.45
40 60 3 7.5 10 15 30 40 0 0 3RT10 35-1@!!0 3RT10 35-3@!!0
50 60 3 10 15 15 40 50 0 0 3RT10 36-1@!!0 3RT10 36-3@!!0
65 100 5 15 20 25 50 60 0 0 3RT10 44-1@!!0 3RT10 44-3@!!0
S3 80 120 7.5 15 25 30 60 75 0 0 3RT10 45-1@!!0 3RT10 45-3@!!0 1.8/2.8
95 120 10 – 30 30 75 100 0 0 3RT10 46-1@!!0 3RT10 46-3@!!0

AC Coil = A A
DC Coil = B B

NEMA Labeled Contactors


Weight
Single phase Auxiliary Screw terminals Screw terminals approx.
HP ratings Three phase HP ratings contacts with AC coil with 24 V DC coil AC/DC
NEMA Amp
size ratings 115 V 230 V 200 V 230 V 460 V 575 V NO NC Order No. Order No. kg
0 18 1 2 3 3 5 5 1 0 3RT10 17-1A!!1-0UA0 3RT10 17-1BB41-0UA0 0.20/0.26
1 27 2 3 7.5 7.5 10 10 0 0 3RT10 26-1A!!0-0UA0 3RT10 26-1BB40-0UA0 0.35/0.58
2 45 3 7.5 10 15 25 25 0 0 3RT10 36-1A!!0-0UA0 3RT10 36-1BB40-0UA0 0.85/1.45
3 90 10 20 25 30 50 50 0 0 3RT10 46-1A!!0-0UA0 3RT10 46-1BB40-0UA0 1.8/2.8

1) All terminals are spring loaded on frame size S00. Only the coil
terminals are spring loaded on frame sizes S0, S2 & S3.

AC Coil Selection for 3RT101 through 3RT104, @ = A


For further coil voltages, see page 2/23. !!Coil Code C2 2) H2 3) K6 P6 U6 V6 T6
For auxiliaries and accessories, see page 2/35-51. 60 Hz 24 V 48 V 120 V 240 V 277 V 480 V 600 V
For spare parts, see page 2/54-58. 50 Hz 24 V 48 V 110 V 220 V – – –
For technical data, see page 2/86-107. 2) Use code B0 for 3RT101, S00
For description, see page 2/65-66. 3) Use code H0 for 3RT101, S00
For int. circuit diagrams, see page 2/156.
For dimension drawings, see page 2/172-175.
DC Coil Selection for 3RT101 through 3RT104, @ = B
!!Coil Code A4 4) B4 W4 E4 F4 G4 M4
DC 12 V 24 V 48 V 60 V 110 V 125 V 220 V
4) 3RT101 Only

2/8 Product Category: IEC Siemens Industry, Inc.


Industrial Controls Catalog
Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
SIRIUS Contactors for Switching Motors
3RT10 contactors, 3-pole

Selection and ordering data


* AC/DC Coils with built in surge suppressor
* Coil Types (40Hz to 60Hz, DC)
* Conventional Coil
* Solid-state operated coil with wider range and 24 V DC PLC input
* Solid-state operated coil with Remaining Lifetime Indication (RLT)
* Solid-state operated coil with RLT and AS-Interface communication
* Box terminals ordered separately

3RT10 64-6A**6 3RT10 56-6P**5 3RT10 56-6Q**5

Amp Single phase Auxiliary Screw terminals on coil Spring loaded terminals Weight
ratings HP ratings Three phase HP ratings contacts and aux contacts on coil and aux contacts approx.
Frame
size AC3 AC1 115 V 230 V 200 V 230 V 460 V 575 V NO NC Order No. Order No. kg
115 160 – – 40 50 100 125 2 2 3RT10 54-6@!!6 3RT10 54-2@!!6
S6 150 185 – – 50 60 125 150 2 2 3RT10 55-6@!!6 3RT10 55-2@!!6 3.5
185 215 – – 60 75 150 200 2 2 3RT10 56-6@!!6 3RT10 56-2@!!6
225 275 – – 60 75 150 200 2 2 3RT10 64-6@!!6 3RT10 64-2@!!6
S10 265 330 – – 75 100 200 250 2 2 3RT10 65-6@!!6 3RT10 65-2@!!6 6.7
300 330 – – 100 125 250 300 2 2 3RT10 66-6@!!6 3RT10 66-2@!!6
400 430 – – 125 150 300 400 2 2 3RT10 75-6@!!6 3RT10 75-2@!!6
S12 10.5
500 610 – – 150 200 400 500 2 2 3RT10 76-6@!!6 3RT10 76-2@!!6

Conventional Coil = A A
Solid State Operated Coil = N N

Amp Single phase Auxiliary Screw terminals on coil Spring loaded terminals Weight
ratings HP ratings Three phase HP ratings contacts and aux contacts on coil and aux contacts approx.
Frame
size AC3 AC1 115 V 230 V 200 V 230 V 460 V 575 V NO NC Order No. Order No. kg
115 160 – – 40 50 100 125 2 2 3RT10 54-6@!!5 3RT10 54-2@!!5
S6 150 185 – – 50 60 125 150 2 2 3RT10 55-6@!!5 3RT10 55-2@!!5 4
185 215 – – 60 75 150 200 2 2 3RT10 56-6@!!5 3RT10 56-6@!!5
225 275 – – 60 75 150 200 2 2 3RT10 64-6@!!5 3RT10 64-6@!!5
S10 265 330 – – 75 100 200 250 2 2 3RT10 65-6@!!5 3RT10 65-6@!!5 7
300 330 – – 100 125 250 300 2 2 3RT10 66-6@!!5 3RT10 66-6@!!5
400 430 – – 125 150 300 400 2 2 3RT10 75-6@!!5 3RT10 75-6@!!5
S12 10.5
500 610 – – 150 200 400 500 2 2 3RT10 76-6@!!5 3RT10 76-6@!!5

Solid State Operated Coil with Remaining Lifetime Indication = P P


Solid State Operated Coil with AS-Interface and Remaining Lifetime Indication = Q Q

NEMA Labeled Contactors with Conventional Coil


Single phase Three phase HP ratings Auxiliary Screw terminals Weight approx.
AC/DC
NEMA Amp
size ratings 115 V 230 V 200 V 230 V 460 V 575 V NO NC Order No. kg
4 135 – – 40 50 100 100 2 2 3RT10 56-6A!!6-0UA0 3.1/3.1

For further coil voltages, see page 2/23. Conventional Coil Selection for 3RT105 through 3RT107, @ = A
For auxiliaries and accessories, see page 2/35-50. !!Coil Code B3 D3 F3 P3 U3 R3 T3
For spare parts, see page 2/56-58. AC 40-60 Hz, DC 23-26 V 42-48 V 110-127 V 220-240 V 240-277 V 440-480 V 575-600 V
For technical data, see page 2/86-116.
For description, see page 2/67-69. Solid State Operated Coil Selection for 3RT105
For int. circuit diagrams, see page 2/156. through 3RT107, @ = N, P, Q
For dimension drawings, see page 2/176-177. !!Coil Code B3 F3 P3
AC 40-60 Hz, DC 21-27.3 V 96-127 V 200-277 V

Siemens Industry, Inc. Product Category: IEC 2/9


Industrial Controls Catalog
Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
Contactors for Switching Motors SIRIUS
3RT12 vacuum contactors, 3-pole

Selection and ordering data


AC/DC operation (40 Hz ... 60 Hz, DC)
Withdrawable coils
Integrated coil circuit (varistor)
Auxiliary and control conductors: screw connections
Main conductor: bar connections
Size Horsepower ratings Auxiliary Rated control Order No. List Weight
and utilization categories contacts, supply volt- Price $ approx.
lateral age Us
AC-3 Ratings of three-phase AC-1
Maximum motors Maximum
inductive resistive
200 V 230 V 460 V 575 V
current current

Amps HP HP HP HP Amps NO NC AC/DC V kg


Conventional operating mechanism
3RT12 6 . S10 225 60 75 150 200 330 2 2 110 ... 127 3RT12 64-6AF3 6 6.4
220 ... 240 3RT12 64-6AP36
265 75 100 200 250 330 2 2 110 ... 127 3RT12 65-6AF3 6
220 ... 240 3RT12 65-6AP36
300 100 125 250 300 330 2 2 110 ... 127 3RT12 66-6AF3 6
220 ... 240 3RT12 66-6AP36
S12 400 125 150 300 400 610 2 2 110 ... 127 3RT12 75-6AF3 6 9.6
220 ... 240 3RT12 75-6AP36
500 150 200 400 500 610 2 2 110 ... 127 3RT12 76-6AF3 6
220 ... 240 3RT12 76-6AP36

Solid-state operating mechanism · for DC 24 V PLC output


3RT12 7 . S10 225 60 75 150 200 330 2 2 96 ... 127 3RT12 64-6NF3 6 6.4
200 ... 277 3RT12 64-6NP36
265 75 100 200 250 330 2 2 96 ... 127 3RT12 65-6NF3 6
200 ... 277 3RT12 65-6NP36
300 100 125 250 300 330 2 2 96 ... 127 3RT12 66-6NF3 6
200 ... 277 3RT12 66-6NP36
S12 400 125 150 300 400 610 2 2 96 ... 127 3RT12 75-6NF3 6 9.6
200 ... 277 3RT12 75-6NP36
500 150 200 400 500 610 2 2 96 ... 127 3RT12 76-6NF3 6
200 ... 277 3RT12 76-6NP36

Universal Coil Selection for 3RT126 through 3RT127: Conventional Operation


Coil Code B3 D3 F3 M3 P3 U3 V3 R3 S3 T3
Volts AC/DC 23 .. 26 V 42 .. 48 V 110 .. 127 V 200 .. 220 V 220 .. 240 V 240 .. 277 V 380 .. 420 V 440 .. 480 V 500 .. 550 V 575 .. 600 V
40 - 60 Hz, DC

Universal Coil Selection for 3RT126 through 3RT127: Solid-State


Coil Code B3 F3 P3
Volts AC/DC 21 .. 27.3 V 96 .. 127 V 200 .. 277 V
40 - 60 Hz, DC

For further coil voltages, see page 2/23.


For further vacuum contactors, 500Hp and
700Hp (3TF68/69), see page 2/28.
For auxiliaries and accessories, see page 2/37-50.
For spare parts, see page 2/56-58.
For technical data, see page 2/96, 2/91-122.
For int. circuit diagrams, see page 2/156.
For dimension drawings, see page 2/178.

2/10 Product Category: IEC Siemens Industry, Inc.


Industrial Controls Catalog
Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
SIRIUS Contactors for Special Applications
3RT14, 3-pole
for switching resistive loads (AC-1)

Application
AC and DC operation The contactors are suitable for (AC-1) or as contactors, for The accessories for the SIRIUS
(size S3) use in any climate. They are example in variable-speed 3RT10 contactors can also be
UC operation (AC/DC) safe from touch to DIN VDE drives which normally only have used here.
(sizes S6 to S12) 0106 Part 100. to carry the current.
IEC 60 947, EN 60 947 3RT14 contactors are used for
(VDE 0660) switching resistive loads.
Selection and ordering data

Ratings UL Ratings Rated control Order No. List Weight


AC-1 utilization category, supply voltage Us Price $ approx.
IEC Ratings
3RT14 46-1A . .0 Maximum Rated power of three phase Max 230/ 460/ 575/
current loads cos Ø = 0.95 (@ 60°C) Current 240V 480V 600V
230V 400V 500V 690V Hp Hp Hp kg
Amps kW kW kW kW Amps
With screw connections · for screwing and snapping onto
35 mm and 75 mm standard mounting rails
Size S3 · (without auxiliary contacts)
AC operation
140 50 86 107 148 140 15 30 40 24 V, 50/60 Hz 3RT14 46-1AC2 0 1.8
120 V, 60 Hz 3RT14 46-1AK6 0
240 V, 60 Hz 3RT14 46-1AP6 0
DC operation · DC solenoid system
140 50 86 107 148 131 15 30 40 DC 24 V 3RT14 46-1BB4 0 2.7
DC 48 V 3RT14 46-1BW40
AC/DC operation (40 Hz ... 60 Hz, DC) Integrated coil circuit (varistor) Main conductor: bar connections
Withdrawable coils Auxiliary and control conductors: screw connections
Size Ratings UL Auxiliary Rated control Order No. List Weight
AC-1 utilization category, Rating contacts, supply voltage Us Price $ approx.
lateral
IEC Ratings
3RT14 6 . AC-1 Rated power of three phase Max
Maximum loads cos Ø = 0.95 (@ 60°C) Current
resistive
current 230V 400V 500V 690V
Amps kW kW kW kW Amps NO NC AC/DC V kg
Conventional operating mechanism
S6 275 95 165 205 285 210 2 2 110 ... 127 3RT14 56-6AF36 3.1
220 ... 240 3RT14 56-6AP36
S10 400 145 250 315 430 360 2 2 110 ... 127 3RT14 66-6AF36 5.7
220 ... 240 3RT14 66-6AP36
S12 690 245 430 535 740 580 2 2 110 ... 127 3RT14 76-6AF36 9.1
220 ... 240 3RT14 76-6AP36
Solid-state operating mechanism · for DC 24 V PLC output
3RT14 7 . S6 275 95 165 205 285 210 2 2 96 ... 127 3RT14 56-6NF36 3.1
200 ... 277 3RT14 56-6NP36
S10 400 145 250 315 430 360 2 2 96 ... 127 3RT14 66-6NF36 5.7
200 ... 277 3RT14 66-6NP36
S12 690 245 430 535 740 580 2 2 96 ... 127 3RT14 76-6NF36 9.1
200 ... 277 3RT14 76-6NP36
Solid-state operating mechanism · for DC 24 V PLC output/PLC relay output,
with remaining lifetime indication
S6 275 95 165 205 285 210 1 1 96 ... 127 3RT14 56-6PF35 3.1
200 ... 277 3RT14 56-6PP35
S10 400 145 250 315 430 360 1 1 200 ... 277 3RT14 66-6PP35 5.7
S12 690 245 430 535 740 580 1 1 200 ... 277 3RT14 76-6PP35 9.1
Solid-state operating mechanism · with AS-Interface
and remaining lifetime indication
S6 275 95 165 205 285 210 1 1 96 ... 127 3RT14 56-6QF35 3.1
200 ... 277 3RT14 56-6QP35
S10 400 145 250 315 430 360 1 1 200 ... 277 3RT14 66-6QP35 5.7
S12 690 245 430 535 740 580 1 1 200 ... 277 3RT14 76-6QP35 9.1

Universal Coil Selection for 3RT145 through 3RT147: Conventional Operation For further coil voltages, see page 2/23.
For auxiliaries and accessories,
Coil Code B3 D3 F3 M3 P3 U3 V3 R3 S3 T3 see page 2/35-46.
Volts AC/DC 23 .. 26 V 42 .. 48 V 110 .. 127 V 200 .. 220 V 220 .. 240 V 240 .. 277 V 380 .. 420 V 440 .. 480 V 500 .. 550 V 575 .. 600 V For spare parts, see page 2/55-58.
40 - 60 Hz, DC For technical data, see page 2/123-130.
For int. circuit diagrams, see page 2/156.
For dimension drawings,
Universal Coil Selection for 3RT145 through 3RT147: Solid-State Note: B3 code not available for the ASI Interface see page 2/174, 2/176-177.
Coil Code B3 F3 P3 or Remaining Lifetime Contactors.
Volts AC/DC 21 .. 27.3 V 96 .. 127 V 200 .. 277 V
40 - 60 Hz, DC
Siemens Industry, Inc. Product Category: IEC 2/11
Industrial Controls Catalog
Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
Contactors for Special Applications SIRIUS
3RT13 contactors, 4-pole (4 NO contacts)
for switching resistive loads (AC-1)
Sizes S2 and S3 Size S0
AC and DC operation Application
Up to 4 auxiliary contacts In order to make 4-pole contac-
IEC 60 947-4-1/EN 60 947-4-1 (either laterally mounted or tor assemblies using two 3RT13 Switching resistive loads
(VDE 0660, Part 102) snapped onto the top) 2. contactors, the fourth pole of Isolating systems with
the left-hand contactor must unearthed or poorly earthed
Contactor assemblies with always be moved to the left- neutral conductors
Design mechanical interlock hand side. The contactor
The contactors are suitable for System transfers when alterna-
assembly can then be made
use in any climate. They are The 4-pole 3RT13 contactors tive AC power supplies are
easily with the aid of the
safe from touch to DIN VDE with 4 NO contacts as the main used
3RA19 24-1A mechanical inter-
0106, Part 100. contacts are suitable for mak- lock fitted onto the front and the As contactors, e.g. for vari-
The accessories for the 3-pole ing contactor assemblies with a 3RA19 22-2C mechanical con- able-speed drives which only
SIRIUS contactors can also be mechanical interlock, e.g. for nectors. The laterally mountable have to carry current and not
used for the 4-pole designs. system transfers. 3RA19 24-2B mechanical inter- switch
lock can be used if the contactor
Mountable auxiliary contacts Size S00 assembly is mounted on a base-
Contactor assemblies can be plate.
Size S00
made using two 3RT13 1.
4 auxiliary contacts
(to EN 50 005) contactors in conjunction with Sizes S2 and S3
the mechanical interlock and Contactor assemblies can be
Size S0 two connecting clips (Order made using two 3RT13 3 or
Up to 2 auxiliary contacts No.: 3RA19 12-2H, pack com- 3RT13 4. contactors in conjunc-
(either laterally mounted or prising 10 interlocking elements tion with the laterally mountable
snapped onto the top) and 20 clips for 10 contactor 3RA19 24-2B mechanical inter-
It is not permissible to use 2- assemblies, see accessories lock and the 3RA19 . 2-2G
pole auxiliary switch blocks with on page 2/72). mechanical connectors. The
cable entry from one side mechanical interlock for fitting
(3RH19 21-1LA.. and onto the front cannot be used for
3RH19 21-1MA..) nor to use the size S2 and S3 contactors.
solid-state compatible auxiliary
switch block (3RH19 21-.FE22).

Selection and ordering data


AC operation
4 NO contacts

Ratings Rated control Screw connection Cage Clamp connection Weight


Utilization category supply voltage approx.
Us
AC-1 AC-3 Order No. List Order No. List
Price $ Price $
Maximum Maximum
resistive horsepower
current ratings at 460 V

Amps
40°C 60°C HP kg
For screwing and snapping onto 35 mm standard mounting rail
3RT13 1.-1A . 00 Size S00 1)
18 16 5 24 V, 50/60 Hz 3RT13 16-1AB00 3RT13 16-2AB00 0.19
120 V, 50/60 Hz 3RT13 16-1AK60 3RT13 16-2AK60
240 V, 50/60 Hz 3RT13 16-1AP60 3RT13 16-2AP60
22 20 7.5 24 V, 50/60 Hz 3RT13 17-1AB00 3RT13 17-2AB00 0.19
120 V, 50/60 Hz 3RT13 17-1AK60 3RT13 17-2AK60
240 V, 50/60 Hz 3RT13 17-1AP60 3RT13 17-2AP60
Size S0
352) 30 2) 15 24 V, 50/60 Hz 3RT13 25-1AC20 – 0.36
3RT13 2.-1A . 00 120 V, 50/60 Hz 3RT13 25-1AK60 –
240 V, 50/60 Hz 3RT13 25-1AP60 –
402) 35 2) 15 24 V, 50/60 Hz 3RT13 26-1AC20 – 0.36
120 V, 50/60 Hz 3RT13 26-1AK60 –
240 V, 50/60 Hz 3RT13 26-1AP60 –

Size S00: Auxiliary switch blocks can be snapped on according to EN 50 005.


Sizes S0 ... S3: Auxiliary switch blocks can be snapped on according to EN 50 012 and EN 50 005.
(for S0 no more than 2 auxiliary contacts, refer also to page 2/28).

For further voltages, see page 2/23. For description, see page 2/28. 1) Size S00:
For auxiliaries and accessories, For int. circuit diagrams, see page 2/156. Coil voltage tolerance
see page 2/35-46. For dimension drawings, see page 2/179. at 50 Hz: 0.8 ... 1.1 x Us
at 60 Hz: 0.85 ... 1.1 x Us
For spare parts, see page 2/54.
For technical data, see page 2/131-132. 2) 10mm2 conductor required

2/12 Product Category: IEC Siemens Industry, Inc.


Industrial Controls Catalog
Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
SIRIUS Contactors for Special Applications
3RT13 contactors, 4-pole (4 NO contacts)
for switching resistive loads (AC-1)

Selection and ordering data


AC and DC operation
4 NO contacts

Ratings Rated control Screw connection Cage Clamp connection Weight


Utilization category supply voltage approx.
AC-1 AC-3 Us Order No. List Order No. List
Price $ Price $
Maximum Maximum
resistive horsepower
current ratings at 460 V
Amps
40°C 60°C HP kg
For screwing and snapping onto 35 mm standard mounting rail
AC operation
3RT13 36-1A . 00 Size S2
60 55 15 24 V, 50/60 Hz 3RT13 36-1AC20 – 0.93
120 V, 60 Hz 3RT13 36-1AK60 –
240 V, 60 Hz 3RT13 36-1AP60 –
Size S3
110 100 - 24 V, 50/60 Hz 3RT13 44-1AC20 – 2.0
120 V, 60 Hz 3RT13 44-1AK60 –
240 V, 60 Hz 3RT13 44-1AP60 –
140 120 - 24 V, 50/60 Hz 3RT13 46-1AC20 – 2.11
120 V, 60 Hz 3RT13 46-1AK60 –
240 V, 60 Hz 3RT13 46-1AP60 –
DC operation · DC solenoid system
3RT13 4.-1A . 00 Size S00
18 16 5 DC 24 V 3RT13 16-1BB40 3RT13 16-2BB40 0.25
DC 110 V 3RT13 16-1BF4 0 3RT13 16-2BF4 0
22 20 7.5 DC 24 V 3RT13 17-1BB40 3RT13 17-2BB40 0.25
DC 110 V 3RT13 17-1BF4 0 3RT13 17-2BF4 0
Size S0
35 1) 30 1) 15 DC 24 V 3RT13 25-1BB40 – 0.59
DC 110 V 3RT13 25-1BF4 0 –
40 1) 35 1) 15 DC 24 V 3RT13 26-1BB40 – 0.59
DC 110 V 3RT13 26-1BF4 0 –
Size S2

3RT13 1.-2B . .0 60 55 15 DC 24 V 3RT13 36-1BB40 – 1.56


DC 110 V 3RT13 36-1BF4 0 –
Size S3
110 100 - DC 24 V 3RT13 44-1BB40 – 3.1
DC 110 V 3RT13 44-1BF4 0 –
140 120 - DC 24 V 3RT13 46-1BB40 – 3.1
DC 110 V 3RT13 46-1BF4 0 –

Size S00: Auxiliary switch blocks can be snapped on according to EN 50 005.


Sizes S0 ... S3: Auxiliary switch blocks can be snapped on according to EN 50 012 and EN 50 005.
(for S0 no more than 2 auxiliary contacts, refer also to page 2/30).

For further voltages, see page 2/23. 1) Required conductor cross-section 10 mm 2 (8 AWG).
For auxiliaries and accessories, see
page 2/30-51.
For spare parts, see page 2/54-58.
For technical data, see page 2/131-132.
For description, see page 2/12.
For int. circuit diagrams, see page 2/156.
For dimension drawings, see page 2/179.

Siemens Industry, Inc. Product Category: IEC 2/13


Industrial Controls Catalog
Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
Contactors for Special Applications SIRIUS
3RT15 contactors, 4-pole (2 NO + 2 NC contacts)
for switching motors

AC and DC operation Design Application


IEC 60 947-4-1/EN 60 947-4-1 The contactors are suitable for It is not permissible to use 2- Changing the polarity of hoist-
(VDE 0660, Part 102) use in any climate. They are pole auxiliary switch blocks ing gear motors
safe from touch to DIN VDE with cable entry from one side Switching two separate loads
0106, Part 100. (3RH19 21-1LA.. and
The accessories for the 3-pole 3RH19 21-1MA..) nor to use Note:
SIRIUS contactors can also be the solid-state compatible 3RT15 contactors are not suit-
used for the 4-pole designs. auxiliary switch block able for switching a load
(3RH19 21-1FE22). between two current sources.
Mountable auxiliary contacts Size S2
Size S00 Up to 4 auxiliary contacts
4 auxiliary contacts (either laterally mounted or
(auxiliary switch blocks snapped onto the top; auxiliary
to EN 50 005) switch blocks to EN 50 012
and EN 50 005)
Size S0
Up to 2 auxiliary contacts
(either laterally mounted or
snapped onto the top; auxiliary
switch blocks to EN 50 012
and EN 50 005).

Selection and ordering data


2 NO contacts + 2 NC contacts 1)

Ratings Rated control Screw connection Cage Clamp connection Weight


Utilization category supply voltage approx.
Us
AC-3 AC-1 Order No. List Order No. List
Price $ Price $
Maximum Maximum Maximum
inductive horsepower resistive
current rating at current
460 VAC
Amps
Amps HP 40°C 60°C kg
For screwing and snapping onto 35 mm standard mounting rail
AC operation
Size S00 2)
3RT15 1.-1 . . . .
9 7.5 18 16 24 V, 50/60 Hz 3RT15 16-1AB00 3RT15 16-2AB00 0.19
120 V, 60 Hz 3RT15 16-1AK60 3RT15 16-2AK60
240 V, 60 Hz 3RT15 16-1AP60 3RT15 16-2AP60
12 7.5 22 20 24 V, 50/60 Hz 3RT15 17-1AB00 3RT15 17-2AB00 0.19
120 V, 60 Hz 3RT15 17-1AK60 3RT15 17-2AK60
240 V, 60 Hz 3RT15 17-1AP60 3RT15 17-2AP60
Size S0
25 15 40 3) 35 3) 24 V, 50/60 Hz 3RT15 26-1AC20 – 0.36
120 V, 60 Hz 3RT15 26-1AK60 –
3RT15 1.-2 . . . .
240 V, 60 Hz 3RT15 26-1AP60 –
Size S2
40 25 55 50 24 V, 50/60 Hz 3RT15 35-1AC20 – 0.93
120 V, 60 Hz 3RT15 35-1AK60 –
230 V, 60 Hz 3RT15 35-1AP60 –
DC operation · DC solenoid system
Size S00
9 7.5 18 16 DC 24 V 3RT15 16-1BB40 3RT15 16-2BB40 0.25
3RT15 26-1 . . . . DC 48 V 3RT15 16-1BF4 0 3RT15 16-2BF4 0
12 7.5 22 20 DC 24 V 3RT15 17-1BB40 3RT15 17-2BB40 0.25
DC 48 V 3RT15 17-1BF4 0 3RT15 17-2BF4 0
Size S0
20 15 40 3) 35 3) DC 24 V 3RT15 26-1BB40 – 0.59
DC 48 V 3RT15 26-1BF4 0 –
Size S2
40 25 55 50 DC 24 V 3RT15 35-1BB40 – 1.56
DC 48 V 3RT15 35-1BF4 0 –

For further voltages, see page 2/23. For technical data, see page 2/133-134. 1) For changing polarity;
For auxiliaries and accessories, For int. circuit diagrams, see page 2/156. not suitable for reversing.
see page 2/30-51. For dimension drawings, see page 2/179. 2) Size S00:
For spare parts, see page 2/54-58. Coil voltage tolerance
at 50 Hz: 0.8 ... 1.1 x Us
at 60 Hz: 0.85 ... 1.1 x Us
3)Required conductor cross-section 10 mm2.

2/14 Product Category: IEC Siemens Industry, Inc.


Industrial Controls Catalog
Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
SIRIUS Contactors for Special Applications
3RT16 capacitor contactors
This prevents disturbances in The capacitor contactors of The capacitor contactors of
AC operation
the power system and welding size S00 comprise an NO con- size S3 can be fitted addition-
IEC 60 947, EN 60 947 of the contactors. tact and another unassigned ally with a 2-pole auxiliary
(VDE 0660) NC contact in the auxiliary switch block (2 NO, 2 NC or
Only discharged capacitors are
switch block fitted to the basic 1 NO + 1 NC), type 3RH19 21-
The contactors are suitable for permitted to be switched on
unit. 1EA.. for lateral mounting.
use in any climate. They are with capacitor contactors.
safe from touch to DIN VDE Recommendation: use dis- The auxiliary switch block For the capacitor making and
0106 Part 100. charge chokes for parallel con- which is snapped onto the ca- breaking capacity of the basic
nection with the capacitors. pacitor contactor of sizes S0 3RT10 contactor variant, see
The 3RT16 capacitor contactors and S3 contains the three lead- the technical data.
are special variants of the size ing NO contacts and one stan-
S00 to S3 SIRIUS contactors. dard NO contact, which is
The capacitors are precharged unassigned. Size S00 also con-
by means of the mounted lead- tains another unassigned NO
ing NO contacts and resistors; contact in the basic unit.
only then do the main contacts
close.

Selection and ordering data


AC operation

AC-6b utilization category Current Auxiliary Rated control Screw connection Weight
For switching three-phase capacitors at an contacts, supply voltage approx.
ambient temperature of 60 °C 2) unassigned Us1)
UL capacitor rating at operational voltage Order No. List
200/208 230/240 460/480 575/600 Price $
kvar kvar kvar kvar AC kg
For screwing and snapping onto 35 mm standard mounting rail
3RT16 27-1A . 01 Size S00
1Ø 3 4 8 10 18A 2 NO 24 V, 50 Hz 3RT16 17-1AB0 3 0.24
3Ø 6 7 15 18 120 V, 60 Hz 3RT16 17-1AK6 3
240 V, 60 Hz 3RT16 17-1AP6 3

Size S0
1Ø 7 8 16 20 36A 1 NO 24 V, 50/60 Hz 3RT16 27-1AC2 1 0.38
3Ø 12.5 14 28.5 35 120 V, 60 Hz 3RT16 27-1AK6 1
240 V, 60 Hz 3RT16 27-1AP6 1

3RT16 47-1A . 01

Size S3
1Ø 15 17 35 43 72A 1 NO 24 V, 50/60 Hz 3RT16 47-1AC2 1 1.93
3Ø 26 30 60 75 120 V, 60 Hz 3RT16 47-1AK6 1
240 V, 60 Hz 3RT16 47-1AP6 1

For further voltages, see page 2/23. 1) Coil voltage tolerance: 0.85 ... 1.1 x Us.
For auxiliaries and accessories, 2) For size S3: 55 °C.
see page 2/37-51.
For technical data, see page 2/135.
For wiring diagram, see page 2/160.
For dimension drawings, see page 2/180.

Siemens Industry, Inc. Product Category: IEC 2/15


Industrial Controls Catalog
Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
Contactors for Special Applications SIRIUS
3RT10 coupling relays (interface)
for switching motors

DC operation
IEC 60 947, EN 60 947 Coupling relays have a low No auxiliary switch blocks can
(VDE 0660) power consumption, an be mounted onto size S00
The 3RT10 coupling relays for extended coil voltage toler- 3RT10 1. coupling relays; two
switching motors are tailored to ance and an integrated surge single-pole auxiliary switch
the special requirements of suppressor for damping open- blocks can be mounted onto
working with electronic con- ing surges (exceptions: 3RT10 size S0 3RT10 2. coupling
trols. 1.-1HB4. and 3RT10 1.-.MB4.- relays.
0KT0).

Selection and ordering data


DC operation

3RT10 1 . - 3RT10 1 . -
1HB4 . 2JB4 .
Ratings Auxiliary contacts Screw con- Cage Clamp connection Weight
Utilization category nection approx.
AC-3 Ident. Design Order No. List Order No. List
no. Price $ Price $
Maximum Maximum1)
inductive horsepower
current ratings
at 460 V

Amps HP NO NC kg

For screwing and snapping onto 35 mm standard mounting


rail
Size S00
Terminal designations according to EN 50 012
Rated control supply voltage Us = DC 24 V, coil voltage tolerance 0.7 to 1.25 × Us
Power consumption of the coils 2.3 W at 24 V (no auxiliary switch blocks can be mounted)

Diode, varistor 7 3 10 1 – 3RT10 15-1H B41 3RT10 15-2HB41 0.26


or RC element 01 – 1 3RT10 15-1H B42 3RT10 15-2HB42
can be mounted

Diode 7 3 10 1 – 3RT10 15-1J B41 3RT10 15-2J B41 0.26


integrated 01 – 1 3RT10 15-1J B42 3RT10 15-2J B42

Varistor 7 3 10 1 – 3RT10 15-1K B41 3RT10 15-2KB41 0.26


integrated 01 – 1 3RT10 15-1K B42 3RT10 15-2KB42

Diode, varistor 9 5 10 1 – 3RT10 16-1H B41 3RT10 16-2HB41 0.26


or RC element 01 – 1 3RT10 16-1H B42 3RT10 16-2HB42
can be mounted

Diode 9 5 10 1 – 3RT10 16-1J B41 3RT10 16-2J B41 0.26


integrated 01 – 1 3RT10 16-1J B42 3RT10 16-2J B42

Varistor 9 5 10 1 – 3RT10 16-1K B41 3RT10 16-2KB41 0.26


integrated 01 – 1 3RT10 16-1K B42 3RT10 16-2KB42

Diode, varistor 12 7.5 10 1 – 3RT10 17-1H B41 3RT10 17-2HB41 0.26


or RC element 01 – 1 3RT10 17-1H B42 3RT10 17-2HB42
can be mounted

Diode 12 7.5 10 1 – 3RT10 17-1J B41 3RT10 17-2J B41 0.26


integrated 01 – 1 3RT10 17-1J B42 3RT10 17-2J B42

Varistor 12 7.5 10 1 – 3RT10 17-1K B41 3RT10 17-2KB41 0.26


integrated 01 – 1 3RT10 17-1K B42 3RT10 17-2KB42

For auxiliaries and accessories,


see page 2/41-45. 1) Complete HP ratings on page 2/89.
For technical data, see page 2/135-136.
For int. circuit diagrams, see page 2/156.
For dimension drawings, see page 2/172.

2/16 Product Category: IEC Siemens Industry, Inc.


Industrial Controls Catalog
Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
SIRIUS Contactors for Special Applications
3RT10 coupling relays (interface)
for switching motors

Selection and ordering data


DC operation

3RT10 1 . - 3RT10 1 . - 3RT10 2 . -


1VB4 . 2WB4 . 1KB40
Surge Ratings Auxiliary contacts Screw con- Cage Clamp connection Weight
suppressor Utilization category nection approx.
AC-3 Ident. Design Order No. List Order No. List
no. Price $ Price $
Maximum Maximum
inductive horsepower
current ratings
at 460 V

Amps HP NO NC kg
For screwing and snapping onto 35 mm standard mounting
rail
Size S00
Terminal designations according to EN 50 012
Rated control supply voltage Us =DC 24 V, coil voltage tolerance 0.85 to 1.85 × Us
Power consumption of the coils 1.4 W at 24 V (no auxiliary switch blocks can be mounted)

Diode, varistor 7 3 10 1 – 3RT10 15-1M B41-0KT0 3RT10 15-2M B41-0KT0 0.26


or RC element 01 – 1 3RT10 15-1M B42-0KT0 3RT10 15-2M B42-0KT0
can be mounted
Diode 7 3 10 1 – 3RT10 15-1V B41 3RT10 15-2V B41 0.26
integrated 01 – 1 3RT10 15-1V B42 3RT10 15-2V B42
Varistor 7 3 10 1 – 3RT10 15-1WB41 3RT10 15-2WB41 0.26
integrated 01 – 1 3RT10 15-1WB42 3RT10 15-2WB42
Diode, varistor 9 5 10 1 – 3RT10 16-1M B41-0KT0 3RT10 16-2M B41-0KT0 0.26
or RC element 01 – 1 3RT10 16-1M B42-0KT0 3RT10 16-2M B42-0KT0
can be mounted
Diode 9 5 10 1 – 3RT10 16-1V B41 3RT10 16-2V B41 0.26
integrated 01 – 1 3RT10 16-1V B42 3RT10 16-2V B42
Varistor 9 5 10 1 – 3RT10 16-1WB41 3RT10 16-2WB41 0.26
integrated 01 – 1 3RT10 16-1WB42 3RT10 16-2WB42
Diode, varistor 12 7.5 10 1 – 3RT10 17-1M B41-0KT0 3RT10 17-2M B41-0KT0 0.26
or RC element 01 – 1 3RT10 17-1M B42-0KT0 3RT10 17-2M B42-0KT0
can be mounted
Diode 12 7.5 10 1 – 3RT10 17-1V B41 3RT10 17-2V B41 0.26
integrated 01 – 1 3RT10 17-1V B42 3RT10 17-2V B42
Varistor 12 7.5 10 1 – 3RT10 17-1WB41 3RT10 17-2WB41 0.26
integrated 01 – 1 3RT10 17-1WB42 3RT10 17-2WB42

Size S0
Rated control supply voltage Us = DC 24 V, coil voltage tolerance 0.7 to 1.25 × Us
Power consumption of the coils 4.2 W at 24 V (two single-pole auxiliary switch blocks can be mounted)

Varistor 12 7.5 – – – 3RT10 24-1KB40 3RT10 24-3KB40 0.6


mounted
17 10 – – – 3RT10 25-1KB40 3RT10 25-3KB40 0.6
25 15 – – – 3RT10 26-1KB40 3RT10 26-3KB40 0.6

For auxiliaries and accessories,


see page 2/41-45.
For technical data, see page 2/135-136.
For int. circuit diagrams, see page 2/156.
For dimension drawings, see page 2/172.

Siemens Industry, Inc. Product Category: IEC 2/17


Industrial Controls Catalog
Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
Contactors & Relays for Safety Applications SIRIUS
3RT10 safety contactors and
3RH11 safety control relays

Applications

"Safety" Contactors Siemens Contactors for “Safety” Control Relays Siemens Control Relays for
Safety rated contactors are re- “Safety” applications: Safety rated control relays are “Safety” applications:
quired to have positively driven All Siemens standard 3RT, 3TF6, required to have positively driv- All SIRIUS 3RH1 control relays
(mirror) contact construction ac- 40HN & 40PH Contactors are en contact elements according (with at least 1 NC contact) meet
cording to IEC 60947-4 Annex F. provided with positively driven to IEC 60947-5-1 Annex L. Pos- or exceed the criteria for "Safety
A mirror contact is a Normally (mirror) contacts which meet or itively driven contact elements Control Relays” according to IEC
Closed (NC) auxiliary contact exceed the criteria for "Safety are a combination of NO auxilia- 60947-5-1 Annex L. This is true
which can not be closed simulta- Contactors” according to IEC ry contacts and NC auxiliary for the basic 3RH relay with or
neously with a Normally Open 60947-4 Annex F which de- contacts whose construction without an additional auxiliary
(NO) main contact. scribes the requirements for mir- prevents them from being closed contact block.
ror contact performance. When simultaneously.
In some industries, such as auto- applying Safety Contactors in
motive, requirements have been safety circuits, the NC auxiliary In some industries, such as auto-
established that a safety rated contacts must be wired in series motive, requirements have been
contactor must also have perma- or parallel and must be used as established that a safety rated
nently mounted auxiliary contact monitoring contacts with feed- control relays must also have
blocks. See page 2/70 for Con- back to the safety evaluation de- permanently mounted auxiliary
tactors with permanently mount- vice (i.e. safety relay or failsafe contact blocks. See page 2/70
ed auxiliary contacts. logic controller). for Control Relays with perma-
nently mounted auxiliary con-
tacts.

3RT10 2. -1A .00 3RT10 7. -6A ..6 3RH19 21. -1F 3RH19 21. -1DA 11 3RH11 3RH14 3RH1911-2HA..

Frame Frame
size Contactors Auxiliary contact block size Contactors Auxiliary contact block
3RT101 3RH11
S00 3RH1911
3RT131 3RH14
S00 3RH1911
3RT151
3RT161
3RT102
3RT132
S0 3RH1921
3RT152
3RT162
3RT103
S2 3RT133 3RH1921 For additional safety solutions
3RT153 and useful resources go to
3RT104
3RT134
S3 3RH1921
3RT144
3RT164
3RT105
S6 3RH1921
3RT145
3RT106
S10 3RT126 3RH1921
3RT146
For contactors, see pages 2/8-2/17.
3RT107
For auxiliaries contact blocks, see pages 2/35-2/38.
S12 3RT127 3RH1921
3RT147 For control relays, see pages 2/24-2/25.
3TF6
For auxiliaries contact blocks, see page 2/26.
3TY7561-1UA00

2/18 Product Category: IEC Siemens Industry, Inc.


Industrial Controls Catalog
Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
SIRIUS Contactor Assemblies for Switching Motors
3RA13 reversing
contactor assemblies

Selection and ordering data


Size S00 · up to 5.5 kW
AC-3 Rated control Fully wired and tested Weight
maximum supply voltage contactor assembly 3) approx.
inductive Maximum
current Horsepower ratings of three-phase motors
List
200 V 230 V 460 V 575 V Order No. Price $
A HP HP HP HP kg
AC operation
7 1.5 2 3 5 24 V, 50/60 Hz 3RA13 15-8XB30-1AB0 0.4
120 V, 60 Hz 3RA13 15-8XB30-1AK6
240 V, 60 Hz 3RA13 15-8XB30-1AP6

9 2 3 5 7.5 24 V, 50/60 Hz 3RA13 16-8XB30-1AB0


120 V, 60 Hz 3RA13 16-8XB30-1AK6
240 V, 60 Hz 3RA13 16-8XB30-1AP6

12 3 3 7.5 10 24 V, 50/60 Hz 3RA13 17-8XB30-1AB0


120 V, 60 Hz 3RA13 17-8XB30-1AK6
240 V, 60 Hz 3RA13 17-8XB30-1AP6
DC operation
7 1.5 2 3 5 DC 24 V 3RA13 15-8XB30-1BB4 0.52
9 2 3 5 7.5 DC 24 V 3RA13 16-8XB30-1BB4
12 3 3 7.5 10 DC 24 V 3RA13 17-8XB30-1BB4

Mountable accessories (to be ordered separately): The fully wired and tested contactor assembly includes the following
components:

Accessory Order No. Page Components Order No. Page


13 Solder pin adapter 3RT19 16-4KA1 2/45 K1 K2
1 2 Contactors, 3 HP 3RT10 15 3RT10 15 2/8
14 Auxiliary switch block,
mountable on the front 3RH19 11-1.... 2/35 1 2 Contactors, 5 HP 3RT10 16 3RT10 16 2/8
(only auxiliary 1 2 Contactors, 7.5 HP 3RT10 17 3RT10 17 2/8
switch blocks to
DIN EN 50 005 4 5 6 Installation kit 3RA19 13-2A 2/48
can be used) The installation kit contains:
16 Surge 4 Mechanical interlock
suppressor 3RT19 16-1.... 2/41, 2/42
5 2 connecting clips for 2 contactors
6 Wiring connectors on the top and bottom
for connecting the main conducting paths,
electrical interlock included 2),
interruptible (NC contact interlock)

For further voltages, see page 2/23. 1) 3RT10 1. contactors with one NC contact in the
For overview, see page 2/71-72. basic unit are required for the electrical inter-
For accessories, see page 2/48-49. lock.
For circuit diagrams, see page 2/161. 2) The contactors integrated in the contactor
For dimension drawings, see page 2/181. assemblies have no unassigned auxiliary con-
tacts.

Siemens Industry, Inc. Product Category: IEC 2/19


Industrial Controls Catalog
Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
Contactor Assemblies for Switching Motors SIRIUS
3RA13 reversing
contactor assemblies

Selection and ordering data


Size S0 · up to 15 HP
AC-3 Rated control Fully wired and tested Weight
maximum supply voltage contactor assembly approx.
inductive Maximum
current HP ratings of three-phase motors
List
200/208 V 230/240 V 460/480 V 575/600 V Order No. Price $
A HP HP HP HP kg
AC operation
9 2 3 5 7.5 24 V, 50/60 Hz 3RA13 23-8XB30-1AC2 0.72
120 V, 60 Hz 3RA13 23-8XB30-1AK6
240 V, 60 Hz 3RA13 23-8XB30-1AP6
12 3 3 7.5 10 24 V, 50/60 Hz 3RA13 24-8XB30-1AC2 0.72
120 V, 60 Hz 3RA13 24-8XB30-1AK6
240 V, 60 Hz 3RA13 24-8XB30-1AP6

17 5 5 10 15 24 V, 50/60 Hz 3RA13 25-8XB30-1AC2


120 V, 60 Hz 3RA13 25-8XB30-1AK6
240 V, 60 Hz 3RA13 25-8XB30-1AP6
25 7.5 7.5 15 20 24 V, 50/60 Hz 3RA13 26-8XB30-1AC2
120 V, 60 Hz 3RA13 26-8XB30-1AK6
240 V, 60 Hz 3RA13 26-8XB30-1AP6
DC operation
9 2 3 5 7.5 DC 24 V 3RA13 23-8XB30-1BB4 1.2
12 3 3 7.5 10 DC 24 V 3RA13 24-8XB30-1BB4 1.2
17 5 5 10 15 DC 24 V 3RA13 25-8XB30-1BB4
25 7.5 7.5 15 20 DC 24 V 3RA13 26-8XB30-1BB4

Mountable accessories (to be ordered separately): The fully wired and tested contactor assembly includes the following
components:

The connecting leads


are not shown.

Accessory Order No. Page Components Order No. Page


K1 K2
12 Mechanical interlock, 1 2 Contactors, 5 HP 3RT10 23 3RT10 23 2/8
mountable on the front 3RA19 24-1A 2/47 1 2 Contactors, 7.5 HP 3RT10 24 3RT10 24 2/8
14 Auxiliary switch block, 1 2 Contactors, 10 HP 3RT10 25 3RT10 25 2/8
mountable on the front 3RH19 21-1CA.. 2/36
1 2 Contactors, 15 HP 3RT10 26 3RT10 26 2/8
15 Auxiliary switch block,
laterally mountable 3RH19 21-1EA.. 2/37
16 Surge 4 Mechanical interlock,
suppressor 3RT19 26-1.... 2/41 laterally mountable 3RA19 24-2B 2/47
6 Installation kit 3RA19 23-2A 2/48
For further voltages, see page 2/23.
For overview, see page 2/71-72. The installation kit contains wiring connectors on the top
For accessories, see page 2/47-49. and bottom (they also form the mechanical connection
For circuit diagrams, see page 2/161. between the contactors).
For dimension drawings, see page 2/181.

2/20 Product Category: IEC Siemens Industry, Inc.


Industrial Controls Catalog
Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
SIRIUS Contactor Assemblies for Switching Motors
3RA13 reversing
contactor assemblies

Selection and ordering data


Size S2 · up to 40 HP
AC-3 Rated control Fully wired and tested Weight
maximum Maximum supply voltage 1) contactor assembly approx.
inductive HP ratings of three-phase motors
current
List
200/208 V 230/240 V 460/480 V 575/600 V Order No. Price $
A HP HP HP HP kg
AC operation
28 7.5 10 20 25 24 V, 50/60 Hz 3RA13 33-8XB30-1AC2 1.8
120 V, 60 Hz 3RA13 33-8XB30-1AK6
230 V, 60 Hz 3RA13 33-8XB30-1AP6
32 10 10 25 30 24 V, 50/60 Hz 3RA13 34-8XB30-1AC2 1.8
120 V, 60 Hz 3RA13 34-8XB30-1AK6
230 V, 60 Hz 3RA13 34-8XB30-1AP6
40 10 15 30 40 24 V, 50/60 Hz 3RA13 35-8XB30-1AC2
120 V, 60 Hz 3RA13 35-8XB30-1AK6
230 V, 60 Hz 3RA13 35-8XB30-1AP6
50 15 15 40 50 24 V, 50/60 Hz 3RA13 36-8XB30-1AC2
120 V, 60 Hz 3RA13 36-8XB30-1AK6
230 V, 60 Hz 3RA13 36-8XB30-1AP6
DC operation
28 7.5 10 20 25 DC 24 V 3RA13 33-8XB30-1BB4 2.84
32 10 10 25 30 DC 24 V 3RA13 34-8XB30-1BB4 2.84
40 10 15 30 40 DC 24 V 3RA13 35-8XB30-1BB4
50 15 15 40 50 DC 24 V 3RA13 36-8XB30-1BB4

Mountable accessories (to be ordered separately): The fully wired and tested contactor assembly includes the following
components:

The connecting leads


are not shown.

Accessory Order No. Page Components Order No. Page


K1 K2
12 Mechanical interlock, 1 2 Contactors, 20 HP 3RT10 33 3RT10 33 2/8
mountable on the front 3RA19 24-1A 2/47 1 2 Contactors, 25 HP 3RT10 34 3RT10 34 2/8
14 Auxiliary switch block, 1 2 Contactors, 30 HP 3RT10 35 3RT10 35 2/8
mountable on the front 3RH19 21-1CA.. 2/36
1 2 Contactors, 40 HP 3RT10 36 3RT10 36 2/8
15 Auxiliary switch block,
laterally mountable 3RH19 21-1EA.. 2/37 4 Mechanical interlock,
laterally mountable 3RA19 24-2B 2/47
16 Surge
suppressor 3RT19 26-1.... 2/41 5 6 Installation kit 3RA19 33-2A 2/48
3RT19 36-1.... The installation kit contains:
2 connecting clips for 2 contactors with a clearance of
For further voltages, see page 2/23. 5
10 mm
For overview, see page 2/71-72. Wiring connectors on the top and bottom
For accessories, see page 2/47-49. 6
for connecting the main conducting paths
For circuit diagrams, see page 2/161.
For dimension drawings, see page 2/181.

Siemens Industry, Inc. Product Category: IEC 2/21


Industrial Controls Catalog
Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
Contactor Assemblies for Switching Motors SIRIUS
3RA13 reversing
contactor assemblies

Selection and ordering data


Size S3 · up to 45 kW
AC-3 Rated control Fully wired and tested Weight
maximum Maximum supply voltage contactor assembly approx.
inductive HP ratings of three-phase motors
current
List
200/208 V 230/240 V 460/480 V 575/600 V Order No. Price $
A HP HP HP HP kg
AC operation
65 20 25 50 60 24 V, 50/60 Hz 3RA13 44-8XB30-1AC2 3.9
120 V, 60 Hz 3RA13 44-8XB30-1AK6
240 V, 60 Hz 3RA13 44-8XB30-1AP6
80 25 30 60 75 24 V, 50/60 Hz 3RA13 45-8XB30-1AC2
120 V, 60 Hz 3RA13 45-8XB30-1AK6
240 V, 60 Hz 3RA13 45-8XB30-1AP6
95 30 30 75 100 24 V, 50/60 Hz 3RA13 46-8XB30-1AC2
120 V, 60 Hz 3RA13 46-8XB30-1AK6
240 V, 60 Hz 3RA13 46-8XB30-1AP6
DC operation
65 20 25 50 60 DC 24 V 3RA13 44-8XB30-1BB4 5.7
80 25 30 60 75 DC 24 V 3RA13 45-8XB30-1BB4
95 30 30 75 100 DC 24 V 3RA13 46-8XB30-1BB4

Mountable accessories (to be ordered separately): The fully wired and tested contactor assembly includes the following
components:

The connecting leads


are not shown.

Accessor y Order No. Page Components Order No. Page


K1 K2
12 Mechanical interlock, 1 2 Contactors, 50 HP 3RT10 44 3RT10 44 2/8
mountable on the front 3RA19 24-1A 2/47 1 2 Contactors, 60 HP 3RT10 45 3RT10 45 2/8
14 Auxiliary switch block, 1 2 Contactors, 75 HP 3RT10 46 3RT10 46 2/8
mountable on the front 3RH19 21-1CA.. 2/36
4 Mechanical interlock,
15 Auxiliary switch block,
laterally mountable 3RA19 24-2B 2/47
laterally mountable 3RH19 21-1EA.. 2/37
5 6 Installation kit 3RA19 43-2A 2/48
16 Surge suppressor 3RT19 26-1.... 2/41
3RT19 36-1.... The installation kit contains:
5 2 connecting clips for 2 contactors with a clearance of
10 mm
For further voltages, see page 2/23.
For overview, see page 2/71-72. 6 Wiring connectors on the top and bottom
For accessories, see page 2/47-49. 1) Coil voltage tolerance
For circuit diagrams, see page 2/161. at 50 Hz: 0.8 ... 1.1 x Us
For dimension drawings, see page 2/181. at 60 Hz: 0.85 ... 1.1 x Us

2/22 Product Category: IEC Siemens Industry, Inc.


Industrial Controls Catalog
Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
SIRIUS 3RT1 Contactors
Rated control supply voltages

Selection and ordering data

Contactor type 3RT10 1 3RT10 2, 3RT14 3RT13 1, 3RT13 2 ... 3RT13 4, 3RT16
3RT10 3, 3RT15 1 3RT15 2 and 3RT15 3
Rated control Control sup- 3RA131
3RT10 4,
supply volt- ply voltage
3RA132, 3, 4
age Us at 60 Hz
Preferred type (applies only to 12-digit Order Nos.)
Rated control supply voltages (changes to 10th and 11th positions of the Order No.)
Sizes S00 to S3
AC operation 1)
Coils for 50 Hz (exception: size S00: 50 and 60 Hz 2)
AC 24 V B0 B0 B0 B0 B0 B0
AC 42 V D0 D0 D0 D0 – –
AC 48 V H0 H0 H0 H0 – –
AC 110 V F0 F0 F0 F0 F0 F0
AC 230 V P0 P0 P0 P0 P0 P0
AC 400 V V0 V0 V0 V0 V0 V0
Coils for 50 and 60 Hz 2)
AC 24 V B0 C2 C2 B0 C2 C2
AC 42 V D0 D2 D2 D0 D2 –
AC 48 V H0 H2 H2 H0 H2 –
AC 110 V F0 G2 G2 F0 G2 G2
AC 208 V M2 M2 M2 M2 M2 M2
AC 220 V N2 N2 N2 N2 N2 N2
AC 230 V P0 L2 L2 P0 L2 L2
For USA and Canada 3)
50 Hz 60 Hz
AC 110 V AC 120 V K6 K6 K6 K6 K6 K6
AC 220 V AC 240 V P6 P6 P6 P6 P6 P6
AC 277 V U6 U6 U6 U6 U6 U6
AC 480 V V6 V6 V6 V6 V6 V6
AC 600 V T6 T6 T6 T6 T6 T6
For Japan
50/60 Hz 4) 60 Hz 5)
AC 100 V AC 110 V G6 G6 G6 G6 G6 G6
AC 200 V AC 220 V N6 N6 N6 N6 N6 N6
AC 400 V AC 440 V R6 R6 R6 R6 R6 R6
DC operation 1)
DC 12 V A4 – – A4 – –
DC 24 V B4 B4 B4 B4 B4 –
DC 4 2 V D4 D4 D4 D4 D4 –
DC 4 8 V W4 W4 W4 W4 – –
DC 6 0 V E4 E4 E4 – – –
DC 80 V E8 E8 – – – –
DC 1 1 0 V F4 F4 F4 F4 F4 –
DC 1 2 5 V G4 G4 G4 G4 G4 –
DC 2 2 0 V M4 M4 M4 M4 M4 –
DC 2 3 0 V P4 P4 P4 P4 – –
Sizes S6 to S12
AC/DC operation (40 ... 60 Hz, DC)
Conventional operating mechanism
Size S6 S10, S12 Size S6 S10, S12
Us min to Us max 6) Contactor type 3RT1.5.-.A 3RT1.6/7.-.A Us min to Us max 6) Contactor type 3RT1.5.-.A 3RT1.6/7.-.A
AC/DC 23 ... 26 V B3 B3 AC/DC 240 ... 277 V U3 U3
AC/DC 42 ... 48 V D3 D3 AC/DC 380 ... 420 V V3 V3
AC/DC 110 ... 127 V F3 F3 AC/DC 440 ... 480 V R3 R3
AC/DC 200 ... 220 V M3 M3 AC/DC 500 ... 550 V S3 S3
AC/DC 220 ... 240 V P3 P3 AC/DC 575 ... 600 V T3 T3
Solid-state operating mechanism
Size S6 S10, S12
Us min to Us max 6) Contactor type 3RT1.5.-.N 3RT1.5.-.P/Q 3RT1.6/7.-.N 3RT1.6/7.-.P/Q
AC/DC 21 ... 27.3 V B3 – B3 –
AC/DC 96 ... 127 V F3 F3 F3 F 3 7)
AC/DC 200 ... 277 V P3 P3 P3 P3 7)
No additional charge is made for all voltages indicated above.
Further voltages on request.
1) The SITOP power DC 24 V power supply unit 3) Coil voltage tolerance Sizes S0 ... S3:
with extended-range input (AC 93 ... 264 V; DC Size S00: at 50 Hz: 0.8 ... 1.1 x Us
30 ... 264 V) can be used for energizing the coil at 50 Hz: 0.85 ... 1.1 x Us at 60 Hz: 0.85 ... 1.1 x Us
for other coil voltages and coil voltage toler- at 60 Hz: 0.8 ... 1.1 x Us 5) Coil voltage tolerance
ances for sizes S00 and S0 (see Part 14). Sizes S0 ... S3: at 60 Hz: 0.8 ... 1.1 x Us
2) Coil voltage tolerance at 50 Hz and 60 Hz: 0.8 ... 1.1 x Us 6) Coil voltage tolerance:
at 50 Hz: 0.8 ... 1.1 x Us 4) Coil voltage tolerance 0.8 x Us min ... 1.1 x Us max
at 60 Hz: 0.85 ... 1.1 x Us Size S00: 7) 3RT12 vacuum contactors available from March
at 50/60 Hz: 0.85 ... 1.1 x Us 2002.

Siemens Industry, Inc. 2/23


Industrial Controls Catalog
Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
Control Relays, Coupling Relays SIRIUS
3RH11 control relays, size S00

Selection and ordering data


AC and DC operation

3RH11 . . -1 . . . . 3RH11 . . -2 . . . .

Rated operational Contacts Rated control Screw connection Cage Clamp connection Weight Pack.
current supply voltage approx.
Us
NEMA A600 / P600 Ident. no. Design Order No. List Order No. List
Price $ Price $

NO NC kg Units
For screwing and snapping onto 35 mm standard mounting
rail
AC operation
Size S00
Terminal designations according to EN 50 011
40 E 4 – 24 V 50/60 Hz 3RH11 40-1AB00 3RH11 40-2AB00 0.19 1
120 V 60 Hz 3RH11 40-1AK60 3RH11 40-2AK60
240 V 60 Hz 3RH11 40-1AP60 3RH11 40-2AP60
31 E 3 1 24 V 50/60 Hz 3RH11 31-1AB00 3RH11 31-2AB00 0.19 1
120 V 60 Hz 3RH11 31-1AK60 3RH11 31-2AK60
240 V 60 Hz 3RH11 31-1AP60 3RH11 31-2AP60
22 E 2 2 24 V 50/60 Hz 3RH11 22-1AB00 3RH11 22-2AB00 0.19 1
120 V 60 Hz 3RH11 22-1AK60 3RH11 22-2AK60
240 V 60 Hz 3RH11 22-1AP60 3RH11 22-2AP60
DC operation · DC solenoid system DC
40 E 4 – 24 V 3RH11 40-1BB40 3RH11 40-2BB40 0.25 1
48 V 3RH11 40-1BW40 3RH11 40-2BW40
31 E 3 1 24 V 3RH11 31-1BB40 3RH11 31-2BB40 0.25 1
48 V 3RH11 31-1BW40 3RH11 31-2BW40
22 E 2 2 24 V 3RH11 22-1BB40 3RH11 22-2BB40 0.25 1
48 V 3RH11 22-1BW40 3RH11 22-2BW40
With permanently mounted auxiliary switch block 2) 3)
44 E 4 4 24 V 3RH12 44-1BB40 3RH12 44-2BB40 0.29 1
62 E 6 2 24 V 3RH12 62-1BB40 3RH12 62-2BB40 0.29 1

Note: Additional 3RH12 control relays may be found on page 2/70.

For further voltages, see page 2/25. 1) Coil voltage tolerance


Foe accessories, see pages 2/26, 2/37. at 50 Hz: 0.8 ... 1.1 x Us
For technical data, see pages 2/152-154. at 60 Hz: 0.85 ... 1.1 x Us
For overview, see page 2/81. 2) Further designs/voltages on request.
For position terminals, see page 2/171. 3) Auxiliary switch block A600/Q600.
For dimension drawings, see page 2/194.

2/24 Product Category: IEC Siemens Industry, Inc.


Industrial Controls Catalog
Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
SIRIUS Control Relays, Coupling Relays
3RH14 latched control relays, size S00

Selection and ordering data

Rated operational current Contacts Rated control Order No. List Weight
supply voltage Price $ approx.
NEMA A600 / P600 Ident. no. Design
acc. to
EN 50 011
NO NC PG 101 1 unit kg
With screw connections · for screwing and snapping onto 35 mm standard mounting rail
3RH14 22-1BB40 AC operation AC
40 E 4 – 24 V, 50/60 Hz 3RH14 40-1AB00 0.38
120 V, 60 Hz 3RH14 40-1AK60
240 V, 60 Hz 3RH14 40-1AP60
31 E 3 1 24 V 50/60 Hz 3RH14 31-1AB00 0.38
42 V 60 Hz 3RH14 31-1AD00
120 V 60 Hz 3RH14 31-1AK60
240 V 60 Hz 3RH14 31-1AP60
22 E 2 2 24 V 50/60 Hz 3RH14 22-1AB00 0.38
42 V 60 Hz 3RH14 22-1AD00
120 V 60 Hz 3RH14 22-1AK60
240 V 60 Hz 3RH14 22-1AP60
DC operation · DC solenoid system DC
40 E 4 – 24 V 3RH14 40-1BB40 0.5
110 V 3RH14 40-1BF40
48 V 3RH14 40-1BW40
31 E 3 1 24 V 3RH14 31-1BB40 0.5
110 V 3RH14 31-1BF40
48 V 3RH14 31-1BW40
22 E 2 2 24 V 3RH14 22-1BB40 0.5
110 V 3RH14 22-1BF40
48 V 3RH14 22-1BW40

Rated control supply voltage (change the 10th and 11th positions of the Order No.) only for 3RH11 contactor relays
AC operation DC operation
Coils for AC 50 and 60 Hz No additional charge is made for listed voltages
Rated control Control supply Rated control
supply voltage Us voltage at supply voltage Us
AC V AC V Supple- DC V Supple-
50/60 Hz 1) 60 Hz ment ment
24 B0 12 A4
42 D0 24 B4
48 H0 42 D4
110 F0 48 W4
208 M2
220 N2 60 E4
230 P0 110 F4
400 V0 125 G4
220 M4
230 P4
For Japan 2)
100 110 G6
200 220 N6
400 440 R6
For USA and Canada 3)
AC V AC V
50 Hz 60 Hz
110 120 K6
220 240 P6
- 277 U6
- 480 V6
- 600 T6

For accessories for 3RH14, 1) Coil voltage tolerance 3) Coil voltage tolerance
see page 2/26, 2/37. at 50 Hz: 0.8 ... 1.1 x Us at 50 Hz: 0.85 ... 1.1 x Us
For technical data, see page 2/152-154. at 60 Hz: 0.85 ... 1.1 x Us at 60 Hz: 0.8 ... 1.1 x Us
For overview, see page 2/81. 2) Coil voltage tolerance 4) UL ratings see page 19/19 in section 19.
For position of terminals, see page 2/171. at 50/60 Hz: 0.85 ... 1.1 x Us
For dimension drawings, see page 2/194. at 60 Hz: 0.8 ... 1.1 x Us

Siemens Industry, Inc. Product Category: IEC 2/25


Industrial Controls Catalog
Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
Control Relays, Coupling Relays SIRIUS
Accessories for 3RH11 and 3RH14
control relays, size S00

Selection and ordering data

3RH19 11-1GA . . 3RH19 11-2GA . .

For controls relays Rated operational current Contacts Screw connection Cage Clamp connection Weight
approx.
Type NEMA A600 / Q600 2) Ident. no. Design Order No. List Order No. List
Price $ Price $

NO NC kg
Snap-on auxiliary switch blocks, Terminal Designations
acc. to EN 50 011
3RH11 40 for making contactor relays with 8 contacts
3RH14 40 1)
(ident. no. 40E) 80 E 4 – 3RH19 11-1GA40 3RH19 11-2GA40 0.045
71 E 3 1 3RH19 11-1GA31 3RH19 11-2GA31
62 E 2 2 3RH19 11-1GA22 3RH19 11-2GA22
53 E 1 3 3RH19 11-1GA13 3RH19 11-2GA13
44 E – 4 3RH19 11-1GA04 3RH19 11-2GA04

For further accessories for control relays size S00, see accessories, 2/46,
accessories for 3RT10 1 . contactors for switching motors, size S00.

1) Only 3RH19 11-1 . . .


2) UL ratings, see Appendix page 19/7.

2/26 Product Category: IEC Siemens Industry, Inc.


Industrial Controls Catalog
Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
SIRIUS Coupling Relays
3RH11 coupling relays
for switching auxiliary circuits

Application Functions
DC operation The 3RH11 coupling relays for No auxiliary switch blocks can Coupling relays have a low
IEC 60 947 and EN 60 947 switching auxiliary circuits are be snapped onto 3RH11 power consumption, an
(VDE 0660) tailored to the special require- coupling relays. extended coil voltage toler-
ments of working with elec- ance and an integrated surge
tronic controls. suppressor for damping open-
ing surges
(exceptions: 3RH11 ..-.HB40
and 3RH11 ..-.MB4.-0KT0).

Selection and ordering data


DC operation

3RH11..-1.B40 3RH11 . . -2 . B40

Surge Rated operational current Contacts Screw connection Cage Clamp connection Weight
suppressor approx.

NEMA A600 / P600 Ident. Design Order No. List Order No. List
no. Price $ Price $

NO NC kg
For screwing and snapping onto 35 mm standard mounting
rail
Size S00
Terminal designations according to EN 50 011
Rated control supply voltage Us = DC 24 V, coil voltage tolerance 0.7 to 1.25 x Us
Power consumption of the coils 2.3 W at 24 V (no auxiliary switch blocks can be mounted)
Diode, varistor 40 E 4 – 3RH11 40-1HB40 3RH11 40-2HB40 0.25
or RC element 31 E 3 1 3RH11 31-1HB40 3RH11 31-2HB40
can be mounted 22 E 2 2 3RH11 22-1HB40 3RH11 22-2HB40
Diode 40 E 4 – 3RH11 40-1JB40 3RH11 40-2JB40 0.25
integrated 31 E 3 1 3RH11 31-1JB40 3RH11 31-2JB40
22 E 2 2 3RH11 22-1JB40 3RH11 22-2JB40
Varistor 40 E 4 – 3RH11 40-1KB40 3RH11 40-2KB40 0.25
integrated 31 E 3 1 3RH11 31-1KB40 3RH11 31-2KB40
22 E 2 2 3RH11 22-1KB40 3RH11 22-2KB40
Rated control supply voltage Us = DC 24 V, coil voltage tolerance 0.85 to 1.85 x Us
Power consumption of the coils 1.4 W at 24 V (no auxiliary switch blocks can be mounted)

Diode, varistor 40 E 4 – 3RH11 40-1MB40-0KT0 3RH11 40-2MB40-0KT0 0.25


or RC element 31 E 3 1 3RH11 31-1MB40-0KT0 3RH11 31-2MB40-0KT0
can be mounted 22 E 2 2 3RH11 22-1MB40-0KT0 3RH11 22-2MB40-0KT0
Diode 40 E 4 – 3RH11 40-1VB40 3RH11 40-2VB40 0.25
integrated 31 E 3 1 3RH11 31-1VB40 3RH11 31-2VB40
22 E 2 2 3RH11 22-1VB40 3RH11 22-2VB40
Varistor 40 E 4 – 3RH11 40-1WB40 3RH11 40-2WB40 0.25
integrated 31 E 3 1 3RH11 31-1WB40 3RH11 31-2WB40
22 E 2 2 3RH11 22-1WB40 3RH11 22-2WB40

For accessories, see page 2/41.


For technical data, see 2/155.
For position of terminals, see 2/171.
For dimension drawings, see 2/194.

Siemens Industry, Inc. Product Category: IEC 2/27


Industrial Controls Catalog
Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
Contactors for Switching Motors SIRIUS
3TF68 and 3TF69 vacuum contactors,
3-pole

Selection and ordering data

Size Auxiliary Rated control Order No. List Weight


contacts supply voltage Us 1) Price $ approx.
AC-3 AC-1
Maximum Maximum
Maximum horsepower Design
inductive resistive
current rating current
200 V 230 V 460 V 575 V
A HP HP HP HP A NO NC kg
AC operation 2)3)
Auxiliary and control conductors: screw connections
Main conductor: bar connections
3TF68 630 200 250 500 600 700 4 4 200-240 V, 50/60 Hz 3TF68 44-0CM7 15
110-132 V, 50/60 Hz 3TF68 44-0CF7

820 290 350 700 860 910 4 4 200-240 V, 50/60 Hz 3TF69 44-0CM7 19
110-132 V, 50/60 Hz 3TF69 44-0CF7

DC operation · DC economy circuit


Auxiliary and control conductors: screw connections
Main conductor: bar connections
630 200 250 500 600 700 3 3 DC 24 V 3TF68 33-1DB4 16.9
820 290 350 700 860 910 3 3 DC 24 V 3TF69 33-1DB4 20.9

3TB50 to 3TB56 contactors


3-pole, with DC solenoid system

Selection and ordering data

Size Auxiliary Rated control Order No. List Weight


contacts supply voltage Us 1) Price $ approx.
AC-3 AC-1
Maximum Maximum Maximum
Design
inductive horsepower resistive
current rating current
200 V 230 V 460 V 575 V
A HP HP HP HP A NO NC kg
DC operation · DC solenoid system
3TB50 Auxiliary and control conductors: screw connections
Main conductor: bar connections
110 40 50 100 125 170 2 2 DC 24 V 3TB50 17-0BB4 4

170 50 60 125 150 230 2 2 DC 24 V 3TB52 17-0BB4 6.8


250 75 100 200 250 325 2 2 DC 24 V 3TB54 17-0BB4 12.5

400 125 150 300 400 425 2 2 DC 24 V 3TB56 17-0BB4 19.2

For accessories, see page 2/52-53. 1) For further voltages, see page 2/61. this protective circuitry is not required. It might be
For spare parts, see page 2/59-61. damaged by voltage peaks and harmonics gener-
2) Surge suppression integrated:
For technical data, see page 2/137-147. ated, possibly followed by phase-to-phase short-
fitted with varistor.
circuits.
For description, see page 2/82. 3) For EMC, see description on page 2/82.
For internal circuit diagrams, 3TF68/69 vacuum contactors are supplied with
see page 2/163. integrated surge suppression for the main conduct-
For position of terminals, see page 2/170. ing paths (for description, see page 2/82). In oper-
For dimension drawings, ation in circuits with DC choppers, frequency
see page 2/184-185. converters, variable-speed drives, for example,

2/28 Product Category: IEC Siemens Industry, Inc.


Industrial Controls Catalog
DC Power Controls
SIRIUS DC Contactors and Replacement Parts
General Purpose —Type 3TC

Ordering Information Coil Suffix Table


AC V 50/60 Hz Code DC V Code
䊳 Select Contactor from table below.
䊳 To complete catalog number replace the two daggers (††) with 24 C1 24 B4
appropriate coil voltage suffix. See corresponding coil voltage 120 K1 48 W4
240 P1 60 E4
suffix table. 460 Q0 110 F4
䊳 Technical Data see page 2/148. 600 S0 125 G4
230 P4
3TC44 3TC52 䊳 Dimensions see page 2/148. Replace †† in the contactor catalog number with a
coil code from the table above.

DC Operated
Auxiliary Contacts Type
Ampere Rating 2 Pole DC HP Ratings Catalog List
Frame Size Open Enclosed 115V 230V 500V 575V NO NC Number  Price $
2 32 29 3 5 10 10 2 2 3TC4417–0A††
4 75 68 71⁄2 15 40 40 2 2 3TC4817–0A††
8 220 200 25 50 100 100 2 2 3TC5217–0A††
12 330 300 40 75 150 150 2 2 3TC5617–0A††

AC Operated
Auxiliary Contacts Type
Ampere Rating 2 Pole DC HP Ratings Catalog List
Frame Size Open Enclosed 115V 230V 500V 575V NO NC Number  Price $
2 32 29 3 5 10 10 2 2 3TC4417–0B††
4 75 68 71⁄2 15 40 40 2 2 3TC4817–0B††
8 220 200 25 50 100 100 2 2 3TC5217–0B††
12 330 300 40 75 150 150 2 2 3TC5617–0B††
 Suffix K2 for 3TC44. Product Category: DC Contactors
Coils, AC
Catalog Number List
Device Frame
Type Size 24V AC 120V AC 220/240V AC 277V AC 480V AC 600V AC Price $
3TC4417-0B†† 3TY7403-0AC2 3TY7403-0AK6 3TY7403-0AP6 3TY7403-0AU1 3TY7403-0AV0 3TY7403-0AS0
3TC4817-0B†† 3TY6483-0AC1 3TY6483-0AK6 3TY6483-0AP6 3TY6483-0AP0 3TY6483-0AV0 3TY6483-0AS0
3TC
3TC5217-0B†† 3TY6523-0AK6 3TY6523-0AP6 3TY6523-0AP0 3TY6523-0AV0
3TY7483-0AK6
3TC5617-0B†† 3TY6566-0AK6 3TY6566-0AP0 3TY6566-0AV0 3TY6566-0AS0

Coils, DC
Device Frame Catalog Number List
Type Size 24V DC 48V DC 110V DC 125V DC 230V DC Price $
3TC4417-0A†† 3TY6443-0BB4 3TY6443-0BF4 3TY6443-0BG4
3TC 3TC4817-0A†† 3TY6483-0BB4 3TY6483-0BW4 3TY6483-0BF4 3TY6483-0BG4
3TC5217-0A†† 3TY6523-0BB4 3TY6523-0BF4 3TY6523-0BG4 3TY6523-0BP4
3TU6483-0BB4 3TC5217-0A†† 3TY6563-0BB4 3TY6563-0BF4 3TY6563-0BG4 3TY6563-0BP4

Main Contacts  Arc Chutes


Frame Catalog List Frame Catalog List
Type Size Number Price $ Type Size Number Price $
3TC44 3TY2440-0A 3TC44 3TY2442-0A
3TC48 3TY2480-0A 3TC48 3TY2482-0A
3TC 3TC
3TC52 3TY2520-0A 3TC56 3TY2562-0A
3TY2480-0A 3TC56 3TY2560-0A 3TY2482-0A

Auxiliary Contact Blocks


Auxiliary Contacts
Frame Normally Closed/ Block Catalog List
Type Size NO NC Late Break Location Number Price $
3TC44 to
1 1 — Left or Right 3TY6501-1AA00
3TC48
3TC 3TC52 to 1 1 — Left 3TY6561-1A
3TC56
1 1 — Right 3TY6561-1B
3TY6501-1A 1 — 1 Right 3TY6561-1E
3TC44 to
1 1 — Left or Right 3TY7561-1UA00 
3TC48
Main contact kits for size 3TC48 and larger include springs. For use in dusty atmosphere and electronic circuits with rated
Smaller sizes do not. operational currents Ie AC-14 and DC-13 from 1 mA to 300 mA at
On DC operated contactors the maximum number of auxiliary 3V to 60V. With 1 changeover contact.
contacts is 2 NO, 2 NC. Discount Code: DC Contactors

Siemens Industry, Inc. Product Category: IEC 2/29


Industrial Controls Catalog
Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
SIRIUS
3RT1 contactors, size S00

Overview
The product range
at a glance
The new SIRIUS genera-
tion is a complete, modu-
lar system family, logically
designed right down to
the last detail, from the
basic units to the acces-
sories.

Contactors and coupling relays


Size S00 with mountable accessories
1 Contactor (page 2/8) 14 Additional load module for increasing the permissible off-state current
2 Coupling relay (page 2/16) (page 2/43)
3 Solid-state time-delay block, ON-delay (page 2/40) 15 Surge suppressor with LED (page 2/42)
4 Solid-state time-delay block, OFF-delay (page 2/40) 16 Surge suppressor without LED (page 2/41)
5 Auxiliary switch block, solid-state time-delay (page 2/39) 17 3-phase feeder terminal (page 2/50)
(ON or OFF-delay or WYE-delta function) 18 Link for paralleling (WYE jumper), 3-pole, without terminal (page 2/50)
6 Single-pole auxiliary switch block, cable entry from above (page 2/35) 19 Link for paralleling, 3-pole, with terminal (page 2/45)
7 2-pole auxiliary switch block, cable entry from above (page 2/35) 20 Link for paralleling, 4-pole, with terminal (page 2/45)
8 Single-pole auxiliary switch block, cable entry from below (page 2/35)
9 2-pole auxiliary switch block, cable entry from below (page 2/35)
10 4-pole auxiliary switch block (page 2/35) (terminal designations
acc. to EN 50 012 or EN 50 005) for contactors
11 2-pole auxiliary switch block, standard design or solid-state for contactors and coupling relays (interface)
compatible design (pages 2/35, 2/44) (terminal designations
acc. to EN 50 005)
12 Solder pin adapter for contactors with 4-pole auxiliary switch block
(page 2/45)
13 Solder pin adapter for contactors and coupling relays (page 2/45)

For contactor assemblies, see page 2/19, 2/76.


For installation kit for reversing contactor assemblies
(mech. interlock, wiring modules), see page 2/71.
For mountable overload relays, see section 3.
For group installation assemblies, see section 4.

2/30 Siemens Industry, Inc.


Industrial Controls Catalog
Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
SIRIUS
3RT1 contactors, sizes S0 to S3

Contactors
Sizes S0 to S3 with attachable accessories
1 Contactor, size S0, see page 2/8
2 Contactor, size S2, see page 2/8
3 Contactor, size S3, see page 2/8

For sizes S0 to S3: 16 Reversing contactor connection links (page 2/48)


4 Solid-state time-delay block, ON-delay (page 2/40) 17 Surge suppressors (page 2/41) (varistor, RC element,
5 Solid-state time-delay block, OFF-delay (page 2/40) diode assembly), can be mounted on the top or bottom (different for
6 Auxiliary switch block, solid-state time-delay (page 2/39) S0 and S2/S3)
(ON or OFF-delay or WYE-delta function) 18 Interface for PLC control mounting directly onto contactor coil (page 2/44)
7 2-pole auxiliary switch block, cable entry from above (page 2/36) 19 LED module for indicating contactor operation (page 2/44)
8 2-pole auxiliary switch block, cable entry from below (page 2/36) Only for sizes S2 and S3:
9 4-pole auxiliary switch block (page 2/36)
20 Repeat coil terminal for making reversing contactor assemblies
(terminal designations acc. to EN 50 012 or EN 50 005)
(page 2/47)
10 Link for paralleling (WYE jumper), 3-pole,
21 Terminal cover for box terminals (page 2/46)
without terminal (page 2/50)
11 Link for paralleling, 3-pole, with terminal (page 2/45) Only for size S3:
12 2-pole auxiliary switch block, laterally mountable (left or right) 22 Terminal cover for cable lug and busbar connection
(page 2/37) (terminal designations acc. to EN 50 012 or EN 50 005) (page 2/46)
13 Single-pole auxiliary switch block (up to 4 can be snapped on) 23 Auxiliary conductor terminal, 3-pole (page 2/44)
(page 2/36)
14 Mechanical interlock, laterally mountable (page 2/47)
15 Mechanical interlock, mountable on the front (page 2/47) Accessories identical for sizes S0 to S3
Accessories differ according to size

For contactor assemblies, see pages 2/20-2/22, 2/77-2/80.


For mountable overload relays, see section 3.
For combination starters, see section 4.

Siemens Industry, Inc. 2/31


Industrial Controls Catalog
Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
SIRIUS
3RT1 contactors, sizes S6 to S12

Overview

Contactors
Sizes S6 to S12 with accessories
1 3RT10 and 3RT14 air-break contactors, sizes S6, S10 and S12
(page 2/9)

3 Auxiliary switch block, solid-state time-delay (page 2/39) 11 Wiring connectors on the top and bottom (plugging) (page 2/48)
(ON or OFF-delay or WYE-delta function) 12 Link for paralleling (WYE jumper), 3-pole, with through hole (page 2/50),
4 4-pole auxiliary switch block (page 2/36) different for sizes S6 and S10/S12
(terminal designations acc. to EN 50 012 or EN 50 005) 13 Terminal cover for cable lug and bar connection
5 2-pole auxiliary switch block, cable entry from above (page 2/36) (page 2/46), different for sizes S6 and S10/S12
6 2-pole auxiliary switch block, cable entry from below (page 2/36) 14 Terminal cover for box terminal (page 2/46),
7 Single-pole auxiliary switch block (up to 4 can be snapped on) different for sizes S6 and S10/S12
(page 2/36) 15 Box terminal block (page 2/46), different for sizes S6 and S10/S12
8 2-pole auxiliary switch block, laterally mountable (left or right)
(page 2/37) (terminal designations acc. to EN 50 012 or EN 50 005) Accessories identical for sizes S0 to S12
(identical for S0 to S12) Accessories identical for sizes S6 to S12
9 Surge suppressor (RC element) (page 2/42), for plugging Accessories differ according to size
into top of withdrawable coil
10 Mechanical interlock, laterally mountable (page 2/47)

For mountable overload relays, see section 3.

2/32 Siemens Industry, Inc.


Industrial Controls Catalog
Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
SIRIUS
3RT1 contactors, sizes S6 to S12

1 Air-break contactor, sizes S6, S10 and S12 (page 2/9)


2 Vacuum contactor, sizes S10 and S12 (page 2/10)

3 Withdrawable coils for 3RT1...-.A.. contactors with conventional operating mechanism


(size S10: differentiation between 3RT10/3RT14 air-break contactors
and 3RT12 vacuum contactors)
(size S12: identical for air-break and vacuum contactors)
4 Withdrawable coils for 3RT1...-.N.. contactors with solid-state operating mechanism
(size S10: differentiation between 3RT10/3RT14 air-break contactors
and 3RT12 vacuum contactors)
(size S12: identical for air-break and vacuum contactors)
5 Withdrawable coils and laterally mountable module (plug-on) for
3RT1...-.P.. and 3RT1...-.Q.. contactors with solid-state operating mechanism and remaining lifetime indica-
tion (sizes S10 and S12: differentiation between 3RT10/3RT14 air-break contactors
and 3RT12 vacuum contactors)
6 Surge suppressor (RC element) (page 2/48), plug-mountable on withdrawable coils
with conventional operating mechanism 3RT1 ...-.A..
with solid-state operating mechanism 3RT1 ...-.N..

Identical for sizes S6 to S12


Different according to size

For mountable overload relays, see section 3.

Siemens Industry, Inc. 2/33


Industrial Controls Catalog
Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
Control Relays, Coupling Relays SIRIUS
3RH1, control relays, coupling relays

Overview
The new SIRIUS generation is a
complete, modular system fam-
ily, logically designed right
down to the last detail, from the
basic units to the accessories.

Control relays and coupling relays


Size S00 with accessories
1 Control relay, see 2/24
2 Coupling relay for auxiliary circuits, see 2/27
3 Solid-state time-delay block, ON-delay, see 2/40
4 Solid-state time-delay block, OFF-delay, see 2/40
5 Auxiliary switch block, solid-state time delay, see 2/39
(variants: ON or OFF-delay)
6 Single-pole auxiliary switch block, cable entry from above, see 2/35
7 2-pole auxiliary switch block, cable entry from above, see 2/35
8 Single-pole auxiliary switch block, cable entry from below, see 2/35
9 2-pole auxiliary switch block, cable entry from below, see 2/35
10 4-pole auxiliary switch block, see 2/35
(terminal designations acc. to EN 50 011 or EN 50 005)
11 2-pole auxiliary switch block, standard design or solid-state compatible
design, see page 2/35 (terminal designations acc. to EN 50 005)
12 Solder pin adapter for contactor relays with 4-pole auxiliary switch block, see 2/45
13 Solder pin adapter for contactor relays and coupling relays, see 2/45
14 Additional load module for increasing the permissible off-state current, see 2/43
15 Surge suppressor with LED, see 2/42
16 Surge suppressor without LED, see 2/41

for control relays


for control relays and coupling relays

2/34 Siemens Industry, Inc.


Industrial Controls Catalog
Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
SIRIUS 3RT Contactors / 3RH Control Relays
Accessories for contactors,
control relays and auxiliary contactors

Selection and ordering data

3RH19 11-1HA . . 3RH19 11-2HA . . 3RH19 21-1HA . . 3RH19 21-2HA . . 3RH19 11-1AA . . 3RH19 11-1LA . .
-1FA . . -2FA . .
For Rated operational Auxiliary contacts Screw connection Cage Clamp connection Weight
contactors current 2) approx.
NEMA A600 / Q600 Ident. Design Order No. List Order No. List
no. Price $ Price $

Type NO NC NO NC kg
Auxiliary switch blocks for snapping onto the front
acc. to EN 50 012 1)
Size S00
For making contactors with 2, 4 or 5 auxiliary contacts
3RT10 1 . -1 . . . 1, 11 E – 1 – – 3RH19 11-1HA01 3RH19 11-2HA01 0.045
3RT10 1 . -2 . . . 1 22 E 1 2 – – 3RH19 11-1HA12 3RH19 11-2HA12
Ident. no. 10E 23 E 1 3 – – 3RH19 11-1HA13 3RH19 11-2HA13
32 E 2 2 – – 3RH19 11-1HA22 3RH19 11-2HA22
Sizes S0 to S12 1)
4-pole
3RT10 2, 31 3 1 – – 3RH19 21-1HA31 3RH19 21-2HA31 0.065
3RT1 . 3 to 22 2 2 – – 3RH19 21-1HA22 3RH19 21-2HA22
3RT1 . 7, 13 1 3 – – 3RH19 21-1HA13 3RH19 21-2HA13
3RT11
with location digits 22 2 2 – – 3RH19 21-1XA22-0MA0 3RH19 21-2XA22-0MA0
5, 6, 7, 8
Auxiliary switch blocks for snapping onto the front
acc. to EN 50 005 1)
Size S00
2 or 4-pole auxiliary switch blocks for making contactors with 3 or 5 auxiliary contacts
3RT1 . 1, 20 2 – – – 3RH19 11-1FA20 3RH19 11-2FA20 0.045
3RH11, 11 1 1 – – 3RH19 11-1FA11 3RH19 11-2FA11
3RH14 02 – 2 – – 3RH19 11-1FA02 3RH19 11-2FA02
11 U – – 1 1 3RH19 11-1FB11 3RH19 11-2FB11
40 4 – – – 3RH19 11-1FA40 3RH19 11-2FA40 0.045
31 3 1 – – 3RH19 11-1FA31 3RH19 11-2FA31
22 2 2 – – 3RH19 11-1FA22 3RH19 11-2FA22
22 U – – 2 2 3RH19 11-1FC22 3RH19 11-2FC22
11, 11 U 1 1 1 1 3RH19 11-1FB22 –
Single or 2-pole auxiliary switch blocks, cable entry from one side
Cable entry from above
– 1 – – – 3RH19 11-1AA10 – 0.015
– – 1 – – 3RH19 11-1AA01 –
– 1 1 – – 3RH19 11-1LA11 – 0.045
– 2 – – – 3RH19 11-1LA20 –
Cable entry from below
– 1 – – – 3RH19 11-1BA10 – 0.015
– – 1 – – 3RH19 11-1BA01 –
– 1 1 – – 3RH19 11-1MA11 – 0.045
– 2 – – – 3RH19 11-1MA20 –

EN50005 and EN50012 designate the markings 1) Exception: 3RT16 .


of the auxiliary terminal numbers. 2) UL ratings, Appendix page 19/7.
For position of the terminals see pages 2/166-169.
For int. circuit diagrams see pages 2/156-160

Siemens Industry, Inc. Product Category: IEC 2/35


Industrial Controls Catalog
Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
3RT1 Contactors SIRIUS
Accessories for contactors

Selection and ordering data

3RH19 21-1F . . . 3RH19 21-2F . . . 3RH19 21-1C . . . 3RH19 21-2C . . . 3RH19 21-1LA . . 3RH19 21-1MA..

For Rated operational Auxiliary contacts Screw connection Cage Clamp connection Weight Pack.
contactors current 2) approx.
NEMA A600 / Q600 Ident. Design Order No. List Order No. List
no. Price $ Price $

Type NO NC NO NC kg
Auxiliary switch blocks for snapping onto the front
acc. to EN 50 005
Sizes S0 to S12 1)
4-pole auxiliary switch blocks
3RT10 2, 40 4 – – – 3RH19 21-1FA40 3RH19 21-2FA40 0.065 1 unit
3RT1. 3 to 31 3 1 – – 3RH19 21-1FA31 3RH19 21-2FA31
3RT1. 7, 22 2 2 – – 3RH19 21-1FA22 3RH19 21-2FA22
3RT11 04 – 4 – – 3RH19 21-1FA04 3RH19 21-2FA04
22 U – – 2 2 3RH19 21-1FC22 3RH19 21-2FC22
Single-pole auxiliary switch blocks acc. to EN 50 005 and EN 50 012
3RT1. 2 to – 1 – – – 3RH19 21-1CA10 3RH19 21-2CA10 0.015 1 unit
3RT1. 7, – – 1 – – 3RH19 21-1CA01 3RH19 21-2CA01
3RT11 – – – 1 – 3RH19 21-1CD10 –
– – – – 1 3RH19 21-1CD01 –
2-pole auxiliary switch blocks with cable entry from one side
Cable entry from above
3RT10 2, – 1 1 – – 3RH19 21-1LA11 – 0.065 1 unit
3RT1. 3 to – 2 – – – 3RH19 21-1LA20 –
3RT1. 7, – – 2 – – 3RH19 21-1LA02 –
3RT11
Cable entry from below
– 1 1 – – 3RH19 21-1MA11 – 0.065 1 unit
– 2 – – – 3RH19 21-1MA20 –
– – 2 – – 3RH19 21-1MA02 –

EN50005 and EN50012 designate the markings 1) Exception: 3RT16 .


of the auxiliary terminal numbers. 2) UL ratings, Appendix page 19/7.
For position of the terminals see pages 2/166-169.
For int. circuit diagrams see pages 2/156-160.

2/36 Product Category: IEC Siemens Industry, Inc.


Industrial Controls Catalog
Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
SIRIUS 3RT1 Contactors
Accessories for contactors

Selection and ordering data

3RH19 21-1DA11 3RH19 21-2DA11 3RH19 21-1EA . . 3RH19 21-2EA . .


-1JA11 -2JA11 -1KA . . -2KA . .
For Rated operational current Auxiliary contacts Screw connection Cage Clamp connection Weight
contactors NEMA A300 / Q300 1) approx.
Design Order No. List Order No. List
Price $ Price $

Type NO NC kg
Laterally mountable auxiliary switch blocks acc. to EN 50 012
Sizes S0 to S12
First laterally mountable auxiliary switch block (right or left), 2-pole
3RT1 . 2 1 1 3RH19 21-1DA11 3RH19 21-2DA11 0.038
to
3RT1 . 7
Sizes S3 to S12
Second laterally mountable auxiliary switch block (right or left), 2-pole
3RT1 . 4 1 1 3RH19 21-1JA11 3RH19 21-2JA11 0.038
to
3RT1 . 7
Laterally mountable auxiliary switch blocks acc. to EN 50 005
Sizes S0 to S12
First laterally mountable auxiliary switch block (right or left), 2-pole
3RT1 . 2 2 – 3RH19 21-1EA20 3RH19 21-2EA20 0.038
to 1 1 3RH19 21-1EA11 –
3RT1 . 7 – 2 3RH19 21-1EA02 3RH19 21-2EA02
Sizes S3 to S12
Second laterally mountable auxiliary switch block (right or left), 2-pole
3RT1 . 4 2 – 3RH19 21-1KA20 3RH19 21-2KA20 0.038
to 1 1 3RH19 21-1KA11 –
3RT1 . 7 – 2 3RH19 21-1KA02 3RH19 21-2KA02

EN50005 and EN50012 designate the markings 1) UL ratings, Appendix page 19/7.
of the auxiliary terminal numbers.
For position of the terminals see pages 2/166-169.
For int. circuit diagrams see pages 2/156-160.

Siemens Industry, Inc. Product Category: IEC 2/37


Industrial Controls Catalog
Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
3RT1 Contactors and 3RH1 Control Relays SIRIUS
Accessories for contactors and control relays

Selection and ordering data

3RH19 11-1NF . . 3RH19 11-2NF . . 3RH19 21-1FE22 3RH19 21-2FE22 3RH19 21-2DE11
-2JE11
For Design Contacts Screw connection Cage Clamp connection Weight
contactors / approx.
control relays
Design Order No. List Order No. List
Price $ Price $

Type NO N O NC NC kg
Solid-state compatible auxiliary switch blocks,
for snapping onto the front, acc. to EN 50 005
Size S00
3RT1 . 1, For use in dusty atmosphere and elec- 1 – – 1 3RH19 11-1NF11 3RH19 11-2NF11 0.045
3RH11, tronic circuits with rated operational 2 – – – 3RH19 11-1NF20 3RH19 11-2NF20
3RH14 currents from 1 mA to 300 mA – – – 2 3RH19 11-1NF02 3RH19 11-2NF02
at 3 V to 60 V.
Hard gold-plated contacts.No posi-
tively driven operation
Sizes S0 to S12
3RT1 . 2 1 NO + 1 NC solid-state compatible 1 1 1 1 3RH19 21-1FE22 3RH19 21-2FE22 0.065
to auxiliary switches:
3RT1 . 7 For use in dusty atmosphere and elec-
tronic circuits with rated operational
currents 1 mA to 300 mA at 3 V to 60 V.
Hard gold-plated contacts.
1 NO + 1 NC standard auxiliary
switches:
For technical data, see page 2/91.
Solid-state compatible auxiliary switch blocks,
laterally mountable, acc. to EN 50 012
Sizes S0 to S12
First laterally mountable auxiliary switch block (right or left), 2-pole
3RT1 . 2 1 NO + 1 NC solid-state compatible 1 – – 1 – 3RH19 21-2DE11 0.038
to auxiliary switches:
3RT1 . 7 For use in dusty atmosphere and elec-
tronic circuits with rated operational
currents from 1 mA to 300 mA
at 3 V to 60 V.
Hard gold-plated contacts.
Sizes S3 to S12
Second laterally mountable auxiliary switch block (right or left), 2-pole
3RT1 . 4 1 NO + 1 NC solid-state compatible 1 – – 1 – 3RH19 21-2JE11 0.038
to auxiliary switches:
3RT1 . 7 For use in dusty atmosphere and elec-
tronic circuits with rated operational
currents from 1 mA to 300 mA
at 3 V to 60 V.
Hard gold-plated contacts.

EN50005 and EN50012 designate the markings of the auxiliary terminal numbers.
For position of the terminals see pages 2/166-169.
For int. circuit diagrams see pages 2/156-160.

2/38 Product Category: IEC Siemens Industry, Inc.


Industrial Controls Catalog
Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
SIRIUS 3RT Contactors / 3RH Control Relays
Accessories for contactors and
control relays with screw connections

Selection and ordering data

For Auxiliary contacts Rated control supply Time setting range t Order No. List Weight
contactors voltage Us 3) Price $ approx.
Type s kg
Solid-state, time-delay auxiliary switch blocks, for snapping onto the front
Terminal designations acc. to DIN 46 199 Part 5
Size S00
3RT19 16-2 . . . . ON-delay (varistor integrated)
3RT1 . 4), 1 NO and 1 NC AC/DC 24 V 1) 0.05 ... 1 3RT19 16-2EJ11 0.07
3RH11 4), 0.5 ... 10 3RT19 16-2EJ21
3RH14 5 ... 100 3RT19 16-2EJ31
AC 100 V ... 127 V 1) 0.05 ... 1 3RT19 16-2EC11 0.07
0.5 ... 10 3RT19 16-2EC21
5 ... 100 3RT19 16-2EC31

AC 200 V ... 240 V 1) 0.05 ... 1 3RT19 16-2ED11 0.07


0.5 ... 10 3RT19 16-2ED21
5 ... 100 3RT19 16-2ED31
OFF-delay without auxiliary voltage (varistor integrated)
3RT1 . 4), 1 NO and 1 NC AC/DC 24 V 1) 0.05 ... 1 3RT19 16-2FJ11 0.07
3RH11 4), 0.5 ... 10 3RT19 16-2FJ21
3RH14 5 ... 100 3RT19 16-2FJ31

AC/DC 100 V ... 127 V 1) 0.05 ... 1 3RT19 16-2FK11 0.07


0.5 ... 10 3RT19 16-2FK21
5 ... 100 3RT19 16-2FK31

AC/DC 200 V ... 240 V 1) 0.05 ... 1 3RT19 16-2FL11 0.07


0.5 ... 10 3RT19 16-2FL21
5 ... 100 3RT19 16-2FL31
WYE-delta function (varistor integrated)
3RT10 1 4) 1 NO delayed AC/DC 24 V 1) 1.5 ... 30 3RT19 16-2GJ51 0.07
and 1 NO instant., AC 100 V ... 127 V 1) 1.5 ... 30 3RT19 16-2GC51
interval time 50 ms AC 200 V ... 240 V 1) 1.5 ... 30 3RT19 16-2GD51
Sizes S0 to S12
3RT19 26-2 . . . . ON-delay
3RT10 ., 1 NO and 1 NC AC/DC 24 V 2) 0.05 ... 1 3RT19 26-2EJ11 0.07
3RT13, 0.5 ... 10 3RT19 26-2EJ21
3RT14, 5 ... 100 3RT19 26-2EJ31
3RT15
AC 100 V ... 127 V 2) 0.05 ... 1 3RT19 26-2EC11 0.07
0.5 ... 10 3RT19 26-2EC21
5 ... 100 3RT19 26-2EC31

AC 200 V to 240 V 2) 0.05 ... 1 3RT19 26-2ED11 0.07


0.5 ... 10 3RT19 26-2ED21
5 ... 100 3RT19 26-2ED31
OFF-delay without auxiliary voltage 5)
1 NO and 1 NC AC/DC 24 V 2) 0.05 ... 1 3RT19 26-2FJ11 0.07
0.5 ... 10 3RT19 26-2FJ21
5 ... 100 3RT19 26-2FJ31

AC/DC 100 V ... 127 V 2) 0.05 ... 1 3RT19 26-2FK11 0.07


0.5 ... 10 3RT19 26-2FK21
5 ... 100 3RT19 26-2FK31

AC/DC 200 V ... 240 V 2) 0.05 ... 1 3RT19 26-2FL11 0.07


0.5 ... 10 3RT19 26-2FL21
5 ... 100 3RT19 26-2FL31
WYE-delta function
1 NO delayed AC/DC 24 V2) 1.5 ... 30 3RT19 26-2GJ51 0.07
and 1 NO instant., AC 100 V ... 127 V 2) 1.5 ... 30 3RT19 26-2GC51
interval time 50 ms AC 200 V ... 240 V 2) 1.5 ... 30 3RT19 26-2GD51

For technical data, see page 2/149-150. 1) The terminals for the rated control supply voltage 3) The AC voltages are valid for 50 Hz and 60 Hz.
For int. circuit diagrams, see page 2/158-159. are connected to the contactor by the integrated 4) Cannot be fitted onto coupling relays.
For position of terminals, see page 2/168-169. spring contacts of the solid-state time-delay aux- 5) Position of the output contacts not defined in the
iliary switch above it when this switch is mounted. as-delivered state (bistable relay). Applying the
2) Terminals A1 and A2 for the rated control supply control voltage once results in the contacts
voltage of the solid-state time-delay auxiliary switching to the correct position.
switch must be connected to the associa-ted
contactor by means of connecting leads.

Siemens Industry, Inc. Product Category: IEC 2/39


Industrial Controls Catalog
Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
3RT1 Contactors SIRIUS
Accessories for contactors
with screw connections

Selection and ordering data

For Rated control supply Time setting range t Order No. List Weight Pack.
contactors voltage Us Price $ approx.
Type s kg Units
Solid-state time-delay blocks with semiconductor output
Size S00
For mounting on the front of contactors
3RT19 16-2C ON-delay (varistor integrated)
AC/DC 24 V ... 66 V 0.05 ... 1 3RT19 16-2CG11 0.035 1
3RT1 1),
3RH11 1), 0.5 ... 10 3RT19 16-2CG21
3RH14 5 ... 100 3RT19 16-2CG31
AC/DC 90 V ... 240 V 0.05 ... 1 3RT19 16-2CH11 0.035 1
0.5 ... 10 3RT19 16-2CH21
5 ... 100 3RT19 16-2CH31
OFF-delay with auxiliary voltage (varistor integrated)
AC/DC 24 V ... 66 V 0.05 ... 1 3RT19 16-2DG11 0.037 1
3RT19 16-2D 3RT1 1),
3RH11 1), 0.5 ... 10 3RT19 16-2DG21
3RH14 5 ... 100 3RT19 16-2DG31
AC/DC 90 V ... 240 V 0.05 ... 1 3RT19 16-2DH11 0.037 1
0.5 ... 10 3RT19 16-2DH21
5 ... 100 3RT19 16-2DH31
Sizes S0 to S3
For mounting onto coil terminals on the top of contactors
ON-delay (varistor integrated)
3RT19 26-2C . . . AC/DC 24 V ... 66 V 0.05 ... 1 3RT19 26-2CG11 0.035 1
3RT10 2,
3RT10 3, 0.5 ... 10 3RT19 26-2CG21
3RT10 4 2), 5 ... 100 3RT19 26-2CG31
3RT13 2), AC/DC 90 V ... 240 V 0.05 ... 1 3RT19 26-2CH11 0.035 1
3RT15 0.5 ... 10 3RT19 26-2CH21
5 ... 100 3RT19 26-2CH31
OFF-delay with auxiliary voltage (varistor integrated)
3RT19 26-2D . . .
AC/DC 24 V ... 66 V 0.05 ... 1 3RT19 26-2DG11 0.037 1
3RT10 2,
3RT10 3, 0.5 ... 10 3RT19 26-2DG21
3RT10 4 2), 5 ... 100 3RT19 26-2DG31
3RT13 2), AC/DC 90 V ... 240 V 0.05 ... 1 3RT19 26-2DH11 0.037 1
3RT15 0.5 ... 10 3RT19 26-2DH21
5 ... 100 3RT19 26-2DH31
OFF-delay device
3RT19 16-2B .01 3RT1 . 1, AC/DC 110 V 3RT19 16-2BK01 1
3RT1 . 2,
3RH1 . . . -1BF40
3RT1 . 1, AC/DC 220/230 V 3RT19 16-2BL01 1
3RT1 . 2,
3RH1 . . . -1BM40
3RT1 . 1 DC 24 V 3RT19 16-2BE01 1
to 3RT1 . 4,
3RH1 . . . -1BB40
Pneumatic delay blocks, terminal designation according to EN 50005
3RT1 . 2 For mounting onto the front side of size S0 contactors3)
Auxiliary contacts 1 NO and 1 NC
ON-delay
0.1 ... 30 3RT19 26-2PA01 0.080 1
1 ... 60 3RT19 26-2PA11
3RT19 26-2P. . . OFF-delay
AC/DC 24 V ... 66 V 0.1 ... 30 3RT19 26-2PR01 0.080 1
1 ... 60 3RT19 26-2PR11
Mechanical latching blocks
Size S0 and S2
For mounting on 1 contactor,
contactor remains in the energized state even after a voltage failure
3RT1 . 2, 24 AC/DC 3RT19 26-3AB31 0.130 1
3RT1 . 3 110 AC/DC 3RT19 26-3AF31
230 AC/DC 3RT19 26-3AP31
3RT19 26-3A.31

OFF-delay device: Time-delay blocks: 1) Cannot be fitted onto coupling relays.


For description, see page 2/85. For technical data, see page 2/150. 2) Not to be used for 3RT10 4. and 3RT13 4. con-
For technical data, see page 2/150. For circuit diagrams, see page 2/160. tactors with Us ≤ 42 V.
For circuit diagrams, see page 2/160. 3) In addition to these, no other auxiliary contacts
For dimension drawings, see page 2/188. are permitted.

2/40 Product Category: IEC Siemens Industry, Inc.


Industrial Controls Catalog
Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
SIRIUS 3RT Contactors / 3RH Control Relays
Accessories for contactors and control relays

Selection and ordering data

For Design Rated control supply Surge suppressor Weight


contactors voltage Us 1) approx.
Order No. List
Price $
Type kg

Surge suppressors without LED (also for Cage Clamp connection)


Size S00
For plugging onto the front of contactors
with or without an auxiliary switch block
3RT19 16-1DG00 3RT1 ., Varistor AC 24 V ... 48 V 3RT19 16-1BB00 0.01
3RH1 . DC 24 V ... 70 V
AC 48 V ... 127 V 3RT19 16-1BC00
DC 70 V ... 150 V
AC 127 V ... 240 V 3RT19 16-1BD00
DC 150 V ... 250 V
AC 240 V ... 400 V 3RT19 16-1BE00
AC 400 V ... 600 V 3RT19 16-1BF00
3RT1 ., RC element AC 24 V ... 48 V 3RT19 16-1CB00 0.01
3RH1 . DC 24 V ... 70 V
AC 48 V ... 127 V 3RT19 16-1CC00
DC 70 V ... 150 V
AC 127 V ... 240 V 3RT19 16-1CD00
DC 150 V ... 250 V
AC 240 V ... 400 V 3RT19 16-1CE00
AC 400 V ... 600 V 3RT19 16-1CF00
3RT1 ., Suppression diode DC 12 V ... 250 V 3RT19 16-1DG00 0.01
3RH1 .
3RT1 ., Diode assembly DC 12 V ... 250 V 3RT19 16-1EH00 0.01
3RH1 . (diode and Zener diode)
for DC operation
Size S0
For plugging onto coil terminals
on the top or bottom
3RT19 26-1B . 00 3RT1 . 2 Varistor AC 24 V ... 48 V 3RT19 26-1BB00 0.01
DC 24 V ... 70 V
AC 48 V ... 127 V 3RT19 26-1BC00
DC 70 V ... 150 V
AC 127 V ... 240 V 3RT19 26-1BD00
DC 150 V ... 250 V
AC 240 V ... 400 V 3RT19 26-1BE00
AC 400 V ... 600 V 3RT19 26-1BF00
3RT1 . 2 RC element AC 24 V ... 48 V 3RT19 26-1CB00 0.01
DC 24 V ... 70 V
AC 48 V ... 127 V 3RT19 26-1CC00
DC 70 V ... 150 V
AC 127 V ... 240 V 3RT19 26-1CD00
DC 150 V ... 250 V
AC 240 V ... 400 V 3RT19 26-1CE00
AC 400 V ... 600 V 3RT19 26-1CF00
3RT1 . 2 Diode assembly
for DC operation
for plugging onto top DC 24 V 3RT19 26-1ER00 0.01
(e. g. for contactors
with overload relay) DC 30 V ... 250 V 3RT19 26-1ES00
for plugging onto bottom DC 24 V 3RT19 26-1TR00
(e. g. for combination starters)
DC 30 V ... 250 V 3RT19 26-1TS00

1) Can be used for AC operation at 50/60 Hz.

Siemens Industry, Inc. Product Category: IEC 2/41


Industrial Controls Catalog
Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
3RT1 Contactors and 3RH1 Control Relays SIRIUS
Accessories for contactors and control relays

Selection and ordering data

For Design Rated control supply Surge suppressor Weight


contactors voltage Us 1) approx.
Order No. List
Price $
Type kg

Surge suppressors without LED (also for Cage Clamp connection)


Sizes S2 and S3
For plugging onto coil terminals on the top or bottom
3RT19 26-1B . 00 3RT1 . 3, Varistor AC 24 V ... 48 V 3RT19 26-1BB00 0.01
3RT1 . 4 DC 24 V ... 70 V
AC 48 V ... 127 V 3RT19 26-1BC00
DC 70 V ... 150 V
AC 127 V ... 240 V 3RT19 26-1BD00
DC 150 V ... 250 V
AC 240 V ... 400 V 3RT19 26-1BE00
AC 400 V ... 600 V 3RT19 26-1BF00

3RT19 36-1C . 00 3RT1 . 3, RC element AC 24 V ... 48 V 3RT19 36-1CB00 0.01


3RT1 . 4 DC 24 V ... 70 V
AC 48 V ... 127 V 3RT19 36-1CC00
DC 70 V ... 150 V
AC 127 V ... 240 V 3RT19 36-1CD00
DC 150 V ... 250 V
AC 240 V ... 400 V 3RT19 36-1CE00
AC 400 V ... 600 V 3RT19 36-1CF00

3RT1 . 3, Diode assembly


3RT1 . 4 for DC operation
for plugging onto top DC 24 V 3RT19 36-1ER00 0.01
(e. g. for contactors
with overload relay) DC 30 V ... 250 V 3RT19 36-1ES00
for plugging onto bottom DC 24 V 3RT19 36-1TR00
(e. g. for fuseless load
feeders) DC 30 V ... 250 V 3RT19 36-1TS00
Sizes S6 and S12
3RT19 56-1C . 00 For plugging into the withdrawable coil
for contactors with conventional operat. mechanism 3RT1...-.A...
solid-state operat. mechanism 3RT1...-.N...
3RT1 . 5, RC element AC 24 V ... 48 V 3RT19 56-1CB00 0.03
3RT1 . 6, DC 24 V ... 70 V
3RT1 . 7 AC 48 V ... 127 V 3RT19 56-1CC00
DC 70 V ... 150 V
AC 127 V ... 240 V 3RT19 56-1CD00
DC 150 V ... 250 V
AC 240 V ... 400 V 3RT19 56-1CE00
AC 400 V ... 600 V 3RT19 56-1CF00

For Design Rated control supply Power consump- Surge suppressor Weight
contactors voltage Us 1) tion of LED at Us approx.
Order No. 2) List
Price $
Type mW PG 101 1 unit kg
Surge suppressors with LED (also for Cage Clamp connection)
Size S00
For plugging onto the front of contactors with or without an auxiliary switch block
3RT19 16-1L . 00 3RT1, Varistor AC 24 V ... 48 V 10 ... 120 } 3RT19 16-1JJ00 0.01
3RH1 . DC 12 V ... 24 V
AC 48 V ... 127 V 20 ... 470 } 3RT19 16-1JK00
DC 24 V ... 70 V
AC 127 V ... 240 V 50 ... 700 } 3RT19 16-1JL00
DC 70 V ... 150 V
DC 150 V ... 250 V 160 ... 950 } 3RT19 16-1JP00

3RT1, Suppression DC 24 V ... 70 V 20 ... 470 } 3RT19 16-1LM00 0.01


3RH1 . diode
DC 50 V ... 150 V 50 ... 700 } 3RT19 16-1LN00
DC 150 V ... 250 V 160 ... 950 } 3RT19 16-1LP00

1) Can be used for AC operation at 50/60 Hz.

2/42 Product Category: IEC Siemens Industry, Inc.


Industrial Controls Catalog
Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
SIRIUS 3RT Contactors / 3RH Control Relays
Accessories for contactors and
control relays with screw connections

Selection and ordering data

For Design Order No. List Weight


contactors Price $ approx.

Type kg
EMC interference suppression module, 3-phase; ≤ 7.5 HP
Size S00 (for contactors with AC or DC operation)
3RT19 16-1PA . See also description on page 2/39
1 unit
3RT10 1 RC element up to 400 V 3RT19 16-1PA1
(3 x 220 ? /0.22 μF) 575 V 3RT19 16-1PA2
690 V 3RT19 16-1PA3
3RT10 1 Varistor up to 400 V 3RT19 16-1PB1
575 V 3RT19 16-1PB2
690 V 3RT19 16-1PB3

Main conducting path surge suppression module for 3RT12 vacuum contactors
Sizes S10 and S12 1 unit
3RT12 Rated operational voltage Ue ≥ AC 500 V ... ≤ AC 690 V 3RT19 66-1PV3 0.18
Rated operational voltage Ue ≤ AC 1 000 V 3RT19 66-1PV4 0.36
For damping overvoltages and protecting the motor windings
against multiple reignition when switching off three-phase
motors.
For connection on the contactor feeder side (2-T1/4-T2/6-T3).
For separate installation.
Additional load module
Size S00 (also for Cage Clamp connection)
3RT19 16-1GA00 For plugging onto the front of contactors
with or without an auxiliary switch block
1 unit
3RT1 . 1, For increasing the permissible residual current and for limiting 3RT19 16-1GA00
3RH1 . the residual voltage. Ensures safe opening of contactors with
direct control via AC 230 V semiconductor outputs of SIMATIC
controls. Also performs the function of a surge damping circuit.
Rated voltage: AC 50/60 Hz, 180 V ... 255 V.
Coil voltage tolerance: 0.8 ... 1.1 x Us
Additional load module
Size S00
1 unit
3RT1 . 1, For manual operation of the contactor 3RK1 903-0CA00
3RH1 . contacts for start-up and service

3RK1 903-0CA00

Siemens Industry, Inc. Product Category: IEC 2/43


Industrial Controls Catalog
Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
3RT1 Contactors SIRIUS
Accessories for contactors
with screw connections

Selection and ordering data

For Design Order No. List Weight


contactors Price $ approx.

Type kg
Interface for control by PLC
Sizes S0 to S3
For mounting onto the coil terminals of the contactors
1 unit

3RH19 24-1GP11 3RT1 . 2, Coil voltage tolerance DC 17 V ... 30 V 3RH19 24-1GP11


3RT1 . 3, Power consumption: 0.5 W at DC 24 V
3RT1 . 4 Permissible residual current of electronics (with 0 signal):
2.5 mA
Rated operational current Ie:
AC-15/AC-14 at 230 V: 3 A, DC-13 at 230 V: 0.1 A
With LED for indicating circuit state.
With integrated varistor for damping opening surges.

LED module for indicating contactor operation (also for Cage Clamp connection)
3RT19 26-1QT00 Sizes S0 to S3
mounted on contactor
3RT1 . 2, For snapping into the location hole of an identification 3RT19 26-1QT00 Standard
3RT1 . 3, label on the front of a contactor. pack qty. = 5
3RT1 . 4 The LED module is connected to coil terminals A1 and A2 of
the contactor and indicates its energized state. Yellow LED.
Rated voltage: AC/DC 24 V ... 240 V, polarized.

Auxiliary conductor terminal, 3-pole


3RT19 46-4F Size S3
1 unit
3RT10 4 . For connecting auxiliary and control leads to the 3RT19 46-4F
main conductor terminals (for one side)

Mounting Accessory for size S0-3RT1.2

Additional mounting option for 3RT1.2 3RT19 26-4P Standard


pack qty. = 10

3RH19 24-1GP11 interface:


For description, see page 2/85.
For technical data, see page 2/151.
For terminal diagram, see page 2/85.

2/44 Product Category: IEC Siemens Industry, Inc.


Industrial Controls Catalog
Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
SIRIUS 3RT1 Contactors
Accessories for contactors
with screw connections

Selection and ordering data

For Design Order No. List Weight


contactors Price $ approx.
Type 1 pack kg
Solder pin adapter for contactors and control relays
Size S00
3RT1 . 1 Installation kit for soldering contactors onto a printed circuit board. 3RT19 16-4KA1
3RH11 1 pack contains 8 parts for 4 contactors.

Solder pin adapter for contactors with mounted 4-pole auxiliary switch block
Size S00
3RT1 . 1 Installation kit for soldering contactors with an auxiliary switch 3RT19 16-4KA2
3RH11 block onto a printed circuit board
1 pack contains 16 parts for 4 contactors and 4 auxiliary switch
blocks.

3RT19 16-4BB31 3RT19 16-4BB41 3RT19 36-4BB31 3RT19 56-4BA31

Size For Maximum resistive current Max. conductor Order No. List Weight
contactors Ie/AC-1 (at 60°C) of contactors cross-sections Price $ approx.
Type A mm2 1 unit kg
Links for paralleling
3-pole, with terminal 1)2)
S00 3RT10 1 . 50 25 3RT19 16-4BB31
S0 3RT10 2 . 75 35, stranded 3RT19 26-4BB31
S2 3RT10 3 . 138 95 3RT19 36-4BB31
3-pole, with through hole (WYE jumpers) 1)2)
S3 3RT10 4 . 250 185 3RT19 46-4BB31
S6 3RT1 . 5 625 – 3RT19 56-4BA31 0.15
S10/S12 3RT1 . 6, 1625 – 3RT19 66-4BA31
3RT1 . 7
4-pole, with terminal 1)2)
S00 3RT1 . 1 . 63 25 3RT19 16-4BB41

1) The links for paralleling can be reduced by 2) Sizes S00 to S2: The links for paralleling are insulated.
one pole. Size S3: A cover plate is supplied separately packed for shock-hazard protection.
(Can only be used when the box terminal is removed.)
Sizes S6 to S12: The 3RT19 56-4EA1 (with S6) or 3RT19 66-EEA1 (with S10 and S12)
cover can be used for shock-hazard protection.

Siemens Industry, Inc. Product Category: IEC 2/45


Industrial Controls Catalog
Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
3RT1 Contactors SIRIUS
Accessories for contactors

Selection and ordering data

For Design Order No. List Weight


contactors Price $ approx.
Size Type 1 unit kg
Box terminal block for contactors with screw connections
3RT19 5 . -4G For circular conductors and ribbon cables
For connectable cross-sections, see
technical data of contactors, page 2/99
S6 3RT1 . 5 up to 70 mm 2/0 AWG 3RT19 55-4G 0.23
(3RB10 5) up to 120 mm2 4/0 AWG 3RT19 56-4G 0.26

S10, 3RT1 . 6, 240 mm2 –500 mcm2 3RT19 66-4G 0.64


S12 3RT1 . 7 with auxiliary conductor connection
(3RB10 6)
Covers for contactors with screw connections
3RT19 36-4EA2 Terminal cover for box terminals
S2 3RT10 3 Additional shock-hazard protection for mounting on the 3RT19 36-4EA2 0.012
box terminals
(2 units required per contactor)
S3 3RT10 4, 3RT19 46-4EA2
3RT14 4
S6 3RT1 . 5 Length: 25 mm 3RT19 56-4EA2 0.016
S10, 3RT1 . 6, Length: 30 mm 3RT19 66-4EA2
S12 3RT1 . 7
Terminal cover for cable lug and busbar connection
3RT19 46-4EA1 S3 3RT10 4, For complying with the phase clearances and as 3RT19 46-4EA1 0.028
3RT14 4 shock-hazard protection in the case of a distant box
terminal 1)
(2 units required per contactor)
S6 3RT1 . 5 Length: 100 mm 3RT19 56-4EA1 0.05
S10, 3RT1 . 6, Length: 120 mm 3RT19 66-4EA1
S12 3RT1 . 7
For covering bars between the contactor and
3RB10 overload relay
or wiring connector for contactor assemblies
S6 3RT1 . 5 Length: 27 mm 3RT19 56-4EA3 0.018
S10, 3RT1 . 6, Length: 42 mm 3RT19 66-4EA3
S12 3RT1 . 7

Selection and ordering data

Design Order No. List Weight


Price $ approx.
kg
Insulation stop for securely holding back the conductor insulation on conductors up to 1 pack
1 mm2
3RT19 16-4JA02 Insulation stop strip 3RT19 16-4JA02 0.02
Can be inserted into the cable entry of the Cage Clamp
(2 strips required per contactor, detachable in pairs)
1 pack contains 20 strips for 10 contactors
Fits in the cable entry of all SIRIUS devices with
Cage Clamp connections up to max. 2.5 mm2 / 14 AWG conductor cross-sec-
tion.
Tool for opening the Cage Clamp connection 1 unit
For all SIRIUS devices with Cage Clamp connections
up to max. 2.5 mm2 / 14 AWG conductor cross-section.
Length approx. 175 mm; 3.5 x 0.5 (green) 8WA2 803 0.029

8WA2 803 Product Category: TBLK

1) Refer to the note on page 2/107, conductor


cross-sections.

2/46 Product Category: IEC Siemens Industry, Inc.


Industrial Controls Catalog
Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
SIRIUS Contactor Assemblies for Switching Motors
3RA13 reversing
contactor assemblies

Accessories

For Size Design Order No. List Price $ Weight


contactors approx.
Type kg
Mechanical interlocks
3RA19 24-1A
mounted onto 2 3RT10 2, S0, laterally mountable 1) each with one auxiliary contact 3RA19 24-2B 0.05
contactors 3RT10 3, S2, (1 NC) per contactor (can only couple contactors of max. 1
3RT10 4; S3; level different size. The mounting depth of the smaller con-
tactor has to be adapted.)
3RT13 2, S0,
3RT13 3, S2,
3RT13 4 S3,

3RT10 2, S0, front mountable 2) on contactors of sizes S0 to S3 3RA19 24-1A 0.04


3RT10 3, S2, (for contactors of the same size respectively)
3RT10 4; S3;
3RT13 2 S0 Note:
Size S0: The wiring connectors have to be mounted first.
Sizes S2 and S3: Use 3RA19 32-2C mechanical connectors.
3RA19 54-2C
3RT104 S3 adapter to mechanically interlock a 3RT104 with a 3RT105 3RA19 54-2C
to to
3RT105 S6 includes the adapter and QTY 2 - 3RA1942-2G mechanical
connectors

requires the 3RA1954 - 2A to be ordered separately

Note:
Fits 3RT104 AC coil versions only.
Does not fit 3RT104 DC coil versions.
3RA19 54-2A
3RT1. 5 S6, laterally mountable without auxiliary contacts; 3RA19 54-2A 0.02
to S10, size S6, S10 and S12 contactors
3RT1. 7 S12 can be interlocked with each other as required;
no adaptation of mounting depth is necessary.
Contactor clearance 10 mm.

Repeat coil terminal 1 set


3RA19 23-3B 3RT10 3, S2, S3 for coil terminals A1 and A2 for reversing 3RA19 23-3B 0.02
3RT10 4 starters of size S2 and S3 contactors.
2 x A1 and 1 x A2 are required per assembly.
(1 set contains 2 x A1 and 1 x A2)

Baseplates 1 unit
3RT10 5 S6 for customer mounting of contactor assemblies 3RA19 52-2A 1.3
for reversing
3RT1. 6 S10 3RA19 62-2A 2.4
3RT1. 7 S12 3RA19 72-2A 2.6

1) Can also be used for size S2 and S3 4-pole con- 2) Can also be used for size S0 4-pole contactors.
tactors.

Siemens Industry, Inc. Product Category: IEC 2/47


Industrial Controls Catalog
Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
Contactor Assemblies for Switching Motors SIRIUS
3RA13 reversing
contactor assemblies

Accessories

For Size Design DT Order No. List Price $ Weight


contactors approx.
Type
Installation kits for making 3-pole contactor assemblies
3RA19 13-2A 3RT10 1 S00 The installation kit contains: 1 set
Mechanical interlock 3RA19 13-2A 0.02
2 connecting clips for 2 contactors
Wiring connectors on the top and bottom

3RA19 23-2A 3RT10 2 S0 The installation kit contains: 1 set


Wiring connectors on the top and bottom 3RA19 23-2A 0.06

3RA19 33-2A 3RT10 3 S2 The installation kit contains: 1 set


2 connecting clips for 2 contactors 3RA19 33-2A 0.09
Wiring connectors on the top and bottom

3RA19 43-2A 3RT10 4 S3 The installation kit contains: 1 set


2 connecting clips for 2 contactors 3RA19 43-2A 0.17
Wiring connectors on the top and bottom

3RT10 5 S6 The assembly kit contains: A 3RA19 53-2A 1.300


Wiring modules on the top and bottom
(for connection with box terminal)

3RT10 5 S6 The assembly kit contains: A 3RA19 53-2M 0.900


3RT1. 6 S10 Wiring modules on the top and bottom A 3RA19 63-2A 2.400
3RT1. 7 S12 (for connection without box terminal) A 3RA19 73-2A 3.000
NSB0_01725

2/48 Product Category: IEC Siemens Industry, Inc.


Industrial Controls Catalog
Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
SIRIUS Contactor Assemblies for Switching Motors
3RA13 reversing
contactor assemblies

Accessories

For Size Contactor Design Order No. List Weight Std.


contactors clearance Price $ approx. pkg.
Type kg qty
Reversing contactor connection links
3RT1. 1 0 mm Top (in-phase) 3RA19 13-3D 5
S00 S00 Bottom (phase reversal) 3RA19 13-3E 5
3RT1. 2 0 mm Top (in-phase) 3RA19 23-3D 5
S0 S0 Bottom (phase reversal) 3RA19 23-3E 5
and and
10 mm
S0 S0

3RT10 3 10 mm Top (in-phase) 3RA19 33-3D


S2 S2 Bottom (phase reversal) 3RA19 33-3E

3RT10 4 10 mm Top (in-phase) 3RA19 43-3D


Bottom (phase reversal) 3RA19 43-3E
S3 S3
3RT10 5 S6-S6 10 mm Top (in-phase, for 3RA19 53-3D 0.620
connection with box
terminal)

3RA19 53-3D

Top (with phase 3RA19 53-3P 0.440


reversal, for
connection without
box terminal)

3RA19 53-3P

For Size Contactor Interlock Design Order No. List Weight Std.
contactors clearance Price $ approx. pkg.
Type kg qty
Mechanical connectors
3RA19 12-2H 3RT1. 1 0 mm Laterally for 4-pole contactors 2) 3RA19 12-2H 10
S00 S00 mountable
Includes
mechanical
interlock
3RA19 22-2C 3RT1. 2 0 mm 1) Mountable on for 3- and 2) 3RA19 22-2C 10
S0 S0 front 1) 4-pole contactors
Laterally
mountable 3RT19 22-2D 20
3RA19 32-2C
3RT1. 3 0 mm Mountable on for 3-pole contactors 2) 3RA19 32-2C 10
S2 S2 front

10 mm Laterally for 3-pole contactors 2) 3RA19 32-2D 10


S2 S2 mountable for 4-pole contactors 3RA19 32-2G 10
3RA19 32-2D
3RT1. 4 0 mm Mountable on for 3-pole contactors 2) 3RA19 32-2C 10
front
S3 S3

3RA19 32-2G 10 mm Laterally for 3-pole contactors 2) 3RA19 32-2D 10


mountable for 4-pole contactors 3RA19 42-2G 10
S3 S3

3RT1. 5 10 mm Laterally 2) 3RA19 32-2D 10


3RA19 42-2G mountable

S6 S6

Note: Standard package quantities may change.


Check OMNIS or OCS for current package quantities.

1) The connector function can be fulfilled with the 2) 1 unit = 1 connector for top + 1 connector
wiring connectors for size S0, a contactor clear- for bottom
ance of 10 mm and a lateral interlock.

Siemens Industry, Inc. Product Category: IEC 2/49


Industrial Controls Catalog
Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
Contactor Assemblies for Switching Motors SIRIUS
NEMA 1 Enclosure

Accessories

Design Sizes Order No. List Weight


Price $ approx.
kg
Installation kits
The installation kit contains: 1 set
Mechanical interlock S00-S00-S00 3RA19 13-2B 0.05
3 connecting clips, WYE jumper
Wiring connectors on the top and bottom
The installation kit contains: 1 set
5 connecting clips, WYE jumper S0-S0-S0 3RA19 23-2B 0.06
Wiring connectors on the top and bottom
The installation kit contains: 1 set
WYE jumper on the top
3RA19 53-2B Wiring jumper on the bottom
S2-S2-S0 3RA19 33-2C 0.16
(The wiring connector on the top is not
included in the scope of supply. A S2-S2-S2 3RA19 33-2B 0.16
double infeed between the line contactor S3-S3-S2 3RA19 43-2C 0.33
and the delta contactor is recommended.) S3-S3-S3 3RA19 43-2B 0.16
S6-S6-S6 3RA19 53-2B 0.85
S6-S6-S6 3RA19 53-2N 0.60
S10-S10-S10 3RA19 63-2B 1.80
S12-S12-S12 3RA19 73-2B 2.20
3RA19 53-2N, 3RA19 63-
2B, 3RA19 73-2B
3-phase feeder terminal
Feeder terminal block for the line contactor for large
conductor 1 unit
cross-sections
Conductor cross-section: 6 mm2, 10 AWG S00 3RA19 13-3K 0.02
Conductor cross-section: 25 mm2, 4 AWG S0 3RV19 15-5A 0.04
2
Conductor cross-section: 50 mm , 1 AWG S2 3RV19 35-5A 0.10
1-phase feeder terminals
Conductor cross-section: 95 mm2 S3 3RA19 43-3L 0.280
3-phase busbar
For in-phase bridging of all input terminals of the 1 unit
line contactor (K1) S0 3RT19 26-4CC20 0.03
and the delta contactor (K3) S2 3RV19 35-1A 0.15
Link for paralleling, 3-pole (WYE jumpers)
3RT19 26-4BA31 1 unit
Without terminal (the links for paralleling can be S00 3RT19 16-4BA31 0.004
reduced by one pole) S0 3RT19 26-4BA31 0.007
S2 3RT19 36-4BA31 0.02
S3 3RT19 46-4BA31 0.02
S61) 3RT19 56-4BA31 0.15
S10, S121) 3RT19 66-4BA31
Baseplates
For customer assembly of WYE-delta contactor
assemblies with a laterally mounted time-delay 1 unit

Side-by-side mounting S2 S2 S0 3RA19 32-2E 0.45

10 mm clearance between K3 and K2 S2 S2 S2 3RA19 32-2F 0.48

Side-by-side mounting S3 S3 S2 3RA19 42-2E 0.72

10 mm clearance between K1, K3 and K2 S. S. S. 1 unit


S6 S6 S3 3RA19 52-2E 2.0
S6 S6 S6 3RA19 52-2F 2.1
S10 S10 S6 3RA19 62-2E
S10 S10 S10 3RA19 62-2F
S12 S12 S10 3RA19 72-2E
S12 S12 S12 3RA19 72-2F
For customer assembly of WYE-delta contactor
assemblies with front-mounted time-delay relay S. S. S. 1 unit
10 mm clearance between K1, K3 and K2
S2 S2 S0 3RA19 32-2B 0.45
S2 S2 S2 3RA19 32-2B 0.45
S3 S3 S2 3RA19 42-2B 0.70

1) The 3RT19 56-4EA1 (S6) or 3RT19 66-4EA1 (S10, S12) cover can be
used for shock-hazard protection.

2/50 Product Category: IEC Siemens Industry, Inc.


Industrial Controls Catalog
Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
SIRIUS Contactor Assemblies for Switching Motors
NEMA 1 Enclosure

Selection and ordering data

* NEMA Type 1 Enclosures


* Lift off cover
* Accepts SIRIUS power control components
* Non-reversing contactors
* Reversing contactors
* Starters with thermal overload relays
* Starters with solid-state overload relays

Application

The 49EC14*B separate enclosures are designed for field assembly of a wide range of Siemens
SIRIUS open style control components and field modification kits as listed in the charts below. 49EC14EB110705R
Note that certain components require the addition of a DIN Rail kit for proper mounting in the enclosure.

NEMA 1 Enclosures
Contactor Overload relay Required DIN rail kit NEMA 1 Enclosure
Non-reversing Reversing Thermal Solid state Order No. Order No.
3RT101 3RU1116 3RB2016 MTR5
49EC14EB110705R
3RT102 3RU1126 3RB2026 MTR5
3RT103 3RU1136 3RB2036 –
3RA131 3RU1116 3RB2016 MTR5
49EC14GB140807R
3RA132 3RU1126 3RB2026 MTR5
3RA133 3RU1136 3RB2036 –
3RT104 3RU1146 3RB2046 –
49EC14IB201208R
3RA134 3RU1146 3RB2046 –

Accessories for NEMA 1 Enclosures


Accessory type Description Marking Voltage Order No.
Start-stop 49SBPB5
Push button
Reset (blue) 49MBRS
2 position Off-on 49SBSB4
49SBPB5
Hand-off-auto 49SBSB1
Selector switch
3 position For-off-rev 49SBSB2
High-off-low 49SBSB3

Legends: ON, RUN, 24 V AC 49SBLBJ


Pilot light Lens colors: OFF, OL TRIPPED, 120 V AC 49SBLBJ
red, green, FORWARD, 208, 240, 277 V AC 49SBLBJ
49SBSB1 amber REVERSE, LOW 480 V AC 49SBLBJ
HIGH 600 V AC 49SBLBJ

49SBLBF

For 3RT10 contactors, see page 2/8.


For 3RA contactors, see pages 2/19-21.
For thermal overloads, see page 3/9.
For solid-state overloads,
see pages 3/23-3/26.
For enclosure dimensions, see page 16/116.

Siemens Industry, Inc. Product Category: NEMA 2/51


Industrial Controls Catalog
Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
3T Contactors SIRIUS
Accessories for 3TB, 3TC and 3TF contactors

Selection and ordering data

For contactor Design Order No. List Weight


Price $ approx.
Size Type kg
Solid-state compatible auxiliary switch block with screw connections
3TY7 561-1. 14 3TF68 and For mounting onto the side of contactors.
3TF69 For use in dusty atmosphere and electronic cir-
2 and 4 3TC44 ... cuits with rated operational currents
3TC48 Ie AC-14 and DC-13 from 1 mA to 300 mA at
3 V to 60 V.
With 1 changeover contact. 1 unit
First or second auxiliary, left or right 3TY7 561-1U A00 0.042
Interface for control by PLC
Coil voltage tolerance: DC 17 V to 30 V
Power consumption: 0.5 W at DC 24 V
Fitted with varistor
For technical data, see Part 7. 1 unit
14 3TF68 and For snapping onto the side of auxiliary switch 3TX7 090-0D 0.1
3TF69 blocks, with surge suppression
Terminal covers for protection against inadvertent contact with the
exposed busbar connections (DIN VDE 0106 Part 100) 1 set
3TX7 (Order No. and price per set)
14 3TF68 3TX7 686-0A 0.17 1 set =
2 units
3TF69 3TX7 696-0A

3TX6 526-3B (Order No. and price per set)


6 3TB50, 3TC48 1 busbar connection, for M 6 3TX6 506-3B 0.1 1 set =
screwing onto the free 6 units
8 3TB52 end of the screw M8 3TX6 526-3B 0.14
10 and 14 3TB54 ... M 10 3TX6 546-3B 0.26
3TB56,
3TC52, 3TC56
Link for paralleling (star jumper) · 3-pole, without terminal 1) 1 unit
14 3TF68 3TX7 680-0D 0.25 1
Cover plate for link for paralleling
14 3TF68 A cover plate must be used in order to protect 3TX7 680-0E 0.18 1
against inadvertent contact (DIN VDE 0106
Part 100).
Box terminals for laminated copper bars 1 set
Without auxiliary conductor terminal (Order No. and price per set)
14 3TF68 With single covers for protection against inad- 3TX7 570-1E 0.6 1 set=
vertent contact (DIN VDE 0106 Part 100) 3 units

With auxiliary conductor terminal (Order No. and price per set)
14 3TF68 With single covers for protection against inad- 3TX7 570-1F 0.62 1 set=
vertent contact (DIN VDE 0106 Part 100) 3 units
14 3TF69 Conductor cross-sections for auxiliary conduc- 3TX7 690-1F 2.0
tors:
Solid: 2 × (0.75 ... 2.5) mm2
Finely stranded
with end sleeve: 2 × (0.5 ... 2.5) mm2
Solid or stranded: 2 × (18 ... 12) AWG
Tightening torque: 0.8 Nm ... 1.4 Nm
(7 ... 12 lb.in)

1) The link for paralleling can be reduced by one


pole.

2/52 Product Category: ICE Siemens Industry, Inc.


Industrial Controls Catalog
Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
SIRIUS 3T Contactors
Accessories for 3TB, 3TC and 3TF contactors

Selection and ordering data

For contactor Design Rated control Order No. List Weight


supply voltage Us Price $ approx.
Size Type kg
Surge suppressors 1) · varistors
3TX7 402-3. 2 3TC44 3) Varistor 2) AC 24 V ... 48 V 3TX7 402-3G 0.005
with line spacer, DC 24 V ... 70 V
for mounting onto the AC 48 V ... 127 V 3TX7 402-3H
coil terminal DC 70 V ... 150 V
AC 127 V ... 240 V 3TX7 402-3J
DC 150 V ... 250 V
AC 240 V ... 400 V 3TX7 402-3K
AC 400 V ... 600 V 3TX7 402-3L

4 and 6 3TB50 and Varistors 2) AC 24 V ... 48 V 3TX7 462-3G 0.01


3TX7 462-3. 3TC48 for sticking onto the con- DC 24 V ... 70 V
tactor base or for mount- AC 48 V ... 127 V 3TX7 462-3H
ing separately DC 70 V ... 150 V
AC 127 V ... 240 V 3TX7 462-3J
DC 150 V ... 250 V
AC 240 V ... 400 V 3TX7 462-3K

8 and 12 3TC52 and Varistors AC 24 V ... 48 V 3TX7 462-3G 0.01


3TC56 3TX7 462-.. for sticking AC 48 V ... 127 V 3TX7 462-3H
onto the contactor base AC 127 V ... 240 V 3TX7 462-3J
3TX7 462-3., or for mounting sepa- AC 240 V ... 400 V 3TX7 462-3K
3TX7 522-3., rately
3TX7 572-3.
8 ... 12 3TB52 ... Varistors 2) DC 24 V ... 70 V 3TX7 522-3G 0.03
3TB56, for separate screw DC 70 V ... 150 V 3TX7 522-3H
3TC52 and mounting or for DC 150 V ... 250 V 3TX7 522-3J
3TC56 snapping onto a 35 mm
standard mounting rail
14 3TF68 and Varistors 2) DC 24 V ... 48 V 3TX7 572-3G 0.075
3TF69 for DC economy circuit; DC 48 V ... 127 V 3TX7 572-3H
for snapping onto the DC 127 V ... 250 V 3TX7 572-3J
side of auxiliary
switches
Surge suppressors · RC elements
3TX7 462-3., 4 3TC48 RC elements AC 24 V ... 48 V 3TX7 462-3R 0.075
3TX7 522-3. for snapping onto the DC 24 V ... 70 V 3TX7 522-3R
side of auxiliary AC 48 V ... 127 V 3TX7 462-3S
switches or onto a DC 70 V ... 150 V 3TX7 522-3S
35 mm standard mount- DC 150 V ... 250 V 3TX7 522-3T
ing rail

6 ... 12 3TB50, RC elements AC 24 V ... 48 V 3TX7 522-3R 0.075


3TC52 and for snapping onto the AC 48 V ... 127 V 3TX7 522-3S
3TC56 side of auxiliary AC 127 V ... 240 V 3TX7 522-3T
switches or onto a AC 240 V ... 400 V 3TX7 522-3U
35 mm standard mount- AC 400 V ... 600 V 3TX7 522-3V
ing rail

1) The surge suppressor is integrated as standard 2) Includes the peak value of the ripple voltage on 3) The connection piece for mounting the surge
in the following contactors: the DC side. suppressor must be bent slightly.
3TF68 and 3TF69 (AC operation): fitted with
varistor.

Siemens Industry, Inc. Product Category: ICE 2/53


Industrial Controls Catalog
Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
3RT1 Contactors SIRIUS
Spare parts

Selection and ordering data

For contactor Rated control supply Screw connection Cage Clamp connection Weight
voltage Us approx.
Order No. List Order No. List
Price $ Price $
Size
Type kg
Coils · AC operation
3RT19 24-5A . 01 S0 3RT10 2 ., 24 V, 50 Hz 3RT19 24-5AB01 3RT19 24-5AB02 0.069
3RT13 2 ., 42 V, 50 Hz 3RT19 24-5AD01 3RT19 24-5AD02
3RT15 2 . 48 V, 50 Hz 3RT19 24-5AH01 3RT19 24-5AH02
110 V, 50 Hz 3RT19 24-5AF01 3RT19 24-5AF02
230 V, 50 Hz 3RT19 24-5AP01 3RT19 24-5AP02
400 V, 50 Hz 3RT19 24-5AV01 3RT19 24-5AV02
24 V, 50/60 Hz 3RT19 24-5AC21 3RT19 24-5AC22
42 V, 50/60 Hz 3RT19 24-5AD21 3RT19 24-5AD22
48 V, 50/60 Hz 3RT19 24-5AH21 3RT19 24-5AH22
110 V, 50/60 Hz 3RT19 24-5AG21 3RT19 24-5AG22
208 v, 50/60 Hz 3RT1924-5AM21 3RT1924-5AM22
220 V, 50/60 Hz 3RT19 24-5AN21 3RT19 24-5AN22
230 V, 50/60 Hz 3RT19 24-5AL21 3RT19 24-5AL22
110 V, 50 Hz/120 V, 60 Hz 3RT19 24-5AK61 3RT19 24-5AK62
220 V, 50 Hz/240 V, 60 Hz 3RT19 24-5AP61 3RT19 24-5AP62
277 V, 60 Hz 3RT1924-5AU61 3RT1924-5AU62
480 V, 60 Hz 3RT1924-5AV61 3RT1924-5AV62
600 V, 60 Hz 3RT1924-5AT61 3RT1924-5AT62
100 V, 50/60 Hz/110 V, 60 Hz 3RT19 24-5AG61 3RT19 24-5AG62
200 V, 50/60 Hz/220 V, 60 Hz 3RT19 24-5AN61 3RT19 24-5AN62
400 V, 50/60 Hz/440 V, 60 Hz 3RT19 24-5AR61 3RT19 24-5AR62

3RT19 24-5A . 02 S2 3RT10 33 24 V, 50 Hz 3RT19 34-5AB01 3RT19 34-5AB02 0.088


3RT10 34 42 V, 50 Hz 3RT19 34-5AD01 3RT19 34-5AD02
48 V, 50 Hz 3RT19 34-5AH01 3RT19 34-5AH02
110 V, 50 Hz 3RT19 34-5AF01 3RT19 34-5AF02
230 V, 50 Hz 3RT19 34-5AP01 3RT19 34-5AP02
400 V, 50 Hz 3RT19 34-5AV01 3RT19 34-5AV02
42 V, 50/60 Hz 3RT19 34-5AD21 3RT19 34-5AD22
48 V, 50/60 Hz 3RT19 34-5AH21 3RT19 34-5AH22
24 V, 50/60 Hz 3RT19 34-5AC21 3RT19 34-5AC22
110 V, 50/60 Hz 3RT19 34-5AG21 3RT19 34-5AG22
208 V, 50/60 Hz 3RT1934-5AM21 3RT1934-5AM22
220 V, 50/60 Hz 3RT19 34-5AN21 3RT19 34-5AN22
230 V, 50/60 Hz 3RT19 34-5AL21 3RT19 34-5AL22
110 V, 50 Hz/120 V, 60 Hz 3RT19 34-5AK61 3RT19 34-5AK62
220 V, 50 Hz/240 V, 60 Hz 3RT19 34-5AP61 3RT19 34-5AP62
277 V, 60 Hz 3RT1934-5AU61 3RT1934-5AU62
480 V, 60 Hz 3RT1934-5AV61 3RT1934-5AV62
600 V, 60 Hz 3RT1934-5AT61 3RT1934-5AT62
100 V, 50/60 Hz/110 V, 60 Hz 3RT19 34-5AG61 3RT19 34-5AG62
200 V, 50/60 Hz/220 V, 60 Hz 3RT19 34-5AN61 3RT19 34-5AN62
400 V, 50/60 Hz/440 V, 60 Hz 3RT19 34-5AR61 3RT19 34-5AR62

3RT19 34-5A . 01 3RT10 35, 24 V, 50 Hz 3RT19 35-5AB01 3RT19 35-5AB02 0.088


3RT10 36, 42 V, 50 Hz 3RT19 35-5AD01 3RT19 35-5AD02
3RT13 3 ., 48 V, 50 Hz 3RT19 35-5AH01 3RT19 35-5AH02
3RT15 3 . 110 V, 50 Hz 3RT19 35-5AF01 3RT19 35-5AF02
230 V, 50 Hz 3RT19 35-5AP01 3RT19 35-5AP02
400 V, 50 Hz 3RT19 35-5AV01 3RT19 35-5AV02
24 V, 50/60 Hz 3RT19 35-5AC21 3RT19 35-5AC22
42 V, 50/60 Hz 3RT19 35-5AD21 3RT19 35-5AD22
48 V, 50/60 Hz 3RT19 35-5AH21 3RT19 35-5AH22
110 V, 50/60 Hz 3RT19 35-5AG21 3RT19 35-5AG22
208 V, 50/60 Hz 3RT1935-5AM21 3RT1935-5AM22
220 V, 50/60 Hz 3RT19 35-5AN21 3RT19 35-5AN22
230 V, 50/60 Hz 3RT19 35-5AL21 3RT19 35-5AL22
110 V, 50 Hz/120 V, 60 Hz 3RT19 35-5AK61 3RT19 35-5AK62
220 V, 50 Hz/240 V, 60 Hz 3RT19 35-5AP61 3RT19 35-5AP62
277 V, 60 Hz 3RT1935-5AU61 3RT1935-5AU62
480 V, 60 Hz 3RT1935-5AV61 3RT1935-5AV62
600 V, 60 Hz 3RT1935-5AT61 3RT1935-5AT62
100 V, 50/60 Hz/110 V, 60 Hz 3RT19 35-5AG61 3RT19 35-5AG62
200 V, 50/60 Hz/220 V, 60 Hz 3RT19 35-5AN61 3RT19 35-5AN62
400 V, 50/60 Hz/440 V, 60 Hz 3RT19 35-5AR61 3RT19 35-5AR62

2/54 Product Category: IEC Siemens Industry, Inc.


Industrial Controls Catalog
Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
SIRIUS 3RT1 Contactors
Spare parts

Selection and ordering data

For contactor Rated control supply Screw connection Cage Clamp connection Weight
voltage Us approx.
Order No. List Order No. List
Price $ Price $
Size
Type kg
Coils · AC operation
3RT19 44-5A . 01 S3 3RT10 44 24 V, 50 Hz 3RT19 44-5AB01 3RT19 44-5AB02 0.130
42 V, 50 Hz 3RT19 44-5AD01 3RT19 44-5AD02
48 V, 50 Hz 3RT19 44-5AH01 3RT19 44-5AH02
110 V, 50 Hz 3RT19 44-5AF01 3RT19 44-5AF02
230 V, 50 Hz 3RT19 44-5AP01 3RT19 44-5AP02
400 V, 50 Hz 3RT19 44-5AV01 3RT19 44-5AV02
24 V, 50/60 Hz 3RT19 44-5AC21 3RT19 44-5AC22
42 V, 50/60 Hz 3RT19 44-5AD21 3RT19 44-5AD22
48 V, 50/60 Hz 3RT19 44-5AH21 3RT19 44-5AH22
110 V, 50/60 Hz 3RT19 44-5AG21 3RT19 44-5AG22
208 V, 50/60 Hz 3RT1944-5AM21 3RT1944-5AM22
220 V, 50/60 Hz 3RT19 44-5AN21 3RT19 44-5AN22
230 V, 50/60 Hz 3RT19 44-5AL21 3RT19 44-5AL22
110 V, 50 Hz/120 V, 60 Hz 3RT19 44-5AK61 3RT19 44-5AK62
220 V, 50 Hz/240 V, 60 Hz 3RT19 44-5AP61 3RT19 44-5AP62
277 V, 60 Hz 3RT1944-5AU61 3RT1944-5AU62
480 V, 60 Hz 3RT1944-5AV61 3RT1944-5AV62
600 V, 60 Hz 3RT1944-5AT61 3RT1944-5AT62
100 V, 50/60 Hz/110 V, 60 Hz 3RT19 44-5AG61 3RT19 44-5AG62
3RT19 45-5A . 01 200 V, 50/60 Hz/220 V, 60 Hz 3RT19 44-5AN61 3RT19 44-5AN62
400 V, 50/60 Hz/440 V, 60 Hz 3RT19 44-5AR61 3RT19 44-5AR62
3RT10 45, 24 V, 50 Hz 3RT19 45-5AB01 3RT19 45-5AB02 0.130
3RT10 46, 42 V, 50 Hz 3RT19 45-5AD01 3RT19 45-5AD02
3RT13 4 ., 48 V, 50 Hz 3RT19 45-5AH01 3RT19 45-5AH02
3RT14 46 110 V, 50 Hz 3RT19 45-5AF01 3RT19 45-5AF02
230 V, 50 Hz 3RT19 45-5AP01 3RT19 45-5AP02
400 V, 50 Hz 3RT19 45-5AV01 3RT19 45-5AV02
24 V, 50/60 Hz 3RT19 45-5AC21 3RT19 45-5AC22
42 V, 50/60 Hz 3RT19 45-5AD21 3RT19 45-5AD22
48 V, 50/60 Hz 3RT19 45-5AH21 3RT19 45-5AH22
110 V, 50/60 Hz 3RT19 45-5AG21 3RT19 45-5AG22
208 V, 50/60 Hz 3RT1945-5AM21 3RT1945-5AM22
220 V, 50/60 Hz 3RT19 45-5AN21 3RT19 45-5AN22
230 V, 50/60 Hz 3RT19 45-5AL21 3RT19 45-5AL22
3RT19 45-5AP02
110 V, 50 Hz/120 V, 60 Hz 3RT19 45-5AK61 3RT19 45-5AK62
220 V, 50 Hz/240 V, 60 Hz 3RT19 45-5AP61 3RT19 45-5AP62
277 V, 60 Hz 3RT1945-5AU61 3RT1945-5AU62
480 V, 60 Hz 3RT1945-5AV61 3RT1945-5AV62
600 V, 60 Hz 3RT1945-5AT61 3RT1945-5AT62
100 V, 50/60 Hz/110 V, 60 Hz 3RT19 45-5AG61 3RT19 45-5AG62
200 V, 50/60 Hz/220 V, 60 Hz 3RT19 45-5AN61 3RT19 45-5AN62
400 V, 50/60 Hz/440 V, 60 Hz 3RT19 45-5AR61 3RT19 45-5AR62

Coils · DC operation
3RT19 44-5BM42 S2 3RT10 3 ., 24 V 3RT19 34-5BB41 3RT19 34-5BB42 0.558
3RT13 3 ., 42 V 3RT19 34-5BD41 3RT19 34-5BD42
3RT15 3 . 48 V 3RT19 34-5BW41 3RT19 34-5BW42
60 V 3RT19 34-5BE41 3RT19 34-5BE42
110 V 3RT19 34-5BF41 3RT19 34-5BF42
125 V 3RT19 34-5BG41 3RT19 34-5BG42
220 V 3RT19 34-5BM41 3RT19 34-5BM42
230 V 3RT19 34-5BP41 3RT19 34-5BP42
S3 3RT10 4 ., 24 V 3RT19 44-5BB41 3RT19 44-5BB42 0.916
3RT13 4 ., 42 V 3RT19 44-5BD41 3RT19 44-5BD42
3RT14 4 . 48 V 3RT19 44-5BW41 3RT19 44-5BW42
60 V 3RT19 44-5BE41 3RT19 44-5BE42
110 V 3RT19 44-5BF41 3RT19 44-5BF42
125 V 3RT19 44-5BG41 3RT19 44-5BG42
220 V 3RT19 44-5BM41 3RT19 44-5BM42
230 V 3RT19 44-5BP41 3RT19 44-5BP42

Siemens Industry, Inc. Product Category: IEC 2/55


Industrial Controls Catalog
Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
3RT1 Contactors SIRIUS
Spare parts

Selection and ordering data

For contactor Rated control supply voltage Order No. List Weight
Us min to Us max Price $ approx.
Size Type AC/DC V kg
Withdrawable coils
Conventional operating mechanism
3RT19 55-5A . . . S6 3RT10 5, 23 ... 26 3RT19 55-5AB31 0.49
3RT14 5 42 ... 48 3RT19 55-5AD31
110 ... 127 3RT19 55-5AF31
200 ... 220 3RT19 55-5AM31
220 ... 240 3RT19 55-5AP31
240 ... 277 3RT19 55-5AU31
380 ... 420 3RT19 55-5AV31
440 ... 480 3RT19 55-5AR31
500 ... 550 3RT19 55-5AS31
575 ... 600 3RT19 55-5AT31
S10 3RT10 6, 23 ... 26 3RT19 65-5AB31 0.65
3RT14 6 42 ... 48 3RT19 65-5AD31
110 ... 127 3RT19 65-5AF31
200 ... 220 3RT19 65-5AM31
220 ... 240 3RT19 65-5AP31
240 ... 277 3RT19 65-5AU31
380 ... 420 3RT19 65-5AV31
440 ... 480 3RT19 65-5AR31
500 ... 550 3RT19 65-5AS31
575 ... 600 3RT19 65-5AT31
3RT12 6 23 ... 26 3RT19 66-5AB31
Vacuum 42 ... 48 3RT19 66-5AD31
contactor 110 ... 127 3RT19 66-5AF31
200 ... 220 3RT19 66-5AM31
220 ... 240 3RT19 66-5AP31
240 ... 277 3RT19 66-5AU31
380 ... 420 3RT19 66-5AV31
440 ... 480 3RT19 66-5AR31
500 ... 550 3RT19 66-5AS31
575 ... 600 3RT19 66-5AT31
S12 3RT10 7, 23 ... 26 3RT19 75-5AB31 1.1
3RT14 7, 42 ... 48 3RT19 75-5AD31
3RT12 7 110 ... 127 3RT19 75-5AF31
Vacuum 200 ... 220 3RT19 75-5AM31
contactor 220 ... 240 3RT19 75-5AP31
240 ... 277 3RT19 75-5AU31
380 ... 420 3RT19 75-5AV31
440 ... 480 3RT19 75-5AR31
500 ... 550 3RT19 75-5AS31
575 ... 600 3RT19 75-5AT31

2/56 Product Category: IEC Siemens Industry, Inc.


Industrial Controls Catalog
Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
SIRIUS 3RT1 Contactors
Spare parts

Selection and ordering data

For contactor Rated control supply voltage Order No. List Weight
Us min to Us max Price $ approx.
Size Type AC/DC V kg
Withdrawable coils
Solid-state operating mechanism · for DC 24 V PLC output
3RT19 55-5N . . . S6 3RT10 5, 21 ... 27.3 3RT19 55-5NB31 0.49
3RT14 5 96 ... 127 3RT19 55-5NF31
200 ... 277 3RT19 55-5NP31

S10 3RT10 6, 21 ... 27.3 3RT19 65-5NB31 0.65


3RT14 6 96 ... 127 3RT19 65-5NF31
200 ... 277 3RT19 65-5NP31

3RT12 6 21 ... 27.3 3RT19 66-5NB31


Vacuum 96 ... 127 3RT19 66-5NF31
contactor 200 ... 277 3RT19 66-5NP31

S12 3RT10 7, 21 ... 27.3 3RT19 75-5NB31 1.1


3RT14 7, 96 ... 127 3RT19 75-5NF31
3RT12 7 200 ... 277 3RT19 75-5NP31
Vacuum
contactor
Solid-state operating mechanism · for DC 24 V PLC output/PLC relay output, with remaining lifetime indication
(withdrawable coil with lateral electronics module)
S6 3RT10 5, 96 ... 127 3RT19 55-5PF31 1.1
3RT14 5 200 ... 277 3RT19 55-5PP31

S10 3RT10 6, 96 ... 127 3RT19 65-5PF31 1.1


3RT14 6 200 ... 277 3RT19 65-5PP31

S12 3RT10 7, 96 ... 127 3RT19 75-5PF31 1.1


3RT14 7 200 ... 277 3RT19 75-5PP31

Solid-state operating mechanism · with AS-Interface and remaining lifetime indication


(withdrawable coil with lateral electronics module)
S6 3RT10 5, 96 ... 127 3RT19 55-5QF31 1.1
3RT14 5 200 ... 277 3RT19 55-5QP31

S10 3RT10 6, 96 ... 127 3RT19 65-5QF31 1.1


3RT14 6 200 ... 277 3RT19 65-5QP31

S12 3RT10 7, 96 ... 127 3RT19 75-5QF31 1.1


3RT14 7 200 ... 277 3RT19 75-5QP31

Siemens Industry, Inc. Product Category: IEC 2/57


Industrial Controls Catalog
Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
3RT1 Contactors SIRIUS
Spare parts

Selection and ordering data

For contactor Design Order No. List Weight Pack.


Price $ approx.
Size Type kg
Arc chutes
1 unit
S2 3RT10 3 . 1 arc chute, 3-pole 3RT19 36-7A 1 unit

S3 3RT10 4 ., 3RT19 46-7A


3RT14 46

S6 3RT10 54 3RT19 54-7A 0.72


3RT10 55 3RT19 55-7A
3RT10 56 3RT19 56-7A

S10 3RT10 64 3RT19 64-7A 1.24


3RT10 65 3RT19 65-7A
3RT10 66 3RT19 66-7A

S12 3RT10 75 3RT19 75-7A 1.4


3RT10 76 3RT19 76-7A

S6 3RT14 56 3RT19 56-7B 0.72


S10 3RT14 66 3RT19 66-7B 1.24
S12 3RT14 76 3RT19 76-7B 1.4
Contacts with fixing parts
for contactors with 3 main contacts 1 set
S2 3RT10 34 Main contacts (3 NO) 3RT19 34-6A 1 set
3RT10 35 for AC-3 utilization category 3RT19 35-6A
3RT10 36 (1 set = 3 moving and 6 fixed contacts 3RT19 36-6A
with fixing parts)
S3 3RT10 44 3RT19 44-6A
3RT10 45 3RT19 45-6A
3RT10 46 3RT19 46-6A

S6 3RT10 54 3RT19 54-6A 0.28


3RT10 55 3RT19 55-6A
3RT10 56 3RT19 56-6A

S10 3RT10 64 3RT19 64-6A 0.48


3RT10 65 3RT19 65-6A
3RT10 66 3RT19 66-6A

S12 3RT10 75 3RT19 75-6A 0.9


3RT10 76 3RT19 76-6A

S3 3RT14 46 Main contacts (3 NO) 3RT19 46-6D


for AC-1 utilization category
(1 set = 3 moving and 6 fixed contacts
S6 3RT14 56 with fixing parts) 3RT19 56-6D 0.28
S10 3RT14 66 3RT19 66-6D 0.48
S12 3RT14 76 3RT19 76-6D 0.9

for 3RT12 vacuum contactors 1 set


S10 3RT12 64 3 vacuum interrupters 3RT19 64-6V 1.4 1 set
3RT12 65 with fixing parts 3RT19 65-6V
3RT12 66 3RT19 66-6V

S12 3RT12 75 3RT19 75-6V 1.5


3RT12 76 3RT19 76-6V

for contactors with 4 main contacts 1 set


S2 3RT13 26 Main contacts (4 NO contacts) 3RT19 36-6E 1 set
for utilization category AC-1
S3 3RT13 44 (1 set = 4 moving and 8 fixed contacts 3RT19 44-6E
3RT13 46 with fixing parts) 3RT19 46-6E

2/58 Product Category: IEC Siemens Industry, Inc.


Industrial Controls Catalog
Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
SIRIUS 3TF Contactors
Spare parts for 3TF68 and
3TF69 vacuum contactors

Selection and ordering data

For contactor Design Order No. List Weight Pack.


Price $ approx.
Size Type kg Units
Coils
AC operation 1 unit
3TY7. 14 3TF68 The coils are fitted with varistors for damping 3TY7 683-0C.. 0.65 1
surges as standard; the coil is supplied with the
3TF69 closing electronics included. 3TY7 693-0C..

DC operation · DC economy circuit


14 3TF68 Reversing contactors are required for size 14 con- 3TY7 683-0D.. 0.56 1
3TF69 tactors: 3TY7 693-0D..
Contactor type Reversing contactor type
3TF68 and 3TF69: 3TC44
(70 mm wide, 85 mm high)
The coils are supplied without a reversing contac-
tor.

For rated control supply voltages, see page 2/61.


Vacuum interrupters
In order to ensure reliable operation of the contactors, only Siemens
original replacement interrupters should be used. (Order No. and price per set)
14 3TF68 3 vacuum interrupters with mounting parts 3TY7 680-0B 3.2 1 set
3TF69 3TY7 690-0B 3.5

Auxiliary switch blocks


NO NC

With screw connections 1 unit


3TY7 561-1. 14 3TF68 and 1 1 – First auxiliary switch block, } 3TY7 561-1AA00 0.042 1
3TF69 left or right
Replacement type for:
3TY7 561-1A, -1B.

1 – 1 Auxiliary switch block, } 3TY7 561-1EA00


left or right

1 1 – Second auxiliary switch } 3TY7 561-1KA00


block, left or right
Replacement type for:
3TY7 561-1K, -1L.
Auxiliary switches for coil reconnection, for DC economy circuit
With screw connections
14 3TF68 and – – 1 Auxiliary switch block C 3TY7 681-1G 0.042 1
3TF69

For solid-state compatible auxiliary switch block, see page 2/52.

Siemens Industry, Inc. Product Category: ICE 2/59


Industrial Controls Catalog
Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
3TB Contactors SIRIUS
Spare parts for 3TB50 to
3TB56 contactors

Selection and ordering data

For contactor Number and design of the contacts Order No. List Weight Pack.
Price $ approx.
NO NC

Size Type kg Units


Auxiliary switch blocks 1 unit
3TY6 561-1A 6 3TB50 1 1 – Auxiliary switch block, left 3TY6 501-1AA00 0.042 1 unit
8 ... 12 3TB52 ... 1 1 – Auxiliary switch block, right 3TY6 501-1AA00
3TB56 1 – 1 Auxiliary switch block, right 3TY6 501-1E

Coils
3TY6 5. DC operation 1 unit
6 3TB50 For sizes 6 ... 12: double coil 3TY6 503-0B.. 0.23 1 unit
8 3TB52 3TY6 523-0B.. 0.4
10 3TB54 3TY6 543-0B.. 0.4
12 3TB56 3TY6 563-0B.. 0.56
For rated control supply voltages for coils, see page 2/61.

Arc chutes 1 unit


3TY6 502-0A 6 3TB50 1 arc chute, 3-pole 3TY6 502-0A 0.75 1 unit
8 3TB52 3TY6 522-0A 1.0
10 3TB54 3TY6 542-0A 1.3
12 3TB56 3TY6 562-0A 1.7

Contacts with fixing parts


3TY6 520-0A In order to ensure reliable operation of the contactors, only Siemens original
replacement contacts should be used. 1 set
6 3TB50 3 moving and 6 fixed contacts 3TY6 500-0A 0.28 1 set
8 3TB52 3TY6 520-0A 0.5
10 3TB54 3TY6 540-0A 0.7
12 3TB56 3TY6 560-0A 0.8

2/60 Product Category: ICE Siemens Industry, Inc.


Industrial Controls Catalog
Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
SIRIUS 3T Contactors
Rated control supply voltages
for coils

Selection and ordering data

Coil type 3TY6 503-0A.. 3TB50 3TY7 683-0C.. 3TF68


Rated control Control supply 3TY6 523-0A.. 3TB52 3TY7 693-0C.. 3TF69
supply voltage Us voltage at 3TY6 543-0A.. 3TB54
3TY6 566-0A.. 3TB56

Rated control supply voltages (changes to 10th and 11th positions of the Order No.)
AC operation
Coils for 50 Hz
50 Hz 60 Hz
AC 24 V AC 39 V B0 –
AC 32 V AC 28 V – –
AC 36 V AC 42 V G0 –
AC 42 V AC 50 V D0 –
AC 48 V AC 58 V H0 –
AC 60 V AC 72 V E0 –
AC 110 V AC 132 V F0 –
AC 125/127 V AC 150/152 V L0 –
AC 230/220 V AC 277 V P0 1) –
AC 240 V AC 288 V U0 –
AC 400/380 V AC 480/460 V V0 1) –
AC 415 V AC 500 V R0 –
AC 500 V AC 600 V S0 –
Coils for 50/60 Hz
AC 110 V ... 132 V – F7
AC 200 V ... 240 V – M7
AC 230 V ... 277 V – P7 2)
AC 380 V ... 460 V – Q7
AC 500 V ... 600 V – S7

Coil type 3TY6 503-0B.. 3TB50 3TY7 683-0D.. 3TF68


Rated control supply 3TY6 523-0B.. 3TB52 3TY7 693-0D.. 3TF69
voltage Us 3TY6 543-0B.. 3TB54
3TY6 563-0B.. 3TB56

Rated control supply voltages (changes to 10th and 11th positions of the Order No.)
DC operation
DC 24 V B4 B4
DC 30 V C4 –
DC 36 V V4 –
DC 42 V D4 D4
DC 48 V W4 W4
DC 60 V E4 E4
DC 110 V F4 F4
DC 125 V G4 G4
DC 180 V K4 –
DC 220 V M4 M4
DC 230 V P4 P4

1) Coil voltage tolerance at 220 V or 380 V: 2) Lower tolerance range limit at 220 V:
0.85 to 1.15 x Us; 0.85 x Us acc. to IEC 60 947.
lower tolerance range limit acc. to
IEC 60 947.

Siemens Industry, Inc. Product Category: ICE 2/61


Industrial Controls Catalog
Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
3TF World Series Contactors
Spare parts

Coils, AC Type 3TF and CRL†F


Catalog No
Frame 24V AC, 60Hz 120V AC, 60Hz 208V AC, 60Hz 240V AC, 60Hz 277V AC, 60Hz 460V AC, 60Hz 600V AC, 60Hz
Size 24V AC, 50Hz 110V AC, 50Hz 173V AC, 50Hz 220V AC, 50Hz 220V AC, 50Hz 380V AC, 50Hz 500V AC, 50Hz List Price $
3TF30–33
3TY7403-0AC2 3TY7403-0AK6 3TY7403-0AM1 3TY7403-0AP6 3TY7403-0AU1 3TY7403-0AV0 3TY7403-0AS0
3TF40–43
3TF34–35,
3TY7403-0AK6 3TY7443-0AC2 3TY7443-0AK6 3TY7443-0AM1 3TY7443-0AP6 3TY7443-0AU1 3TY7443-0AV0 3TY7443-0AS0
3TF44–45
3TF46–47 3TY7463-0AC2 3TY7463-0AK6 3TY7463-0AM1 3TY7463-0AP6 3TY7463-0AU1 3TY7463-0AV0 3TY7463-0AS0
3TF48–49 3TY7483-0AC2 3TY7483-0AK6 3TY7483-0AM1 3TY7483-0AP6 3TY7483-0AU1 3TY7483-0AV0 3TY7483-0AS0
3TF50–51 3TY7503-0AC2 3TY7503-0AK6 3TY7503-0AM1 3TY7503-0AP6 3TY7503-0AU1 3TY7503-0AV0 3TY7503-0AS0
3TF52–53 3TY7523-0AC2 3TY7523-0AK6 3TY7523-0AM1 3TY7523-0AP6 3TY7523-0AU1 3TY7523-0AV0 3TY7523-0AS0
3TF54–55 3TY7543-0AC2 3TY7543-0AK6 3TY7543-0AM1 3TY7543-0AP6 3TY7543-0AU1 3TY7543-0AV0 3TY7543-0AS0
3TF56 3TY7563-0AC2 3TY7563-0AK6 3TY7563-0AM1 3TY7563-0AP6 3TY7563-0AU1 3TY7563-0AV0 3TY7563-0AS0
3TF57 — 3TY7573-0CF7 — 3TY7573-0CM7 — 3TY7573-0CQ7 —
3TF68 — 3TY7683-0CF7 — 3TY7683-0CM7 — 3TY7683-0CQ7 3TY7683-0CS7
3TY7483-0AK6 3TF69 — 3TY7693-0CF7 — 3TY7693-0CM7 — 3TY7693-0CQ7 3TY7693-0CS7

Coils, DC Type 3TF and CRL†F


Catalog No
Frame
Size 12V DC 24V DC 42V DC 48V DC 110V DC 125V DC 240V DC List Price $
DC Solenoid
3TF30–33
3TY4803-0BA4 3TY4803-0BB4 3TY4803-0BD4 3TY4803-0BW4 3TY4803-0BF4 3TY4803-0BG4 3TY4803-0BQ4
3TF40–43
3TF34–35,
3TY7443-0BA4 3TY7443-0BB4 3TY7443-0BD4 3TY7443-0BW4 3TY7443-0BF4 3TY7443-0BG4 —
3TF44–45
3TF46–47 — 3TY7463-0BB4 3TY7463-0BD4 3TY7463-0BW4 — 3TY7463-0BG4 3TY7463-0BQ4
DC Economy Circuit (Replacement coils only. Does not include interlock or interposing relay.)
3TF46–47 — 3TY7463-0DB4 3TY7463-0DD4 3TY7463-0DW4 3TY7463-0DF4 3TY7463-0DG4 3TY7463-0DQ4
3TF48–49 — — 3TY7483-0DD4 3TY7483-0DW4 3TY7483-0DF4 3TY7483-0DG4 3TY7483-0DQ4
3TY4803-0BB4 3TF50–51 — 3TY7503-0DB4 3TY7503-0DD4 3TY7503-0DW4 3TY7503-0DF4 3TY7503-0DG4 3TY7503-0DQ4
3TF52–53 — 3TY7523-0DB4 3TY7523-0DD4 3TY7523-0DW4 3TY7523-0DF4 3TY7523-0DG4 3TY7523-0DQ4
3TF54–55 — — 3TY7543-0DD4 3TY7543-0DW4 3TY7543-0DF4 3TY7543-0DG4 3TY7543-0DQ4
3TF56 — 3TY7563-0DB4 3TY7563-0DD4 3TY7563-0DW4 — 3TY7563-0DG4 3TY7563-0DQ4
3TF57 — 3TY7573-0DB4 3TY7573-0DD4 3TY7573-0DW4 3TY7573-0DF4 3TY7573-0DG4 3TY7573-0DQ4
3TF68 — 3TY7683-0DB4 — — 3TY7683-0DF4 — —

Main Contacts (Includes 3 Moving and 6 Fixed Contacts) Arc Chutes


Frame Frame
Size Catalog No List Price $ Size Catalog No List Price $
3TF30–35 Not Replaceable 3TF30–35 Not Replaceable
3TF40–43 Not Replaceable 3TF40–43 Not Replaceable
3TF44 3TY7440-0A 3TF44 3TY7442-0A
3TF45 3TY7450-0A 3TF45 3TY7452-0A
3TF46 3TY7460-0A 3TF46 3TY7462-0A
3TF47 3TY7470-0A 3TF47 3TY7472-0A
3TF48 3TY7480-0A 3TF48 3TY7482-0A
3TF49 3TY7490-0A 3TF50 3TY7502-0A
3TF50 3TY7500-0A 3TF51 3TY7512-0A
3TF51 3TY7510-0A 3TF52 3TY7522-0A
3TF52 3TY7520-0A 3TF53 3TY7532-0A
3TY7460-0A 3TF53 3TY7530-0A 3TY7482-0A 3TF54 3TY7542-0A
3TF54 3TY7540-0A 3TF55 3TY7552-0A
3TF55 3TY7550-0A 3TF56 3TY7562-0A
3TF56 3TY7560-0A 3TF57 3TY7572-0A
3TF57 3TY7570-0A 3TF68 Not Available
3TF68 3TY7680-0B1) 3TF69 Not Available
3TF69 3TY7690-0B1)

1) Vacuum bottles with mounting hardware.

2/62 Product Category: ICE Siemens Industry, Inc.


Industrial Controls Catalog
Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
SIRIUS 3TB World Series Contactors
Spare parts

Coils, AC1)
Catalog No
Frame List
Size 24V AC 120V AC 208V AC 220/240V AC 277V AC 480V AC 600V AC Price $
3TB40–44 3TY7403-0AC2 3TY7403-0AK6 3TY7403-0AM1 3TY7403-0AP6 3TY7403-0AU1 3TY7403-0AV0 3TY7403-0AS0
3TB47–48 3TY6483-0AC1 3TY6483-0AK6 3TY6483-0AM1 3TY6483-0AP6 3TY6483-0AP0 3TY6483-0AV0 3TY6483-0AS0
3TB52 — 3TY6523-0AK6 3TY6523-0AM1 3TY6523-0AP6 3TY6523-0AP0 3TY6523-0AV0 —
3TB56 — — — — 3TY6566-0AP0 3TY6566-0AV0 3TY6566-0AS0

3TY6463-0AK6

Coils, DC
Catalog No
Frame List
Size 12V DC 24V DC 42V DC 48V DC 110V DC 125V DC 240V DC Price $
3TB40–43 3TY4803-0BA4 3TY4803-0BB4 3TY4803-0BD4 3TY4803-0BW4 3TY4803-0BF4 3TY4803-0BG4 3TY4803-0BQ4
3TB44 3TY6443-0BA4 3TY6443-0BB4 3TY6443-0BD4 3TY6443-0BW4 3TY6443-0BF4 3TY6443-0BG4 3TY6443-0BQ4
3TB46 — — 3TY6463-0BD4 3TY6463-0BW4 3TY6463-0BF4 — 3TY6463-0BQ4
3TB47–48 — 3TY6483-0BB4 3TY6483-0BD4 3TY6483-0BW4 3TY6483-0BF4 3TY6483-0BG4 —
3TB50 — 3TY6503-0BB4 3TY6503-0BD4 3TY6503-0BW4 3TY6503-0BF4 3TY6503-0BG4 3TY6503-0BQ4
3TB52 — 3TY6523-0BB4 3TY6523-0BD4 — 3TY6523-0BF4 3TY6523-0BG4 —
3TY6483-0BB4 3TB54 — 3TY6543-0BB4 3TY6543-0BD4 3TY6543-0BW4 3TY6543-0BF4 — 3TY6543-0BQ4
3TB56 — 3TY6563-0BB4 3TY6563-0BD4 — 3TY6563-0BF4 3TY6563-0BG4 3TY6563-0BQ4
3TB58 — — — — — — — obsolete

Main Contacts (Includes 3 Moving and 6 Fixed Contacts) 2)


Frame
Size Catalog No List Price $
3TB40–43 Not Replaceable
3TB44 3TY6440-0A
3TB46 3TY6460-0A
3TB47 3TY6470-0A
3TB48 3TY6480-0A
3TB50 3TY6500-0A
3TB52 3TY6520-0A
3TB54 3TY6540-0A
3TB56 3TY6560-0A
3TY6500-0A 3TB58 3TY6580-0A

Select Complete Catalog Number From Above 1) Coil Voltages


Old Number New Number Old Number New Number
3TY6465-0A†† 3TY6463-0A†† A8 K6
3TY6485-0A†† 3TY6483-0A†† B8 M1
3TY6505-0A†† 3TY6503-0A†† C8 P6
3TY6525-0A†† 3TY6523-0A†† D8 Q0
3TY6545-0A†† 3TY6543-0A†† E8 S0
3TY6565-0A†† 3TY6566-0A†† F8 C1
G8 P0
1)Some old 3TB coil catalog numbers have been
superceded. Cross to current catalog number from
these tables.
2)Main contact kits for size 3TB47 and larger include
springs. Smaller sizes do not.

Siemens Industry, Inc. Product Category: ICE 2/63


Industrial Controls Catalog
Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
3TF Contactors and 3TH Control Relays SIRIUS
Spare parts
Auxiliary Contact Blocks
Auxiliary Contacts NO/Early NC/Early Auxiliary Contact Block Obsolete Current List
Illustration Frame Size NO NC Make Break Mounting Position Position Location Catalog No Catalog Price $
1 — — — — Top — 3TX4010-2A
— 1 — — — Top — 3TX4001-2A
3TF30 to 3TF35,
— — 1 — — Top — 3TX4010-4A
3TH3
— — — 1 — Top — 3TX4001-4A
3TF40 to 3TF43 Not Replaceable
3 1 2 4
3TF44 to 3TF68 1 1 — — 1 Left 3TY7561-1A 3TY7561-1AA00
1 1 — — 2 Right 3TY7561-1B 3TY7561-1AA00
1 — — 1 4 Right 3TY7561-1K 3TY7561-1EA00
3TF46 to 3TF68 1 1 — — 3 Left 3TY7561-1K 3TY7561-1KA00
3TY7561-1A 2nd Aux Contact Block 1 1 — — 4 Right 3TY7561-1L 3TY7561-1KA00
3TF46 to 3TF68 1 1 — — 3 Left 3TY7561-1U 3TY7561-1UA00
For Electronic Circuits 1 1 — — 4 Right 3TY7561-1V 3TY7561-1UA00

Mechanical Interlocks
Frame Frame
Size Catalog No List Price $ Size Catalog No List Price $
3TF42-43, 3TB42-43 24177000906 3TF44-54 3TX7466-1A
3TX7466-1A

Arc Chutes
Frame Frame
Type Size Catalog No List Price $ Size Catalog No List Price $
3TB40–43 Not Replaceable 3TB50 3TY6502-0A
3TB44 — 3TB52 3TY6522-0A
3TB 3TB46 — 3TB54 3TY6542-0A
3TB47 — 3TB56 3TY6562-0A
3TY6462-0A 3TB48 3TY6482-0A 3TB58 —

Control Relays, Type 3TH3, 3TH4 Coils, AC


Catalog No List
Frame
Type Size 24V AC 120V AC 208V AC 220/240V AC 277V AC 480V AC 600V AC Price $
3TH30–33
3TH 3TY7403-0AC2 3TY7403-0AK6 3TY7403-0AM1 3TY7403-0AP6 3TY7403-0AU1 3TY7403-0AV0 3TY7403-0AS0
3TY7403-0AK6 3TH40–43

Coils, DC
Catalog No List
Frame
Type Size 12V DC 24V DC 42V DC 48V DC 110V DC 125V DC 240V DC Price $

3TH30–33
3TH 3TY4803-0BA4 3TY4803-0BB4 3TY4803-0BD4 3TY4803-0BW4 3TY4803-0BF4 3TY4803-0BG4 3TY4803-0BQ4
3TH40–43

Auxiliary Contact Blocks1)


Auxiliary Contacts
Frame Normally Open/ Normally Closed/ List
Type Size NO NC Early Make Late Break Block Location Catalog No Price $
1 — — — Top 3TX4010-2A
— 1 — — Top 3TX4001-2A
3TH 3TH3
— — 1 — Top 3TX4010-4A
— — — 1 Top 3TX4001-4A

Control Relays, Type 3TH8 Coils, AC


Catalog No List
Frame
Type Size 24V AC 120V AC 208V AC 220/240V AC 277V AC 480V AC 600V AC Price $
3TH 3TH80–83 3TY7403-0AC2 3TY7403-0AK6 3TY7403-0AM1 3TY7403-0AP6 3TY7403-0AU1 3TY7403-0AV0 3TY7403-0AS0

Coils, DC
Catalog No List
Frame
Type Size 12V AC 24V AC 42V AC 48V AC 110V AC 125V AC 240V AC Price $
3TH 3TH80–83 3TY4803-0BA4 3TY4803-0BB4 3TY4803-0BD4 3TY4803-0BW4 3TY4803-0BF4 3TY4803-0BG4 3TY4803-0BQ4

1) Maximum 4 blocks per relay.

2/64 Product Category: ICE Siemens Industry, Inc.


Industrial Controls Catalog
Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
SIRIUS Contactors for Switching Motors
3RT1 contactors, 3-pole, sizes S00 to S3
3RT10 1. contactors (size S00),
AC and DC operation Motor protection Terminal designations acc. to EN 50 012 or DIN 50
005.
IEC 60 947, EN 60 947 3RU11 overload relays can be
(VDE 0660), UL 508 mounted onto the 3RT1 contac-
tors for protection against over-
loads. The overload relays must
Design be ordered separately (see
section 3).
The 3RT1 contactors are suit-
able for use in any climate.
They are safe from touch to Surge suppression
DIN VDE 0106 Part 100.
The 3RT1 contactors are avai- The 3RT1 contactors can be
lable with screw connections or retrofitted with RC elements,
with Cage Clamp connections. varistors, diodes or diode
assemblies (combination of an
An auxiliary contact is inte- interference suppression diode
grated in the basic unit of size and a Zener diode for short trip-
S00 contactors. The basic units ping times) for suppressing
of sizes S0 to S3 only contain opening surges in the coil.
the main conducting paths.
The surge suppressors are
All the basic units can be plugged onto the front of size
extended with auxiliary switch S00 contactors. Space is pro-
blocks. Cabinet units with 2 NO vided for them next to a snap-
+ 2 NC (terminal designations on auxiliary switch block.
acc. to EN 50 012) are avail-
able as of size S0; the auxiliary With all size S0 to S3 contac-
switch block is removable. tors, varistors and RC elements
can be plugged on directly at
The size S3 contactors have the coil terminals, either on the
removable box terminals for the top or underneath. Diode
main conductor connections. assemblies are available in two
Ring cable lugs or bars can different designs with different
thus also be connected. polarities. Depending on the
application, they can be
attached either only on the bot-
Contact reliability tom (assembly with circuit-
breaker) or only on the top
If voltages ≤ 110 V and currents
(assembly with overload relay).
≤ 100 mA are to be switched,
the auxiliary contacts of 3RT1 The plug-in direction of the
contactors and 3RH11 contac- diodes and diode assemblies is
tor relays should be used to determined by a coding with identification numbers
Auxiliary switch blocks
ensure good contact stability. device. Exceptions: 40 to 02. The identification
3RT19 26-1T.00 and The 3RT1 basic units can be numbers on the auxiliary switch
These auxiliary contacts are blocks apply only to the
3RT19 36-1T.00; in these cases extended with various auxiliary
suitable for electronic circuits attached auxiliary contacts.
the plug-in direction is identi- switch blocks, depending on
with currents ≥ 1 mA at a volt-
fied by "+" and "–". the application: Single or 2-pole auxiliary switch
age of 17 V.
Coupling relays are supplied Size S00 (3RT101) blocks that can be connected
either without surge suppres- on either the top or the bottom
Short-circuit protection of sion or with a varistor or diode Contactors with one NO contact facilitate quick, straightforward
contactors connected as standard, as the auxiliary contact and wiring, especially when assem-
according to the design. with either screw or bling feeders. These auxiliary
For the short-circuit protection Cage Clamp connections, iden- switch blocks are only available
of contactors without an over- tification number 10E, can be with screw-type terminals.
load relay, see the technical Note extended to obtain contactors
data. The opening times of the NO with 2, 4 or 5 auxiliary contacts The solid-state compatible
contacts and the closing times in accordance with EN 50 012 3RH19 11-1NF.. auxiliary switch
For the short-circuit protection blocks for size S00 contactors
of the NC contacts increase if using auxiliary switch blocks.
of contactors with an overload contain two enclosed contact
the contactor coils are pro- The identification numbers 11E,
relay, see section 3. elements. They are ideal for
tected against voltage peaks 22E, 23E and 32E on the auxil-
(interference suppression iary switch blocks apply to the switching low voltages and cur-
diode 6 to 10 times; diode complete contactors. These rents (hard gold-plated con-
assemblies 2 to 6 times; varis- auxiliary switch blocks cannot tacts) or for use in dusty atmo-
tor +2 ms to 5 ms). be combined with contactors sphere. The contacts do not
that have an NC contact in their have positively-driven opera-
basic unit, identification num- tion.
ber 01, as these are coded. All the above-mentioned auxil-
All size S00 contactors with one iary switch variants can be
auxiliary contact, identification snapped into the location holes
number 10E or 01, and the con- on the front of the contactors.
tactors with 4 main contacts The auxiliary switch block has a
can be extended to obtain con- centrally positioned release
tactors with 3 or 5 auxiliary con- lever for disassembly.
tacts (contactors with 4 main
contacts: 2 or 4 auxiliary con-
tacts) according to EN 50 005
using auxiliary switch blocks

Siemens Industry, Inc. 2/65


Industrial Controls Catalog
Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
Contactors for Switching Motors SIRIUS
3RT1 contactors, 3-pole, sizes S00 to S3
3RT10 2. to 3RT10 4. contactors (sizes S0 to S3), 3RT10 2. to 3RT10 4. contactors (sizes S0 to S3),
single-pole auxiliary switch blocks, single-pole auxiliary switch blocks,
terminal designations acc. to EN 50 005 or EN 50 012. terminal designations acc. to EN 50 005 or EN 50 012.

1 NO 1 NC

Sizes S0 to S3 (3RT102 to In addition, 2-pole auxiliary The laterally mountable auxil- Sizes S0 and S2 (3RT102 and
3RT104) switch blocks (screw-type ter- iary switch blocks to EN 50 012 3RT103)
minals) are provided for cable can only be used if no 4-pole
An extensive range of auxiliary Up to four auxiliary contacts can
entries from above or below in auxiliary switch blocks are
switch blocks is available for be mounted, whereby any
the style of a four-connector snapped onto the front. If sin-
various applications. The con- design of the auxiliary switch
block (feeder auxiliary switch). gle-pole auxiliary switch blocks
tactors themselves do not have blocks is permitted. If two 2-
are used in addition, the loca-
an integrated auxiliary conduct- If the available installation pole, laterally mounted, auxil-
tion digits on the contactor
ing path. depth is restricted, 2-pole auxil- iary switch blocks are used, one
must be noted.
iary switch blocks (screw or must be mounted on the left and
The auxiliary switch variants
Cage Clamp connections) can Two enclosed contact ele- one on the right for the sake of
are identical for all size S0 to
be mounted laterally on the left ments and two standard con- symmetry.
S3 contactors.
or right. tact elements are available for
Under certain circumstances,
One 4-pole or up to four single- the 3RH19 21-.FE22 solid-state
The auxiliary switch blocks more auxiliary contacts are
pole auxiliary switch blocks (with compatible auxiliary switch
designed for mounting onto the allowed for size S2 (please ask
screw or Cage Clamp connec- block mountable on the front.
front can be disassembled with for details).
tions) can be snapped onto the The laterally mountable
the aid of a centrally positioned
front of the contactors. When the 3RH19 21-2DE11 solid-state With regard to 3RT13 and 3RT15
release lever; the laterally
contactors are energized, the compatible auxiliary switch 4-pole contactors, please refer
mountable auxiliary switch
NC contacts open before the block contains 2 enclosed con- to pages 2/12 to 2/14.
blocks can be removed easily
NO contacts close. tact elements (1 NO + 1 NC).
by pressing on the fluted grips.
The enclosed contact elements Sizes S3 to S12 (3RT104 to
The terminal designations of the
The terminal designations of are ideal for switching low volt- 3RT107)
single-pole auxiliary switch
the individual auxiliary switch ages and currents (hard gold-
blocks consist of location digits Up to eight auxiliary contacts
blocks comply with EN 50 005 plated contacts) or for use in a
on the basic unit and function can be mounted, whereby the
or EN 50 012, while those of the dusty atmosphere. The con-
digits on the auxiliary switch following points must be noted:
complete contactors with an tacts are positively driven.
blocks. • Of these eight auxiliary con-
auxiliary switch block with 2 NO
+ 2 NC comply with EN 50 012. tacts, no more than four must
be NC contacts.
• If laterally mounted auxiliary
switch blocks are used, they
must be symmetrical.
With regard to 3RT13 and 3RT15
4-pole contactors, please refer
to pages 2/12 to 2/14.

2/66 Siemens Industry, Inc.


Industrial Controls Catalog
Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
SIRIUS Contactors for Switching Motors
3RT1 contactors, 3-pole, sizes S6 to S12

Overview

Design
• 3RT10 contactors for switch- Operating mechanism Withdrawable coils Auxiliary contact complement
ing motors
Two types of solenoid-oper- To allow easy coil changing, for The contactors can be
• 3RT12 vacuum contactors for ated mechanism are available: example if the application is equipped with a maximum of
switching motors changed, the magnetic coil can 8 auxiliary contacts, with iden-
• Conventional operating mech-
• 3RT14 contactors for AC-1 anism be pulled out upwards without tical auxiliary switch blocks
applications tools after the release mecha- from S0 to S12. Of these, no
• Solid-state operating mecha- nism has been actuated, and more than 4 are permitted to be
nism can be replaced by any other NC contacts.
(with 3 performance levels) required coil of the same size. • 3RT10 and 3RT14 contac-
tors: auxiliary contacts
UC operation mounted laterally and on front
The contactors can be AC • 3RT12 vacuum contactors:
(40 to 60 Hz) and DC driven. auxiliary contact mounted lat-
erally

Contactors with conventional operating mechanism


3RT1...-.A:
The magnetic coil is switched Multi-voltage range for the con- In addition, allowance is also contactor switches reliably and
on and off directly with the con- trol supply voltage Us: made for a coil voltage toler- no thermal overloading occurs.
trol supply voltage Us via termi- Several closely adjacent control ance of 0.8 times the lower
nals A1/A2. supply voltages, available rated control supply voltage
around the world, are covered (Us min) and 1.1 times the upper
by just one coil, for example rated control supply voltage
UC 110-115-120-127 V or (Us max), within which the
UC 220-230-240 V.

Contactors with solid-state operating mechanism


The power required for reliable • Extended coil voltage toler- • Defined ON and OFF thresh- Electromagnetic compatibility
switching and holding is sup- ance 0.7 to 1.25 × Us: olds: (EMC)
plied selectively to the magnetic On account of the broad As of voltages ≥ 0.8 × Us min, The contactors with solid-state
coil by series-connected control range for the rated control the electronics reliably switch operating mechanism conform
electronics. supply voltage and the addi- the contactor on and as of to the requirements for opera-
tionally allowed coil voltage ≤ 0.5 × Us min it is reliably tion in industrial plants.
Features: tolerance of 0.8 × Us min to 1.1 switched off. The differential
× Us max, an extended coil volt- travel in the switching thresh- • Noise immunity
• Extended voltage range for – Burst (IEC 61 000-4-4): 4 kV
the control supply voltage Us: age tolerance of at least 0.7 to olds prevents chattering of
1.25 × Us, within which the the main contacts and hence – Surge (IEC 61 000-4-5): 4 kV
Compared with the conven- contactors will operate reli- increased wear or welding – Electrostatic discharge,
tional operating mechanism, ably, is available for the most when operated in weak, ESD (IEC 61 000-4-2): 8/15 kV
the solid-state operating common control supply volt- unstable networks. Similarly, – Electromagnetic field
mechanism covers an even ages of 24, 110 and 230 V. thermal overloading of the (IEC 61 000-4-3): 10 V/m
broader range of globally contactor coil is prevented if • Emitted interference
available control supply volt- • Bridging short-time voltage
dips: the voltage applied is too low Limiting value class A to
ages within one coil variant. – the contactor is not EN 55 011
For example, the globally Control voltage failures dip- switched on and is operated
available voltages 200-208- ping to 0 V (at A1/A2) are with overexcitation. Note:
220-230-240-254-277 V are bridged for up to approx. In connection with converters,
covered with the coil for UC 25 ms, therefore preventing • Low control power consump- the control cables should be
200 to 277 V (Us min to Us max). unintentional disconnection. tion when closing and in installed separately from the
closed state. load cables to the converter.

3RT1...-.N: for DC 24 V PLC output


2 control options:
• Control without an interface • Conventional control by
directly via a DC 24 V /≥ 30 applying the control supply
mA PLC output (EN 61 131- voltage at A1/A2 via a switch-
2). Connection via a 2-pole ing contact.
plug-in connection; the con-
nector, using screwless Note:
spring-force technology, is The sliding-dolly switch must
included in the scope of sup- be in the "PLC OFF" position
ply. The control supply volt- (= setting ex works).
age for supplying power to
the solenoid operating mech-
anism must be connected to
A1/A2. $ Sliding-dolly switch, must $ Sliding-dolly switch, must
Note: be in PLC "ON" position be in PLC "OFF" position
Before start-up, the sliding- % Plug-in connection, 2-pole
dolly switch for PLC operation
must be moved to the "PLC ON"
position (setting ex works:
"PLC OFF").

Siemens Industry, Inc. 2/67


Industrial Controls Catalog
Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
Contactors for Switching Motors SIRIUS
3RT1 contactors, 3-pole, sizes S6 to S12

Overview

Contactors with solid-state operating mechanism


3RT1...-.P: for DC 24 V PLC output or PLC relay output, with indication of remaining lifetime
(Indication of remaining lifetime RLT: see 2/69.)
• The remaining lifetime RLT 2 control options:
status signal is available at • Contactor control without an • Contactor control via relay
terminals R1/R2 via a floating interface directly via a outputs, e.g. by
relay contact (hard gold- DC 24 V /≥ 30 mA – PLC
plated, enclosed) and can be PLC output (EN 61 131-2) via – SIMOCODE-DP 3UF5
processed for example via terminals IN+/IN-. via terminals H1/H2.
SIMOCODE-DP or PLC inputs Contact loading:
or elsewhere. Us/approx. 5 mA.
Permissible current carrying When operated via SIMO-
capacity of relay output R1/ CODE-DP, a communication
R2: link to PROFIBUS-DP is also
– Ie/AC-15/24 to 230 V: 3 A provided.
– Ie/DC-13/24 V: 1 A

• LED indicators
The following statuses are
indicated by LEDs on the lat-
erally mounted electronics
module: Electronics module of 3RT1
– Contactor ON (energized ...-.P contactor
state): Plug-in connection, 7-pole
Green LED ("ON") S1 Changeover switch from auto-
– Indication of remaining life- matic control via PLC semi-
To supply power to the solenoid time (see 2/69) conductor output to local
operating mechanism and the control
remaining lifetime indication, S2 Local control option Electronics module of 3RT1
the control supply voltage Us ...-.P contactor
must be run to terminals A1/A2 Plug-in connection, 7-pole
Possibility of switching from auto- S1 Changeover switch from auto-
of the laterally mounted elec-
matic control to local control via matic control, e.g. via
tronics module. The control
terminals H1/H2, i.e. automatic SIMOCODE-DP or PLC relay
inputs of the contactor are
control via a PLC or SIMOCODE- output to local control
brought out to a 7-pole plug-in
DP/PROFIBUS-DP can be deac- S2 Local control option
connection; the connector,
tivated, for example during
using screwless spring-force
start-up or in the event of a
technology, is included in the
fault, and the contactor can be
scope of supply.
controlled manually.

3RT1...-.Q: communication-capable with integrated AS-Interface and indication of remaining lifetime


Inputs and outputs are brought Control circuit:
out to a 10-pole plug-in connec-
• Contactor control through
tion; the connectors (6-pole for
AS-Interface via terminals
external connection and 4-pole
AS-i+/AS-i–. Terminals AS-i+
for an AS-Interface) using
and AS-i– are each brought
screwless spring-force technol-
out twice to a 4-pole connec-
ogy, are included in the scope
tor separate from the other
of supply.
control inputs and are jum-
pered.
• LED indicators:
Advantages:
The following statuses are – The AS-Interface cable is
indicated by LEDs on the lat- not interrupted when the
erally mounted electronics connector is removed $ Electronics module of 3RT1
module: – The contactor remains ...-.Q contactor
– Contactor ON (energized capable of operation via the % Plug-in connection, 6-pole
state): local control inputs via its & Plug-in connection, 4-pole
Green LED ("ON") own 6-pole connector. S1 Changeover switch from auto-
– Automatic/local control: matic control, e.g. via AS-
Green LED ("AUTO") • Control signals via AS-i:
Interface, to local control
– Bus status: – Contactor ON/OFF · S1 open: automatic mode
Green/red dual LED ("AS-i") • Status signals via AS-i: S2 Local control option
– Remaining lifetime RLT (see – Contactor ON/OFF
separate description 2/16) – Automatic/local control Possibility of switching from
To supply power to the solenoid – Remaining lifetime RLT automatic control to to local
operating mechanism and the – Signal via free input, e.g. control via terminals H1/H2/H3,
• AS-Interface address jack
remaining lifetime indication, overload relay tripped. i.e. automatic control via AS-
"ADDR":
the control supply voltage Us Interface can be deactivated, for
must be run to terminals A1/A2 The contactor address can be example during start-up up or in
of the laterally mounted elec- assigned in the built-in state. the event of a fault, and the
tronics module. The contactor contactor can be controlled
itself is controlled via the inte- manually.
grated AS-Interface.

2/68 Siemens Industry, Inc.


Industrial Controls Catalog
Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
SIRIUS Contactors for Switching Motors
3RT1 contactors, 3-pole, sizes S6 to S12

Overview

Actuator-Sensor-Interface
Technical data
I/O configuration (hex) 7
ID code (hex) F
Power supply V 26.5 to 31.6 (in accordance with AS-Interface specification)
AS-Interface current input mA max. 20
Contact loading at SF1/2 mA 3 to 6
Watchdog function (disconnection of outputs in event of AS-Interface fault) Built-in

Indication LED Statuses Status description


During operation, the LEDs AS-Interface ON ON Flashing Flashing
on the contactor indicate the
states shown opposite. green Station address 0
red
No AS-Interface communication
yellow
AS-Interface communication OK

Diagnosing the contactors using the application program


• Inputs • Outputs
Input signals Device status Output signals Device status
DI0 "ready" 0 Device not ready/manual operation DO0 "running" 0 Contactor off
1 Device ready/automatic operation 1 Contactor on
DI1 "running" 0 Contactor off DO1 0 –
1 Contactor on 1 –
DI2 "remaining lifetime" 0 Remaining lifetime RLT > 20 % DO2 0 –
1 Remaining lifetime RLT ≤ 20 % 1 –
DI3 "free input" 0 No input signal at SF1/2 DO3 0 –
1 Input signal at SF1/2 1 –

Indication of remaining lifetime (RLT)


Main contactor contacts are operations – these offer no Advantages:
wearing parts and must be information about contact wear • Signalling via a relay contact • Advice to change contacts at
replaced in good time when – but instead entails determin- or AS-i when a remaining life- the appropriate time.
they reach the end of their ser- ing and evaluating the actual time of 20 % is reached, i. e. • Optimum utilization of the
vice life. The degree of erosion progress of erosion of each of when the contact material is contact material.
of the contact material and the three main contacts by 80 % worn. • Visual inspection of the condi-
hence the electrical endurance electronic means; the results • Additional visual indication of tion of contacts no longer
(= number of make-break oper- are stored, and a warning is various levels of erosion via necessary.
ations) varies, depending on issued when specified limits are LEDs on the laterally mounted • Reduction of ongoing operat-
the loading, utilization category, reached. Even if the control electronics modules when a ing costs.
duty type etc. Routine inspec- supply voltage at A1/A2 fails, remaining lifetime of 60 % • Optimum planning of mainte-
tions/visual checks by mainte- the stored data is not lost. After (green), 40 % (orange) and nance measures.
nance staff are needed in order the main contacts are replaced, 20 % (red) is reached. • Avoidance of unforeseen
to determine the state of the measurement of the remaining plant stoppages.
main contacts. The "remaining lifetime must be reset with the
lifetime indication" facility takes "RESET" button (hold down the
over this task. This does not RESET button for approx. 2
comprise counting the make- sec. with a ball-point pen or
break similar tool).

3RT12 vacuum contactors


In contrast with the 3RT10 con- They are therefore particularly Notes on operation: This additional equipment is
tactors – the main contacts oper- well suited to frequent switching – Switching motors with rated not required for operation in
ate in air under atmospheric in jogging/mixed operation, for operational voltages Ue circuits with converters. It
conditions – the contact gaps example in crane control sys- > 500 V: might be damaged by the
of the 3RT12 vacuum contac- tems. In order to damp overvolt- voltage peaks and harmonics
tors are contained in hermeti- Advantages: ages and protect the motor generated.
cally enclosed vacuum contact • Very long electrical endurance winding insulation against
– Switching DC voltage:
tubes. Neither arcs nor arcing • High short-time current-carry- multiple reignition when
Vacuum contactors are basi-
gases are produced. The partic- ing capacity for heavy starting switching off three-phase
cally unsuitable for switching
ular benefit of 3RT12 vacuum • No open arcs, no arcing motors, it is recommended to
DC voltage.
contactors, however, is that gases, i.e. no minimum clear- fit the contactors on the out-
their electrical endurance is at ances from earthed parts going side (T1/T2/T3) with the
least twice as long as that of required either 3RT19 66-1PV. surge sup-
3RT10 contactors. • Longer maintenance intervals pression module – RC varis-
• Increased plant availability tor – (accessory).

Siemens Industry, Inc. 2/69


Industrial Controls Catalog
Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
Contactors & Relays for Safety Applications SIRIUS
3RT10 safety contactors, 3RH12 safety control relays
with permanently mounted auxiliary contact blocks
Application
"Safety" Control Relays
"Safety" Contactors IEC 60947-4-1 Safety rated control relays are required IEC 60947-5-1
for contactors for control
Safety rated contactors are required to to have positively driven contact relays
have mirrored contact construction elements according to IEC 60947-5-1
according to IEC 60947-4 Annex F. A Annex L. Positively driven contact
mirror contact is a Normally Closed (NC) elements are a combination of NO
auxiliary contact which can not be closed auxiliary contacts and NC auxiliary
simultaneously with a Normally Open contacts whose construction prevents
(NO) main contact. In some industries, them from being closed simultaneously.
such as Automotive, the auxiliary contact In some industries, such as automotive,
blocks are required to be permanently the auxiliary contact blocks are required
attached to meet the requirements of to be permanently attached to meet the
"unitentional misuse" as specified in IEC requirements of "unitentional misuse" as
60292, paragraph 3.12. Tested by SUVA. 3RT102*-1AK64-3MA0 specified in IEC 60292, paragraph 3.12. 3RH12**-2BB40
Tested by SUVA.

Selection and ordering data


Contactors with permanently mounted auxiliary contact blocks
Auxiliary contacts
Weight
Amp Single phase Three phase
approx.
ratings HP ratings HP ratings Base Contact Spring loaded AC/DC
device block Screw terminals terminals1)
Frame
size AC3 AC1 115 V 230 V 200 V 230 V 460 V 575 V NO NC NO NC Order No.2) Order No.2) kg
7 18 0.25 0.75 1.5 2 3 5 1 0 2 2 3RT1015-1!!!4-3MA0 3RT1015-2!!!1-3MA0
S00 9 22 0.33 1 2 3 5 7.5 1 0 2 2 3RT1016-1!!!4-3MA0 3RT1016-2!!!1-3MA0
0.20/0.26
12 22 0.5 2 3 3 7.5 10 1 0 2 2 3RT1017-1!!!4-3MA0 3RT1017-2!!!1-3MA0
12 40 0.5 2 3 3 7.5 10 0 0 2 2 3RT1024-1!!!4-3MA0 3RT1024-3!!!0-3MA0
S0 17 40 1 3 5 5 10 15 0 0 2 2 3RT1025-1!!!4-3MA0 3RT1025-3!!!0-3MA0 0.35/0.58
25 40 2 3 7.5 7.5 15 20 0 0 2 2 3RT1026-1!!!4-3MA0 3RT1026-3!!!0-3MA0
32 50 2 5 10 10 25 30 0 0 2 2 3RT1034-1!!!4-3MA0 3RT1034-3!!!0-3MA0
S2
40 60 3 7.5 10 15 30 40 0 0 2 2 3RT1035-1!!!4-3MA0 3RT1035-3!!!0-3MA0 0.85/1.45
50 60 3 10 15 15 40 50 0 0 2 2 3RT1036-1!!!4-3MA0 3RT1036-3!!!0-3MA0
65 100 5 15 20 25 50 60 0 0 2 2 3RT1044-1!!!4-3MA0 3RT1044-3!!!0-3MA0
S3 80 120 7.5 15 25 30 60 75 0 0 2 2 3RT1045-1!!!4-3MA0 3RT1045-3!!!0-3MA0 1.8/2.8
95 120 10 – 30 30 75 100 0 0 2 2 3RT1046-1!!!4-3MA0 3RT1046-3!!!0-3MA0
150 185 – – 50 60 125 150 0 0 2 2 3RT1055-1!!!6-3PA0 – 3.5
S6
185 215 – – 60 75 150 200 0 0 2 2 3RT1056-1!!!6-3PA0 –

Frame sizes S00-S3 120 V AC Coil = AK6 AK6


24 V DC Coil = BB4 BB4

Frame size S6 110..127 V AC/DC Coil = AF3


23..26 V AC/DC Coil = AB3

Control Relays with permanently mounted auxiliary contact blocks


Auxiliary contacts Weight
UL Amp IEC Amp UL Contact approx.
ratings rating rating Base Contact Spring loaded
AC/DC
Total device block Screw terminals terminals1)
Frame
size 600 V AC 230 V AC NO NC NO NC NO NC Order No.2) Order No.2) kg
120 V AC Coil 2)
4 4 4 0 0 4 3RH1244-1AK60 3RH1244-2AK60
5 3 4 0 1 3 3RH1253-1AK60 3RH1253-2AK60
S00 10 A 6A A600/P600 0.20/0.26
6 2 4 0 2 2 3RH1262-1AK60 3RH1262-2AK60
7 1 4 0 3 1 3RH1271-1AK60 3RH1271-2AK60
24 V DC Coil 2)
4 4 4 0 0 4 3RH1244-1BB40 3RH1244-2BB40
5 3 4 0 1 3 3RH1253-1BB40 3RH1253-2BB40
S00 10 A 6A A600/P600 0.20/0.26
6 2 4 0 2 2 3RH1262-1BB40 3RH1262-2BB40
7 1 4 0 3 1 3RH1271-1BB40 3RH1271-2BB40

1) All terminals are spring loaded on frame size S00. Only the coil For accessories, see pages 2/35-51.
and auxiliary contact terminals are spring loaded on frame sizes S0, S2, For spare parts, see pages 2/54-58.
S3 & S6.
For technical data, see pages 2/86-107.
2) Additional Coil Voltages and Frame Sizes available upon request. For description, see pages 2/65-66.
For int. circuit diagrams, see page 2/156.
For dimension drawings, see pages 2/172-175.

2/70 Product Category: ICE Siemens Industry, Inc.


Industrial Controls Catalog
Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
SIRIUS Contactor Assemblies for Switching Motors
3RA13 reversing
contactor assemblies

The following points should be If the front-mounted mechanical


Design Principle of operation
noted: interlock is used for size S0 to
Complete equipment S3 contactors, two location The operating times of the indi-
Size S00 vidual 3RT10 contactors are
assemblies holes for single-pole auxiliary
For maintained-contact oper- switch blocks are provided on rated in such a way that no
The fully wired reversing con- overlapping of the contact mak-
ation: the front of each S0 or S2 con-
tactor assemblies are suitable ing and the arcing time be-
use contactors with an NC tactor, while three additional,
for use in any climate. They are tween two contactors can occur
contact in the basic unit for single-pole auxiliary switch
safe from touch to DIN VDE 106 on reversing, providing they are
the electrical interlock. blocks can be snapped onto S3
Part 100. interlocked via their auxiliary
contactors. The maximum auxil-
For momentary-contact oper- switches (NC contact interlock)
The contactor assemblies each iary switch complements per
ation: and the operating mechanisms.
consist of two contactors with contactor stated on page 2/12
use contactors with an NC An additional dead interval of
identical ratings and one NC must not be exceeded.
contact in the basic unit for 50 ms is necessary on revers-
contact in the basic unit. The When size S2 and S3 contac-
the electrical interlock; in ad- ing if the individual contactors
contactors are mechanically tors are combined with a front-
dition, an auxiliary switch are used at voltages > 500 V.
and electrically interlocked (NC mounted mechanical interlock,
block with at least one NO The operating times of the indi-
contact interlock). The main the 3RA19 33-2B and
contact for latching is re- vidual contactors are not affect-
and control circuits are wired 3RA19 43-2B installation kits
quired per contactor. ed by the mechanical interlock.
according to the circuit dia- cannot be used.
grams on page 2/161. Sizes S0 to S3
Sizes S6 to S12
For motor protection, either For maintained-contact oper- Surge suppression
3RU11 overload relays for di- ation: To insert the mechanical inter-
rect mounting or individual the contactors have no auxil- lock, the prestamped location Sizes S00 to S3
mounting or thermistor motor iary contact in the basic unit; holes positioned opposite on
the contactor must be knocked All contactor assemblies can
protection tripping units must NC contacts for the electrical be fitted with RC elements or
be ordered separately. interlock are therefore inte- out. The internal auxiliary con-
tacts (up to 1 NO + 1 NC per varistors for damping opening
grated in the mechanical in- surges in the coil.
terlock that can be mounted contactor) can be used for the
Components for customer on the side of each contactor electrical interlock and latching. As with the individual contac-
assembly (one contact each for the left The mechanical interlock itself tors, the surge suppressors can
Installation kits for all sizes are and right-hand contactors). does not contain any auxiliary either be plugged onto the top
available for customer assem- contacts. Additional auxiliary of the contactors (S00) or fitted
For momentary-contact oper- contacts can be used on the onto the coil terminals on the
bly of reversing contactor ation:
assemblies. outside and front (on the front in top or bottom (S0 to S3).
the electrical interlock is the the case of 3RT10) of the re-
Contactors, overload relays, the same as for maintained-con- versing contactor assembly. Sizes S6 to S12
mechanical interlock (as of size tact operation; in addition, an The contactors are fitted with
S0) and - for momentary-con- auxiliary switch with one NO varistors as standard.
tact operation - auxiliary switch contact for latching is re-
blocks for latching must be quired per contactor. This
ordered separately. contact can be snapped onto
the top of the contactors. Al-
ternatively, auxiliary switch
blocks mounted on the side
can be used; they must be fit-
ted onto the outside of each
contactor.

Siemens Industry, Inc. 2/71


Industrial Controls Catalog
Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
Contactor Assemblies for Switching Motors SIRIUS
3RA13 reversing
contactor assemblies

Overview
The 3RA13 reversing contactor Sizes S00 to S12 For overload relays for motor The s and u approvals only
assemblies can be ordered as As components for customer protection, see section 3. apply to the complete contactor
follows: assembly. The 3RA13 contactor assem- assemblies and not to the com-
Sizes S00 to S3 blies have screw connections ponents for customer assembly.
There is also a range of acces-
and are available for screwing
Fully wired and tested, open sories (auxiliary switch blocks, AC and DC operation
or snapping onto 35 mm stand-
type, with mechanical and surge suppressors, etc.) that
ard mounting rails. IEC 60 947, EN 60 947
electrical interlock. 1) must be ordered separately.
(VDE 0660)

Maximum AC-3 Size Order No.


horsepower rating maximum
at 460 V AC inductive current
Contactor Mechanical Mechanical Mechanical Installation kit Fully wired and
interlock 2) interlock 3) interlock 4) tested contactor
HP A assembly
3 7 S00 3RT10 15 – 5) – – 3RA19 13-2A 6) 3RA13 15-8XB30-1 . .
5 9 3RT10 16 3RA13 16-8XB30-1 . .
7.5 12 3RT10 17 3RA13 17-8XB30-1 . .
5 9 S0 3RT10 23 3RA19 24-1A 3RA19 24-2B – 3RA19 23-2A 7) 3RA13 23-8XB30-1 . .
7.5 12 3RT10 24 3RA13 24-8XB30-1 . .
10 17 3RT10 25 3RA13 25-8XB30-1 . .
15 25 3RT10 26 3RA13 26-8XB30-1 . .
20 28 S2 3RT10 33 3RA19 24-1A 3RA19 24-2B – 3RA19 33-2A 8) 3RA13 33-8XB30-1 . .
25 32 3RT10 34 3RA13 34-8XB30-1 . .
30 40 3RT10 35 3RA13 35-8XB30-1 . .
40 50 3RT10 36 3RA13 36-8XB30-1 . .
50 65 S3 3RT10 44 3RA19 24-1A 3RA19 24-2B – 3RA19 43-2A 9) 3RA13 44-8XB30-1 . .
60 80 3RT10 45 3RA13 45-8XB30-1 . .
75 95 3RT10 46 3RA13 46-8XB30-1 . .
100 115 S6 3RT10 54 – – 3RA19 54-2A 3RA19 53-2A 10) –
125 150 3RT10 55
150 185 3RT10 56
150 225 S10 3RT10 64 – – 3RA19 54-2A 3RA19 63-2A 10) –
200 265 3RT10 65
250 300 3RT10 66
300 400 S12 3RT10 75 – – 3RA19 54-2A 3RA19 73-2A 10) –
400 500 3RT10 76

For accessories, see page 2/47-49. 1) An additional dead interval of 50 ms is neces- 7) Installation kit contains: wiring connectors on
For circuit diagrams, see page 2/161. sary on reversing at voltages > 500 V. the top and bottom.
For dimension drawings, see page 2) Laterally mountable with one auxiliary contact. 8) Installation kit contains: 2 connecting clips for
2/181-183. 3) For front mounting with one auxiliary contact. 2 contactors; wiring connectors on the top and
4) Laterally mountable without auxiliary contact. bottom.
5) Interlock must be ordered with installation kit. 9) Installation kit contains: 2 connecting clips for
2 contactors; wiring connectors on the top and
6) Installation kit contains: mechanical interlock; bottom.
2 connecting clips for 2 contactors; wiring con-
nectors on the top and bottom. 10) Installation kit contains: wiring connector on the
top and bottom.

2/72 Siemens Industry, Inc.


Industrial Controls Catalog
Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
SIRIUS Contactor Assemblies for Switching Motors
Contactor assemblies
for WYE-delta starting
The ratings given in the above Motor protection
Application Design
table are only applicable to mo-
WYE-delta starting can only be tors with a starting current ratio Components for customer as- Overload relays or thermistor
used either if the motor normally of IA ≤8.4 × IN and using either sembly motor protection tripping units
operates in a d (delta) connec- a 3RT19 16-2G or 3RT19 26-2G can be used for overload pro-
tion or starts softly or if the load Installation kits with wiring con- tection.
solid-state time-delay auxiliary nectors and, if necessary,
torque during * starting is low switch block with a WYE-delta The overload relay can be ei-
and does not increase sharply. mechanical connectors are
function or a 3RP1574 WYE- available for contactor assem- ther mounted onto the line con-
On the *step the motors can delta time-delay relay with a tactor or separately fitted. It
carry approximately 50 % (class blies for WYE-delta starting.
dead interval of approximately Contactors, overload relays, must be set to 0.58 times the
KL 16) or 30 % (class KL 10) of 50 ms on reversing. rated motor current.
their rated torque; the starting star-delta time-delay relays and
torque is approximately 1/3 of For the circuit diagrams for the auxiliary switches for the elec-
that during direct on-line start- main and control circuits, see trical interlock – if required also
page 2/161. The size selected feeder terminals, mechanical Surge suppression
ing. The starting current is
approximately 2 to 2.7 times the for the installation kits for WYE- interlocks 1) and baseplates –
Sizes S00 to S3
rated motor current. delta starting is determined by must be ordered separately.
the line contactor. The wiring installation kits for All contactor assemblies can
The changeover from * to d be fitted with RC elements,
sizes S00 and S0 contain the
must not be effected until the varistors or diode assemblies
top and bottom main conduct-
motor has run up to rated for damping opening surges in
ing path connections between
speed. Drives which require this the coil.
the line and delta contactors
changeover to be performed
(top) and between the delta As with the individual contac-
earlier are unsuitable for WYE-
and WYE contactors (bottom). tors, the surge suppressors can
delta starting.
In the case of sizes S2 to S12 either be plugged onto the top
only the bottom main conduct- of the contactors (S00) or fitted
ing path connection between onto the coil terminals on the
the delta and WYE contactors is top or bottom (S0 to S3).
included in the wiring connec-
Sizes S6 to S12
tor, owing to the larger conduc-
tor cross-section at the infeed. The contactors are fitted with
varistors as standard.

1) Exception:
The mechanical interlock between the delta and
WYE contactors is included in the installation kit
for size S00 contactor assemblies.

Siemens Industry, Inc. 2/73


Industrial Controls Catalog
Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
Contactor Assemblies for Switching Motors SIRIUS
Contactor assemblies
for WYE-delta starting

Overview
The contactor assemblies for
star-delta starting can be
ordered as follows:
Sizes S00 to S12
As components for customer
assembly.

Calculated Size Accessories for


horsepower customer assembly
ratings
at 460 V AC
Operat. Motor current Line/delta WYE contactor Time-delay relay Installation kit A
current Ie contactor double
HP A A infeed

7.5 12 1.9 ... 2.8 S00-S00-S00 3RT10 15 3RT10 15 3RT19 16-2G.51 –


2.4 ... 3.4
3.1 ... 4.3
3.8 ... 5.5
4.8 ... 6.9
6 ... 8.6
10 17 7.8 ... 10.9 3RT10 17
9.5 ... 13.8
12.1 ... 17 3RP15 74-1N.30

15 25 3.1 ... 4.3 S0-S0-S0 3RT10 24 3RT10 24 3RP15 74-1N.30 –


3.8 ... 5.5
4.8 ... 6.9
6 ... 8.6
7.8 ... 10.9
9.5 ... 13.8
12.1 ... 17.2
15.5 ... 21.5
19 ... 25
20 32 24.1 ... 34 3RT10 26
29.3 ... 37.9
25 40 34.5 ... 40

30 50 9.5 ... 13.8 S2-S2-S0 3RT10 34 3RT10 26 3RP15 74-1N.30 3RA19 33-2C 3)
12.1 ... 17.2
15.5 ... 21.5
19 ... 27.6
24.1 ... 34
31 ... 43
37.9 ... 55.2
48.3 ... 65 3RT19 35
50 80 62.1 ... 77.8 S2-S2-S2 3RT10 34 3RA19 33-2B 3)
60 86 69 ... 86 3RT10 36

75 115 31 ... 43.1 S3-S3-S2 3RT10 44 3RT10 35 3RP15 74-1N.30 3RA19 43-2C 3)
37.9 ... 55.2
48.3 ... 69
62.1 ... 77.6
77.6 ... 108.6
100 150 98.3 ... 129.3 3RT10 45 3RT10 36
120.7 ... 150

125 160 86 ... 160 S6-S6-S3 3RT10 54 3RT10 44 3RP15 74-1N.30


150 195 86 ... 195
190 230 86 ... 230 3RT10 55 3RT10 45
200 280 86 ... 280 3RT10 56 3RT10 46

250 350 95 ... 350 S10-S10-S6 3RT10 64 3RT10 54 3RP15 74-1N.30


300 430 95 ... 430 3RT10 65 3RT10 56

400 540 347 ... 540 S12-S12-S10 3RT10 75 3RT10 64 3RP15 74-1N.30
450 610 347 ... 610
500 690 347 ... 690 3RT10 65

650 850 347 ... 850 3RT10 76 3RT10 66

For accessories, see page 2/50. 1) The installation kit contains mechanical inter- 2) The installation kit contains 5 connecting clips;
For circuit diagrams, see page 2/162. lock; 3 connecting clips; wiring connectors on wiring connectors on the top (connection
the top (connection between line contactor and between line contactor and delta contactor) and
delta contactor) and the bottom (connection the bottom (connection between delta contactor
between delta contactor and star contactor); and WYE contactor); star jumper.
WYE jumper.

2/74 Siemens Industry, Inc.


Industrial Controls Catalog
Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
SIRIUS Contactor Assemblies for Switching Motors
Contactor assemblies
for WYE-delta starting

Overload relay, thermal Overload relay, solid-state

Installation kit B WYE jumper Baseplates Range of Order No. Range of Order No.
for single infeed overload relay, overload relay, overload relay, overload relay,
thermal [A] thermal solid-state [A] solid-state

3RA19 13-2B 1) 3RT19 16-4BA31 – 1.1 ... 1.6 3RU11 16-1AB0 0.4 ... 1.6 3RB10 16-1NB0
1.4 ... 2 3RU11 16-1BB0 1.5 ... 6 3RB10 16-1PB0
1.8 ... 2.5 3RU11 16-1CB0
2.2 ... 3.2 3RU11 16-1DB0
2.8 ... 4 3RU11 16-1EB0 3 ... 12 3RB10 16-1SB0
3.5 ... 5 3RU11 16-1FB0
4.5 ... 6.3 3RU11 16-1GB0
5.5 ... 8 3RU11 16-1HB0
7 ... 10 3RU11 16-1JB0

3RA19 23-2B 2) 3RT19 26-4BA31 – 1.8 ... 2.5 3RU11 26-1CB0 1.6 ... 6 3RB10 26-1PB0
2.2 ... 3.2 3RU11 26-1DB0
2.8 ... 4 3RU11 26-1EB0
3.5 ... 5 3RU11 26-1FB0
4.5 ... 6.3 3RU11 26-1GB0 3 ... 12 3RB10 26-1SB0
5.5 ... 8 3RU11 26-1HB0
7 ... 10 3RU11 26-1JB0
9 ... 12.5 3RU11 26-1KB0 6 ... 25 3RB10 26-1QB0
11 ... 16 3RU11 26-4AB0
14 ... 20 3RU11 26-4BB0
17 ... 22 3RU11 26-4CB0
20 ... 25 3RU11 26-4DB0

3RA19 33-3D 4) 3RT19 26-4BA31 3RA19 32-2E 5.5 ... 8 3RU11 36-1HB0 – –
7 ... 10 3RU11 36-1JB0 6 ... 25 3RB10 36-1QB0
9 ... 12.5 3RU11 36-1KB0
11 ... 16 3RU11 36-4AB0
14 ... 20 3RU11 36-4BB0
18 ... 25 3RU11 36-4DB0
22 ... 32 3RU11 36-4EB0 13 ... 50 3RB10 36-1UB0
28 ... 40 3RU11 36-4FB0
3RT19 36-4BA31 3RA19 32-2F 36 ... 45 3RU11 36-4GB0
40 ... 50 3RU11 36-4HB0
3RA19 43-3D 4) 3RT19 36-4BA31 3RA19 42-2E 18 ... 25 3RU11 46-4DB0 13 ... 50 3RB10 46-1UB0
22 ... 32 3RU11 46-4EB0
28 ... 40 3RU11 46-4FB0
36 ... 45 3RU11 46-4HB0
45 ... 63 3RU11 46-4JB0 25 ... 100 3RB10 46-1EB0
57 ... 75 3RU11 46-4KB0
70 ... 90 3RU11 46-4LB0

3RA19 53-3D 5) 3RT19 46-4BA31 3RA19 52-2E – – 50 ... 200 3RB10 56-1FG0

3RA19 63-2A 6) 3RT19 56-4BA31 3RA19 62-2E – – 55 ... 250 3RB10 66-1GG0

3RA19 73-2A 6) 3RT19 66-4BA31 3RA19 72-2E – – 200 ... 540 3RB10 66-1KG0

3) Installation kit contains wiring connector on the 5) A mechanical interlock adapter, 3RA1954-2C, is tured, to allow the mechanical interlock to
bottom (connection between delta contactor required to use the standard 3RA1954-2A operate.
and WYE contactor) and WYE jumper. mechanical interlock for the AC version of the 6) Only use wiring connector on the top from
4) Wiring connector on top from reversing contac- S6-S6-S3 WYE-Delta starter. The S6-S6-S3 reversing contactor assembly (note conductor
tor assembly (note conductor cross-sections). WYE-Delta DC version would require a special cross-sections); order WYE jumper in addition.
custom build spacer, which is not manufac-

Siemens Industry, Inc. 2/75


Industrial Controls Catalog
Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
Contactor Assemblies for Switching Motors SIRIUS
Contactor assemblies
for WYE-delta starting

Selection and ordering data


Size S00-S00-S00 · up to 17 A, 10 HP

Components to be ordered separately:

The connecting leads


are not shown.

Accessory Order No. Page Components Order No. Page


K1 1) K3 2) K2 2)
14 Auxiliary switch block, 1 2 3 Contactors,
mountable on the front 3RH19 11-1.... 2/35 12 A, 7.5 HP 3RT10 15 3RT10 15 3RT10 15 2/8
16 Surge 1 2 3 Contactors,
suppressor 3RT19 16-1.... 2/41, 2/42
17 A, 10 HP 3RT10 17 3RT10 17 3RT10 15 2/8
17 3-phase feeder
terminal 3RA19 13-3K 2/50 7 Solid-state time-delay auxiliary switch block,
mountable on the front 3RT19 16-2G.51 2/39
9 Auxiliary switch block with one unassigned
NO contact 3RH19 11-1BA10 2/35
4 5 6 Installation kit 3RA19 13-2B 2/50
The installation kit contains:
4 Mechanical interlock
5 3 connecting clips
6 Wiring connectors on the top and bottom

For overview, see page 2/73-74. 1) Use design with 1 NO.


For accessories, see page 2/50. 2) Use design with 1 NC.
For circuit diagrams, see page 2/162.

2/76 Siemens Industry, Inc.


Industrial Controls Catalog
Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
SIRIUS Contactor Assemblies for Switching Motors
Contactor assemblies
for WYE-delta starting

Selection and ordering data


Size S0-S0-S0 · up to 40 A, 25 HP

Components to be ordered separately:

The connecting leads


are not shown.

Accessory Order No. Page Components Order No. Page


K1 K3 K2
4 Mechanical interlock, 1 2 3 Contactors,
laterally mountable 3RA19 24-2B 2/47 25 A, 15 HP 3RT10 24 3RT10 24 3RT10 24 2/8
7 Solid-state time-delay auxiliary switch block, 1 2 3 Contactors,
mountable on the front 3RT19 26-2G... 2/39 30/40 A, 20/25 HP 3RT10 26 3RT10 26 3RT10 24 2/8
12 Mechanical interlock, 8 Time-delay relay,
mountable on the front 3RA19 24-1A 2/37 laterally mountable 3RP15 74-1N.30 Sec. 9
15 Auxiliary switch block, 9 Auxiliary switch block with one unassigned
laterally mountable 3RH19 21-1EA.. 2/37 NO contact 3RH19 21-1CA10 2/36
16 Surge suppressor 3RT19 26-1.... 2/41 10 Auxiliary switch block for local control
17 3-phase feeder terminal 3RV19 15-5A 1/10 2 units 3RH19 21-1CA01
18 3-phase busbar 3RT19 26-4CC20 2/50 3 units 3RH19 21-1CA10 2/36
5 6 Installation kit 3RA19 23-2B 2/50
19 Push-in lug 2) for time-delay
relay for screw mounting 3RP19 03 Section 9 The installation kit contains:
5 Connecting clips
6 Wiring connectors on the top and bottom
for connecting the main conducting paths

For overview, see page 2/73-74. 1) Not included in scope of supply of complete 2) Possible in principle.
For accessories, see page 2/50. contactor assemblies; available as accessory. If a solid-state time-delay auxiliary switch block
For circuit diagrams, see page 2/162. is mounted onto the front of K3, an ordinary
auxiliary switch block can only be mounted onto
the side.

Siemens Industry, Inc. 2/77


Industrial Controls Catalog
Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
Contactor Assemblies for Switching Motors SIRIUS
Contactor assemblies
for WYE-delta starting

Selection and ordering data


Size S2-S2-S0 · up to 65 A, 30 HP

Components to be ordered separately:

The connecting leads


are not shown.

Accessory Order No. Page Components Order No. Page


K1 K3 K2
4 Mechanical interlock, laterally mountable, 1 2 3 Contactors,
depth must be adapted 50/60 A, 30 HP 3RT10 34 3RT10 34 3RT10 26 2/8
K3: 1.5 mm; K2: 0 mm 3RA19 24-2B 2/47 8 Time-delay relay,
7 Solid-state time-delay auxiliary switch block, laterally mountable 3RP15 74-1N.30 Sec. 9
mountable on the front 3RT19 26-2G... 2/39 9 Auxiliary switch block with one unassigned
15 Auxiliary switch block, NO contact 3RH19 21-1CA10 2/36
laterally mountable 3RH19 21-1EA.. 2/37 10 Auxiliary switch block for local control
16 Surge suppressor 3RT19 26-1.... 2/41 2 units 3RH19 21-1CA01
3RT19 36-1.... 2/42 3 units 3RH19 21-1CA10 2/36
17 3-phase feeder terminal 3RV19 35-5A 1/10 11 Baseplate 3RA19 32-2E 2/50
18 3-phase busbar 3RV19 35-1A 1/10 6 Installation kit 3RA19 33-2C 2/50
19 Push-in lug 2) for time-delay The installation kit contains the WYE jumper on the top
relay for screw mounting 3RP19 03 Section 9 and the wiring jumper on the bottom for connecting the
main conducting paths.

For overview, see page 2/73-74. 1) Not included in scope of supply of complete 2) Possible in principle.
For accessories, see page 2/50. contactor assemblies; available as accessory. If a solid-state time-delay auxiliary switch block
For circuit diagrams, see page 2/162. is mounted onto the front of K3, an ordinary
auxiliary switch block can only be mounted onto
the side.

2/78 Siemens Industry, Inc.


Industrial Controls Catalog
Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
SIRIUS Contactor Assemblies for Switching Motors
Contactor assemblies
for WYE-delta starting

Selection and ordering data


Size S2-S2-S2 · up to 86 A, 60 HP

Components to be ordered separately:

The connecting leads


are not shown.

Accessory Order No. Page Components Order No. Page


K1 K3 K2
4 Mechanical interlock, lateral3RA19 24-2B 2/47 1 2 3 Contactors,
7 Solid-state time-delay auxiliary switch block, 80 A, 50 HP 3RT10 35 3RT10 35 3RT10 34 2/8
mountable on the front 3RT19 26-2G... 2/39 1 2 3 Contactors,
12 Mechanical interlock,
86 A, 60 HP 3RT10 36 3RT10 36 3RT10 34 2/8
mountable on the front 3RA19 24-1A 2/39
8 Time-delay relay,
15 Auxiliary switch block,
lateral 3RP15 74-1N.30 Sec. 9
lateral 3RH19 21-1EA.. 2/37
9 Auxiliary switch block with one unassigned
16 Surge suppressor 3RT19 26-1.... 2/41
NO contact 3RH19 21-1CA10 2/36
3RT19 36-1.... 2/42
17 3-phase feeder terminal
10 Auxiliary switch block for local control
3RV19 35-5A 1/10
2 units 3RH19 21-1CA01
18 3-phase busbar 3RV19 35-1A 1/10 3 units 3RH19 21-1CA10 2/36
19 Push-in lug 2) for time-delay relay 11 Baseplate 3RA19 32-2F 2/50
for screw mounting 3RP19 03 Section 9
6 Installation kit 3RA19 33-2B 2/50
The installation kit contains the WYE jumper on top and
the wiring jumper on bottom for connecting the main con-
ducting paths.

For overview, see page 2/73-74. 1) Not included in scope of supply of complete 2) Possible in principle. If a solid-state time-delay
For accessories, see page 2/50. contactor assemblies; available as accessory. auxiliary switch block is mounted onto the front
For circuit diagrams, see page 2/162. of K3, a standard auxiliary switch block can only
be mounted onto the side.

Siemens Industry, Inc. 2/79


Industrial Controls Catalog
Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
Contactor Assemblies for Switching Motors SIRIUS
Contactor assemblies
for WYE-delta starting

Selection and ordering data


Size S3-S3-S2 · up to 150 A, 100 HP

Components to be ordered separately:

The connecting leads


are not shown.

Accessory Order No. Page Components Order No. Page


K1 K3 K2
4 Mechanical interlock, lateral, 1 2 3 Contactors,
depth must be adapted 115 A, 75 HP 3RT10 44 3RT10 44 3RT10 35 2/8
K3: 0 mm; K2: 27.5 mm 3RA19 24-2B 2/47
1 2 3 Contactors,
7 Solid-state time-delay auxilary switch block,
mountable on the front 3RT19 26-2G... 2/39 150 A, 100 HP 3RT10 45 3RT10 45 3RT10 36 2/8
15 Auxiliary switch block, lateral3RH19 21-1EA.. 2/37 8 Time-delay relay, lateral 3RP15 74-1N.30 Sec. 9
16 Surge suppressor 3RT19 . 6-1.... 2/42 9 Auxiliary switch block with one unassigned
19 Push-in lug 2) for time-delay relay NO contact 3RH19 21-1CA10 2/36
for screw mounting 3RP19 03 Section 9 10 Auxiliary switch block for local control
2 units 3RH19 21-1CA01
3 units 3RH19 21-1CA10 2/36
11 Baseplate 3RA19 42-2E 2/50
6 Installation kit 3RA19 43-2C 2/50
The installation kit contains the WYE jumper on the top and the wir-
ing jumper on the bottom for connecting the main conducting
For overview, see page 2/73-74. 1) Not included in scope of supply of the complete
For accessories, see page 2/50. contactor assemblies; available as an accessory.
For circuit diagrams, see page 2/162. 2) Possible in principle.If a solid-state time-delay aux-
iliary switch block is mounted onto the front of K3,
a standard auxiliary switch block can only be
mounted onto the side.

2/80 Siemens Industry, Inc.


Industrial Controls Catalog
Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
SIRIUS Control Relays, Coupling Relays
3RH11 control relays,
size S00 with 4 or 8 contacts
These auxiliary switch blocks
Application Overview
(3RH19 11-1GA ..) cannot be
AC and DC operation combined with control relays 3RH1. contactor relays acc. to EN 50 011 and
with identification numbers 31E EN 50 005
IEC 60 947, EN 60 947 and 22E; they are coded.
(VDE 0660)
All control relays with 4 con- Control relay, EN 50 011,
tacts in accordance with 4 contacts
Design EN 50 011, identification num-
The 3RH11 control relays are bers 40E to 22E, can be
suitable for use in any climate. extended with auxiliary switch
They are safe from touch to blocks 40 to 02 to obtain control
DIN VDE 0106 Part 100. relays with 6 or 8 contacts in
The 3RH11 control relays have accordance with EN 50 005.
The identification numbers on Ident. No. 40E Ident. No. 31E, 22E
screw or Cage Clamp connec-
tions. Four contacts are avail- the auxiliary switch blocks
able in the basic unit. apply only to the attached auxil-
iary switch blocks. Aux. switch blocks, Aux. switch blocks,
4 contacts 4 or 2 contacts
Contact reliability
Surge suppression
High contact stability at low
voltages and currents, suitable RC elements, varistors, diodes
for electronic circuits with or diode assemblies (combina-
currents ≥ 1 mA at a voltage of tion of a diode and a Zener
17 V. diode) can be plugged onto all Ident. No. 80E, Ident. No. 40, 31,
control relays from the front for 71E, 62E, 53E, 44E 22, 20, 11, 02
damping opening surges in the
Auxiliary switch blocks coil. The plug-in direction is
The 3RH11 control relays can determined by a coding
Control relay, y , Control relay,
Hilfsschütze
be expanded by up to four con- device. EN 50 011 EN 50EN50
005, 005,
tacts by the addition of mount- DIN
8 contacts 88oroder
6 contacts
6 Kontakte
able auxiliary switch blocks. Note
The auxiliary switch block can The opening times of the NO
easily be snapped onto the contacts and the closing times
front of the relays. The auxiliary of the NC contacts increase if
switch block has a centrally the relay coils are protected
positioned release lever for dis- against voltage peaks (sup-
NSB00067
assembly. pression diode 6 to 10 times, Ident. No. 80E, Ident. No.40, 31,
The control relays with 4 con- diode assemblies 2 to 6 times, 71E, 62E, 53E, 44E 22, 20, 11, 02
tacts in accordance with varistor +2 ms to 5 ms).
EN 50 011, with the identifica-
tion number 40E, can be
extended with 80E to 44E auxi-
liary switch blocks to obtain
control relays with 8 contacts in
accordance with EN 50 011.
The identification numbers 80E
to 44E on the auxiliary switch
blocks apply to the complete
relays (see illustration along-
side).

3RH14 latched control relays, size S00


Application
AC and DC operation The terminal designations com- The number of auxiliary con- from the front for damping
IEC 60 947, EN 60 947 ply with EN 50 011. tacts can be extended by opening surges.
(VDE 0660) The relay coil and the coil of the means of auxiliary switch The control relay can also
release solenoid are both blocks (up to 4 poles). be switched on and released
designed for continuous duty. RC elements, varistors, diodes manually.
or diode assemblies can be (For minimum actuating times,
plugged onto both coils see page 2/159)

Siemens Industry, Inc. 2/81


Industrial Controls Catalog
Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
Contactors for Switching Motors SIRIUS
3TF68 and 3TF69 vacuum contactors, 3-pole
Contactors and Contactor Assemblies

Design Surge suppression


EN 60 947-4-1 Main contacts Auxiliary contacts Control circuit
(VDE 0660 Part 102). Contact erosion indication The terminal designations com- Protection of the coil circuits
The 3TF contactors are suitable with 3TF68/69 vacuum con- ply with EN 50 012. against surges:
for use in any climate. They are tactors When the contactors are ener- AC operation
safe from touch according to The contact erosion of the vac- gized, the NC contacts open • fitted with varistors as stand-
DIN VDE 0106 Part 100. Termi- uum interrupters can be moni- before the NO contacts close. ard.
nal covers (see accessories) tored in the closed position by
may have to be fitted onto the Contact reliability DC operation
means of three white double
connecting bars, depending on slides on the contactor base. The auxiliary contacts are Retrofitting options:
the configuration with other extremely reliable and as such • varistors.
devices. The vacuum interrupter must be are suitable for electronic cir-
replaced if the distance indi- cuits
cated by one of the double • with currents 1 mA,
slides is less than 0.5 mm while
the contactor is in the closed • at voltages greater than 17 V.
position.
It is advisable to replace all
three interrupters in order to
ensure maximum reliability.

Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC)


3TF68/69..-.C contactors for AC
Contactor Rated control supply Overvoltage type Severity to Surge strength
operation are equipped with an Type voltage Us (IEC 60 801) IEC 60 801
electronically controlled sole-
noid mechanism with a high 3TF68 44-.C.., 110 V ... 132 V Burst 3 2 kV
level of immunity to interference 3TF69 44-.C.. Surge 4 6 kV
(see table opposite).
200 V ... 276 V Burst 4 4 kV
Note: Surge 4 5 kV
In operation in installations
380 V ... 600 V Burst 4 4 kV
where it is not possible to Surge 4 6 kV
observe the emitted interfer-
ence limits, e.g. as an output
contactor in static frequency
changers, use of 3TF68/69..-.Q
contactors (NS E catalogue,
available in German) is recom-
mended, without a main con-
ductor path circuit (for further
information refer also to the
description below).

Circuit of the main conducting paths Short-circuit protection


of contactors
An integrated RC varistor circuit The contactors can therefore It might be damaged by the For assembling fuseless load
in the main conducting paths of be used without reservation for voltage peaks and harmonics feeders, please select a circuit-
the contactors damps the rate all AC switching applications, generated. This may also cause breaker/contactor combination
of rise of switching overvoltages including three-phase motors phase-to-phase short-circuits in according to the brochure enti-
to uncritical values. Multiple with the demanding AC-4 utili- the contactors. tled "Verbraucherabzweige in
restriking of the switching arcs zation category. Remedy: Order the special sicherungsloser Bauweise",
is thereby prevented. Important note contactor design without surge Order No. E20001-P285-A726
The operator of an installation suppression. In this case the (available in German only).
The surge suppression circuit is
can thus assume that the dan- not necessary when 3TF68/69 Order No. must be supple-
ger to the motor winding arising contactors are used in circuits mented with "-Z" and the order
from switching overvoltages with e.g. d.c. choppers, fre- code "A02". No additional
with a high rate of rise is ruled quency converters or variable- charge is made.
out. speed drives.

3TB50 to 3TB56 contactors


with DC solenoid system

Design
IEC 60 158-1 and The contactors are suitable for Terminal covers may have to be depending on the configura-
DIN VDE 0660. use in any climate and safe fitted onto the connecting bars, tion with other devices.
from touch to DIN VDE 0106
Part 100.

2/82 Siemens Industry, Inc.


Industrial Controls Catalog
Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
SIRIUS Accessories for 3RT1/3RH1 Contactors
Solid-state, time-delay auxiliary switch box
The timer module, which is The contactor on which the A varistor is integrated in the The OFF-delay variant operates
available in "ON-delay" and solid-state, time-delay auxiliary timer module for damping without an auxiliary power sup-
"OFF-delay" designs, allows switch block is mounted oper- opening surges in the contactor ply. Minimum ON period:
time-delayed functions up to ates without a delay. coil. 200 ms.
100 s (3 distinct delay ranges). The solid-state, time-delay aux- A single-pole auxiliary switch
It contains a relay with one NO Size S00 (3RT101) iliary switch block cannot be block can be snapped onto the
contact and one NC contact; The solid-state, time-delay aux- mounted on size S00 coupling front of the contactor in addition
the relay is switched either after iliary switch block is fitted onto relays. to the timer module.
an ON-delay or after an OFF- the front of the contactor. The The timer module has no inte-
delay. timer module is supplied with Sizes S0 to S12 (3RT102 to grated components for damp-
The timer module with a WYE- power directly by plug-in con- 3RT107) ing opening surges.
DELTA function is equipped tacts via the coil terminals of The solid-state, time-delay aux-
with one delayed and one the contactor, in parallel with iliary switch block is fitted onto
instantaneous NO contact, with A1/A2. The time function is acti- the front of the contactor.
an interval time of 50 ms vated by closing the contactor
between the two (see diagram). on which the auxiliary switch The timer module is supplied
The delay time of the NO con- block is mounted. The OFF- with power via two terminals
tact can be set between 1.5 s delay variant operates without (A1/A2); the time delay of the
and 30 s. an auxiliary power supply. Mini- auxiliary switch block can be
mum ON period: 200 ms. activated either by a parallel
link to any contactor coil or by
WYE-delta function any power source.

Solid-state time-delay block


with semiconductor output
The timer module, which is Size S00 (3RT101) Sizes S0 to S3 (3RT102 to #
available in "ON-delay" and The variant for size S00 contac- 3RT107)
"OFF-delay" with auxiliary tors is fitted onto the front of the The time-delay block for size S0
power supply designs, allows contactor (with the supply volt- to S3 contactors is plugged into
time-delayed functions up to age switched off) and then slid coil terminals A1 and A2 on top
100 s (3 distinct delay ranges). into its latched position; at the of each contactor; the time-
Contactors fitted with a time- same time, the time-delay relay delay relay is connected both
delay block close or open after is connected by means of plug- electrically and mechanically
a delay according to the set in contacts to coil terminals A1 by means of pins.
time. and A2 of the contactor. Any $
A varistor is integrated in the
The ON-delay variant of the contactor coil terminals which timer module for damping
time-delay relay is connected in are not required are sealed off opening surges in the contactor
series with the contactor coil; by means of covers on the coil.
terminal A1 of this coil must not enclosure of the time-delay
be connected. block, to prevent them from
With the OFF-delay variant of being connected inadvertently Configuration note
the time-delay relay, the con- (for circuit diagrams, see page Activation of loads parallel to
tactor coil is contacted directly 2/149). the start input is not permitted
via the relay; terminals A1 and A varistor is integrated in the with AC operation (see #). Time-delay block
A2 of the coil must not be con- timer module for damping Contactor
The 3RT19 16-2D .../3RT19 26-
nected. opening surges in the contactor 2D ... time-delay blocks with an
The time-delay relays are suit- coil. OFF delay have a voltage-car-
able for both AC and DC opera- The solid-state, time-delay rying start input B1. This means
tion. block cannot be mounted on that if there is a parallel load on
size S00 coupling relays. terminal B1, activation can be
simulated with AC voltage. In
this case, the additional load (e.
g. contactor K3) must be wired
as shown in $.

Siemens Industry, Inc. 2/83


Industrial Controls Catalog
Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
Accessories for 3RT1 / 3RH1 Contactors SIRIUS
3-phase EMC interference suppression module
for size S00 contactorsa
A so-called backr-e.m.f. (elec- The connection between the
tromotive force) is produced main conducting path and the
when motors or various induc- EMC interference suppression
tive loads are turned off. Volt- module enables contact arcing,
age peaks of up to 4 000 V may which is responsible for contact
occur as a result, with a fre- erosion and the majority of
quency spectrum from 1 kHz to clicking noises, to be reduced;
10 MHz and a rate of voltage this in turn is conducive to an
variation from 0.1 to 20 V/ns. electromagnetically compati-
ble design.
Capacitive input to various ana- Since the EMC interference
log and digital signals makes it suppression module achieves a
necessary to suppress interfer- significant reduction in radio-
ence in the load circuit. frequency components and the
voltage level in three phases,
the contact endurance is also
improved considerably. This
makes an important contribu-
tion towards enhancing the reli-
ability and availability of the
system as a whole.
There is no need for fine gradu-
ations within each perfor-
mance class, as smaller motors
inherently have a higher induc-
tance, so that one solution for
all fixed-speed drives up to
7.5 kW is adequate.

Two electrical variants are The advantages of the RC cir- The varistor circuit is able to
available: cuit lie mainly in the reduction in absorb high energy levels and
the rate of rise and in its RF is also suitable for frequencies
damping ability. The selected from 10 to 400 Hz (variable-
values ensure effective interfer- speed drives). There is no limit-
ence suppression over a wide ing below the knee-point volt-
range. age, however.

OFF-delay device
for size S00 to S3 contactors
AC and DC operation contactor does not open. The A contactor opens after a delay Operation
IEC 60 947, EN 60 947 3RT1 916 OFF-delay devices when the capacitors of the con- In the case of the versions for
are specifically designed for tactor coil, built into the OFF- rated control supply voltages of
For screwing and snapping operation with the 3RT contac- delay device, are switched in
onto 35 mm standard mounting 110 V and 230 V, either AC volt-
tors and 3RH contactor relays parallel. In the event of voltage age or DC voltage can be
rail. The OFF-delay devices of the SIRIUS series. failures, the capacitors are dis-
have screw connections. applied on the line side, where
charged via the coil and as the variant for 24 V is
thereby delay the opening of designed for DC operation only.
Principle of operation the contactor.
Application The OFF-delay device operates A DC-operated contactor is con-
The OFF-delay device pre- If the command devices are nected to the output in accor-
without external voltage on a upstream of the OFF-delay
vents a contactor from drop- capacitive basis, and can be dance with the input voltage that
ping out unintentionally when device in the circuit, the OFF is applied.
energized with either AC or DC delay takes effect with every
there is a short-time voltage dip (24 V version for DC operation The mean value of the OFF
or voltage failure. It supplies the opening operation. If the open-
only). Voltage matching, which ing operation is downstream of delay is approximately 1.5 times
necessary power for a series- is only necessary with AC oper- the specified minimum time.
connected, DC-operated con- the OFF-delay device, an OFF
ation, is performed using a rec- delay only applies in the event
tactor during a voltage dip to tifier bridge.
ensure that the of failure of the mains voltage.

2/84 Siemens Industry, Inc.


Industrial Controls Catalog
Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
SIRIUS Accessories for 3RT1 Contactors
Interface for mounting
on size S0 to S3 contactors

Application Functions
DC operation Design Surge suppression Mounting
IEC 60 947 and EN 60 947 System-compatible operation The 3RH19 24-1GP11 interface The 3RH19 24-1GP11 interface
The interface is suitable for use with DC 24 V, coil voltage toler- has an integrated surge sup- is mounted directly on the con-
in any climate. It is safe from ance 17 V to 30 V. pressor (varistor) for the con- tactor coil.
touch to DIN VDE 0106 Part Low power consumption in con- tactor coil being switched.
100. The terminal designations formity with the technical data
conform to EN 50 005. of the electronic systems.
A light-emitting diode indicates
the circuit state.

Terminal diagram Connection example


3RH19 24-1GP11 3RH19 24-1GP11
with surge suppression with surge suppression

Interface Interface
Contactor Contactor

Siemens Industry, Inc. 2/85


Industrial Controls Catalog
Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
Contactor Assemblies for Switching Motors SIRIUS
3RT1 contactors

Technical data

S00 to S12

Auxiliary circuit
Ratings of the auxiliary contacts acc. to IEC 60 947-5-1/
EN 60 947-5-1 (VDE 0660 Part 200)

Rated insulation voltage Ui

Conventional thermal current Ith =


rated operational current Ie/AC-12
Load ratings with AC
Rated operational current Ie/AC-15/AC-14

Load ratings with DC


Rated operational current Ie/DC-12

Rated operational current Ie/DC-13

Contact reliability at 17 V, 1 mA

Endurance of the auxiliary contacts

I
I

2/86 Siemens Industry, Inc.


Industrial Controls Catalog
Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
SIRIUS Contactors for Switching Motors
3RT1 contactors

Technical data

Endurance of the main contacts


The characteristic curves show Size S00
the contact endurance of the
contactors when used to switch
resistive and inductive three-
phase loads (AC-1/AC-3),
depending on the breaking cur-
rent and the rated operational
voltage. It is assumed that the
operating mechanisms are
switched randomly, i.e. not syn-
chronized with the phase angle
of the supply system.
The rated operational current Ie
for the AC-4 utilization category
(breaking six times the rated
operational current) is designed
for a contact endurance of at
least 200 000 operating cycles.
If a shorter endurance is suffi-
cient, the rated operational cur-
rent Ie/AC-4 can be increased.
For mixed operation, i.e. nor-
mal switching (breaking the
rated operational current
according to the AC-3 utiliza-
tion category) in combination
with intermittent inching (break-
ing several times the rated
operational current according
to the AC-4 utilization cate-
gory), the contact endurance
can be calculated approxi-
mately from the following equa-
tion:
A Size S0
X = --------------------------------------------------------
C ⎛ --- A
1 + --------- - ⎝ - – 1⎞⎠
100 B
Where:
X Contact endurance for mixed opera-
tion in operating cycles
A Contact endurance for normal oper-
ation (Ia = Ie) in operating cycles
B Contact endurance for inching (Ia =
multiple of Ie) in operating cycles
C Inching operations as a percentage
of total switching operations

Legend:
PN = Ratings of
three-phase motors with
squirrel-cage rotor at 400 V
Ia = Breaking current
Ie = Rated operational current

Siemens Industry, Inc. 2/87


Industrial Controls Catalog
Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
Contactors for Switching Motors SIRIUS
3RT1 contactors

Technical data

Endurance of the main contacts


Size S2 Size S3

Sizes S6 to S12

3RT12 vacuum contactors


Sizes S10 and S12

I
I

2/88 Siemens Industry, Inc.


Industrial Controls Catalog
Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
SIRIUS Contactors for Switching Motors
3RT10 contactors

Technical data

S00 S00 S00 S0 S0 S0


3RT10 15 3RT10 16 3RT10 17 3RT10 23/24 3RT10 25 3RT10 26
and ratings of the contactors
Rated insulation voltage
Continuous current, at 40 °C
Maximum horsepower ratings Ratings at 115 V
single
phase motors
at 50/60 Hz

Short-circuit protection

NEMA/EEMAC ratings

Overload relay

S2 33 / S2 S2 S3 S3 S3
3RT10 34 3RT10 35 3RT10 36 3RT10 44 3RT10 45 3RT10 46

Rated insulation voltage


Continuous current, at 40 °C
Maximum horsepower ratings Ratings at 115 V
single
phase motors
at 50/60 Hz

Short-circuit protection

NEMA/EEMAC ratings

Overload relay

S00 S0 ... S12


Screw connection and Screw connection and Screw connection and
Cage Clamp connection Cage Clamp connection Cage Clamp connection

and ratings of the auxilary contacts

Siemens Industry, Inc. 2/89


Industrial Controls Catalog
Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
Contactors for Switching Motors SIRIUS
3RT10 contactors

Technical data

Contactor Size S6 S6 S6 S10 S10 S10


Type 3RT10 54 3RT10 55 3RT10 56 3RT10 64 3RT10 65 3RT10 66
s and u ratings of the contactors
Rated insulation voltage AC V 600 600
Continuous current, at 40 °C Free air and enclosed A 140 195 195 250 330 330
Maximum horsepower ratings Ratings at 115 V HP
single 230 V HP 25 30 30
phase motors
at 50/60 Hz
(s and u-approved values)
Ratings 200 V HP 40 50 60 60 75 100
of three-phase motors 230 V HP 50 60 75 75 100 125
a t 5 0/ 60 H z 460 V HP 100 125 150 150 200 250
575 V HP 125 150 200 200 250 300
Short-circuit protection kA 10 10 10 10 18 18
CLASS RK5 fuse A 450 500 500 700 800 800
Circuit-breaker
acc. to UL 489 A 350 450 500 500 700 800
NEMA/EEMAC ratings NEMA/EEMAC SIZE – 4 – – – 5
Conventional thermal current Free air A – 150 – – – 300
Enclosed A – 135 – – – 270
Ratings a t 200 V HP – 40 – – – 75
of three-phase motors 230 V HP – 50 – – – 100
at 60 Hz 460 V HP – 100 – – – 200
575 V HP – 100 – – – 200
Overload relay Type 3RB20 56 3RB20 66

Contactor Size S12 S12


Type 3RT10 75 3RT10 76

Rated insulation voltage AC V 600


Continuous current, at 40 °C Free air and enclosed A 400 540
Maximum horsepower ratings
(s and u-approved values)
Ratings a t 2 00 V HP 125 150
of three-phase motors 230 V HP 150 200
at 50/60 Hz 460 V HP 300 400
575 V HP 400 500
Short-circuit protection kA 18 30
CLASS RK5 fuse A 1000 1200
Circuit-breaker
acc. to UL 489 A 900 900
NEMA/EEMAC ratings NEMA/EEMAC SIZE – 6
Conventional thermal current Free air A – 600
Enclosed A – 540
Ratings a t 2 00 V HP – 150
of three-phase motors 230 V HP – 200
at 60 Hz 460 V HP – 400
575 V HP – 400
Overload relay Type 3RB20 66

2/90 Siemens Industry, Inc.


Industrial Controls Catalog
Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
SIRIUS Contactors for Switching Motors
3RT12 vacuum contactors
3RT13/14 contactors for resistive loads

Technical data

Contactor Size S10 S10 S10 S12 S12


Type 3RT12 64 3RT12 65 3RT12 66 3RT12 75 3RT12 76
s and u ratings of the contactors
Rated insulation voltage AC V 600 600
Continuous current, at 40 °C Free air and enclosed A 330 540
Maximum horsepower ratings
(s and u-approved values)
Ratings a t 2 00 V HP 60 75 100 125 150
of three-phase motors 230 V HP 75 100 125 150 200
at 50/60 Hz 46 0 V HP 150 200 250 300 400
575 V HP 200 250 300 400 500
Short-circuit protection kA 10 18 18 18 30
CLASS RK5 fuse A 700 800 800 1200 1200
Circuit-breaker
acc. to UL 489 A 500 700 900 1000 1200
NEMA/EEMAC ratings NEMA/EEMAC SIZE – 5 – 6
Conventional thermal current Free air A – –
Enclosed A – –
Ratings a t 2 00 V HP – –
of three-phase motors 230 V HP – –
at 60 Hz 460 V HP – –
575 V HP – –
Overload relay Type 3RB20 66 3RB20 66

Contactor Size S3 S6 S10 S12


Type 3RT14 46 3RT14 56 3RT14 66 3RT14 76
Rated insulation voltage AC V 600
Maximum UL resistive load ratings A 110 210 360 580

Contactor Size S00 S00 S0 S0 S2 S3 S3


Type 3RT13 16 3RT13 17 3RT13 25 3RT13 26 3RT13 36 3RT13 44 3RT13 46
Rated insulation voltage AC V 600
Maximum UL resistive load ratings A 22 22 35 35 60 100 110

Siemens Industry, Inc. 2/91


Industrial Controls Catalog
Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
Contactors for Switching Motors SIRIUS
3RT1. 1. contactors

Technical data

Contactor Size S00


Type 3RT1. 1.
General data
Permissible mounting position AC and DC operation
The contactors are designed for operation
on a vertical mounting surface.

Upright mounting position:

AC operation Special design required.


Positions 13 to 16 of the Order No. must be changed to -1AA0.
Additional charge.
DC operation Standard design

Mechanical Basic units Oper. 30 million


endurance Basic unit with snap-on auxiliary switch block cycles 10 million
Solid-state compatible aux. switch block 5 million
Electrical endurance See page 2/92

Rated insulation voltage Ui (pollution degree 3) V 690

Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp kV 6


Safe isolation between coil and main contacts V 400
(acc. to DIN VDE 0106 Part 101 and A1 [draft 2/89])

Positively driven operation 3RT10 1 ., 3RT13 1 . Yes, both in the basic unit and auxiliary switch block and between
There is positively driven operation if the NC and (removable aux. switch block) the basic unit and mounted auxiliary switch block acc. to ZH 1/457,
NO contacts cannot be closed at the same time IEC 60 947-4-1, Annex H (draft 17B/996/DC)
The 3RH19 11-.NF.. solid-state compatible 3RT10 1 ., 3RT13 1 . Yes, both in the basic unit and auxiliary switch block and between
auxiliary switch blocks have no positively driven (permanent aux. switch block) the basic unit and mounted auxiliary switch block acc. to ZH 1/457,
contacts IEC 60 947-4-1, Annex H (draft 17B/996/DC), Swiss regulations
(SUVA)

Permissible ambient temperature in operation °C –25 ... +60


when stored °C –55 ... +80
Degree of protection acc. to IEC 60 947-1 and DIN 40 050 IP 20, coil system IP 40

Shock resistance Rectangular pulse AC operation g/ms 7/5 and 4.2/10


DC operation g/ms 7/5 and 4.2/10
Sine pulse AC operation g/ms 9.8/5 and 5.9/10
DC operation g/ms 9.8/5 and 5.9/10

Conductor cross-sections See page 2/100


Short-circuit protection of contactors without overload relays For short-circuit protection and contactors with overload relays, see
Section 3.
For short-circuit protection of fuseless load feeders, see Section 4.
Main circuit
Fuse links, utilization category gL/gG
NH Type 3NA, DIAZED Type 5SB, NEOZED Type 5SE
– acc. to IEC 60 947-4-1/EN 60 947-4-1 Type of coord. "1" 1) A 35
Type of coord. "2" 1) A 20
Weld-free 2) A 10
or miniature circuit-breaker (up to 230 V) with C-characteristic A 10
(short-circuit current 1 kA, type of coordination "1" 1)

Auxiliary circuit
Fuse links, utilization category gL/gG A 10
DIAZED Type 5SB, NEOZED Type 5SE (weld-free protection at Ik 1 kA)
or miniature circuit-breaker (up to 230 V) with C-characteristic A 6
(short-circuit current Ik < 400 A)

1) According to excerpt from IEC 60 947-4-1 Type of coordination "2": 2) Test conditions acc. to IEC 60 947-4-1.
(VDE 0660 Part 102): No damage can be tolerated to the overload
Type of coordination "1": relay, but contact welding on the contactor is
Destruction of the contactor and the overload permitted if the contacts can be easily sepa-
relay is permissible. The contactor and/or over- rated.
load relay must be replaced if necessary.

2/92 Siemens Industry, Inc.


Industrial Controls Catalog
Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
SIRIUS Contactors for Switching Motors
3RT1. 1. contactors

Technical data

Contactor Size S00


Type 3RT1. 1.
Control circuit
Coil voltage tolerance AC at 50 Hz: 0.8 ... 1.1 × Us
at 60 Hz: 0.85 ... 1.1 × Us
DC up to +50 °C:0.8 ... 1.1 × Us
at +60 °C: 0.85 ... 1.1 × Us
Power consumption of the coils (with coil in cold state and 1.0 × Us) Standard design For USA and Canada
AC operation Hz 50/60 50 60
closing VA 27 /24.3 26.4 31.7
p.f. 0.8 / 0.75 0.81 0.77
closed VA 4.4 / 3.4 4.7 5.1
p.f. 0.27/ 0.27 0.26 0.27
DC operation closing = closed W 3.3
Permissible residual current of the electronics (with 0 signal) The 3RT19 16-1GA00 additional load
230 V
AC operation mA < 3 mA x ----------
- module is recommended for higher residual
Us currents, see accessories
24 V
DC operation mA < 10 mA x ---------
Us

Operating times 1)
Break-time = opening time + arcing time
AC operation closing time ms 8 ... 35
at 0.8 ... 1.1 × Us opening time ms 4 ... 30
DC operation closing time ms 25 ... 100
at 0.85 ... 1.1 × Us opening time ms 7 ... 10
Arcing time ms 10 ... 15
Operating times at 1.0 × Us 1)
AC operation closing time ms 10 ... 25
opening time ms 5 ... 30
DC operation closing time ms 30 ... 50
opening time ms 7 ... 9

Contactor Size S00 S00 S00


Type 3RT10 15 3RT10 16 3RT10 17
Main circuit
Load ratings with AC
AC-1 utilization category, switching resistive load
Rated operational currents Ie at 40 °C up to 690 V A 18 22 22
at 60 °C up to 690 V A 16 0 20
Ratings at 230 V kW 6.3 7.5 7.5
of three-phase loads 2) 400 V kW 11 13 13
p.f. = 0.95 (at 60 °C) 500 V kW 13.8 17 17
690 V kW 19 22 22
Minimum conductor cross-section with Ie load at 40 °C mm2 2.5 2.5 2.5
60 °C mm2 2.5 2.5 2.5

AC-2 and AC-3 utilization categories


Rated operational currents Ie up to 400 V A 7 9 12
500 V A 5 6.5 9
690 V A 4 5.2 6.3
Ratings of slipring or squirrel-cage at 230 V kW 2.2 3 3
motors at 50 Hz and 60 Hz 400 V kW 3 4 5.5
500 V kW 3.5 4.5 5.5
690 V kW 4 5.5 5.5
Thermal loading capacity 10 s current 3) A 56 72 96
Power loss per conducting path at Ie/AC-3 W 0.42 0.7 1.24

1) The opening times of the NO contacts and the 2) Industrial furnaces and electric heaters with 3) Acc. to VDE 0660 Part 102.
closing times of the NC contacts increase if the resistance heating, for example (higher For rated values for various
contactor coils are protected against voltage current input allowed for during heating up). starting conditions, see Section 3.
peaks (suppression diode 6 to 10 times, diode
assemblies 2 to 6 times, varistor +2 to 5 ms).

Siemens Industry, Inc. 2/93


Industrial Controls Catalog
Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
Contactors for Switching Motors SIRIUS
3RT1. 1. contactors

Technical data

Contactor Size S00 S00 S00


Type 3RT10 15 3RT1. 16 3RT1. 17
Main circuit
Load ratings with AC
AC-4 utilization category (at Ia = 6 × Ie) 1)
Rated operational current Ie up to 400 V A 6.5 8.5 8.5
Ratings of squirrel-cage motors at 400 V kW 3 4 4
at 50 Hz and 60 Hz
For a contact endurance of approx. 200 000 operating cycles:
Rated operational currents Ie up to 400 V A 2.6 4.1 4.1
690 V A 1.8 3.3 3.3
Ratings of squirrel-cage motors at 230 V kW 0.67 1.1 1.1
at 50 Hz and 60 Hz 400 V kW 1.15 2 2
500 V kW 1.45 2 2
690 V kW 1.15 2.5 2.5
AC-5a utilization category, switching gas discharge lamps
per main conducting path at 230 V
Rating Rated operational
per lamp current per lamp (A)
uncorrected
L 18 W 0.37 units 30 43 43
L 36 W 0.43 units 26 37 37
L 58 W 0.67 units 16 23 23
lead-lag
L 18 W 0.11 units 100 144 144
L 36 W 0.21 units 54 76 76
L 58 W 0.32 units 35 50 50
Switching gas discharge lamps with correction, electronic ballast
per main conducting path at 230 V
Rating Capacitor Rated operational
per lamp (µF) current per lamp (A)
Parallel correction
L 18 W 4.5 0.11 units 16 22 22
L 36 W 4.5 0.21 units 16 22 22
L 58 W 7 0.32 units 10 14 14
With electronic ballast,
single lamp
L 18 W 6.8 0.10 units 44 63 63
L 36 W 6.8 0.18 units 25 35 35
L 58 W 10 0.27 units 16 23 23
With electronic ballast,
twin lamp
L 18 W 10 0.18 units 25 35 35
L 36 W 10 0.35 units 13 18 18
L 58 W no.: 22 0.52 units 8 12 12
AC-5b utilization category, switching incandescent lamps
per main conducting path at 230/220 V kW 1.2 1.6 1.6

AC-6a utilization category, switching three-phase transformers


with inrush n 30 20 30 20 30 20
Rated operational current Ie up to 400 V A 2.4 3.6 3.3 5.1 5.1 7.2
Ratings of three-phase transformers at 230 V kVA 1.0 1.4 1.3 2 2 2.9
with an inrush of n = 30 or 20. 400 V kVA 1.6 2.5 2.3 3.5 3.5 5
The ratings must be re-calculated 500 V kVA 2.2 3.3 3,1 4.6 4.6 6.2
for other inrush factors x: 690 V kVA 2.9 4.3 4 6 6 8.6
30
Px = Pn 30 . ------
x

1) The data applies to 3RT15 16 and 3RT15 17


(2 NO + 2 NC) only up to a rated operational
voltage 400 V.

2/94 Siemens Industry, Inc.


Industrial Controls Catalog
Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
SIRIUS Contactors for Switching Motors
3RT1. 1. contactors

Technical data

Contactor Size S00 S00 S00


Type 3RT10 15 3RT10 16 3RT10 17
Main circuit
Load ratings with DC
DC-1 utilization category,
switching resistive load (L/R ≤ 1 ms)
Rated operational current Ie (at 60 °C)
Number of conducting paths connected in series 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3
up to 24 V A 15 15 15 20 20 20 20 20 20
60 V A 15 15 15 20 20 20 20 20 20
110 V A 1.5 8.4 15 2.1 12 20 2.1 12 20
220 V A 0.6 1.2 15 0.8 1.6 20 0.8 1.6 20
440 V A 0.42 1.6 0.9 0.6 0.8 1.3 0.6 0.8 1.3
600 V A 0.42 0.5 0.7 0.6 0.7 1 0.6 0.7 1
DC-3 and DC-5 utilization categories,
shunt and series motors (L/R ≤ 15 ms)
Rated operational current Ie (at 60 °C)
Number of conducting paths connected in series 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3
up to 24 V A 15 15 15 20 20 20 20 20 20
60 V A 0.35 3.5 15 0.5 5 20 0.5 5 20
110 V A 0.1 0.25 15 0.15 0.35 20 0.15 0.35 20
220 V A – – 1.2 – – 1.5 – – 1.5
440 V A – – 0.14 – – 0.2 – – 0.2
600 V A – – 0.14 – – 0.2 – – 0.2
Operating frequency
Operating frequency z in operating cycles per hour AC/DC operation
Contactors without overload relays No-load operating 1/h 10 000
frequency
Dependence of the operating frequency z’ Rated operation
on the operational current I’ and the operational for AC-1 1/h 1 000
voltage U’: for AC-2 1/h 750
I e 400 V 1.5 for AC-3 1/h 750
z’ = z ⋅ ---- ⋅ ---------- 1/h for AC-4 1/h 250
I′ U′

Contactors with overload relays (mean value) 1/h 15


Conductor cross-sections
Screw connections Main and auxiliary conductors:
(1 or 2 conductor Solid mm2 2 × (0.5 ... 1.5); 2 × (0.75 ... 2.5) acc. to IEC 60 947;
connections possible) max. 2 × (1 ... 4)
For screwdriver Finely stranded with end sleeve mm2 2 × (0.5 ... 1.5); 2 × (0.75 ... 2.5)
size 2 and Pozidriv 2
AWG conductor connections, solid or stranded AWG 2 × (20 ... 16); 2 × (18 ... 14); 1 × 12
– Terminal screws M3
– Tightening torque Nm 0.8 ... 1.2 (7 ... 10.3 lb.in)
Cage Clamp connections Main and auxiliary conductors; coil terminals:
(1 or 2 conductor Solid mm2 2 × (0.25 ... 2.5)
connections possible) Finely stranded with end sleeve mm2 2 × (0.25 ... 1.5)
Finely stranded without end sleeve mm2 2 × (0.25 ... 2.5)
AWG conductor connections, solid or stranded AWG 2 × (24 ... 14)
For tool for opening the Cage Clamp connection, see accessories on page 2/46.
An "insulation stop" must be used for conductor cross-sections ≤ 1 mm2, see accessories on page 2/46.
Max. outer diameter of conductor insulation: 3.6 mm.
For information about Cage Clamp connections, see Appendix.

Siemens Industry, Inc. 2/95


Industrial Controls Catalog
Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
Contactors for Switching Motors SIRIUS
3RT10 2. contactors

Technical data

Contactor Size S0
Type 3RT10 2.
General data
Permissible mounting position AC and DC operation
The contactors are designed for operation
on a vertical mounting surface.

Upright mounting position:

AC operation Standard design


DC operation Special design required; also applies to
3RT10 2 . - . K . 40 coupling relays
Positions 13 to 16 of the Order No. must be changed to -1AA0.
In the case of 3RT10 2 . -3K . 44-0LA0 contactors with extended coil
voltage tolerance, positions 13 to 16 of the Order No. are changed
to -1LA0. Additional charge
Mechanical Basic units Oper. 10 million
endurance Basic unit with snap-on auxiliary switch block cycles 10 million
Solid-state compatible aux. switch block 5 million
Electrical endurance See page 2/92
Rated insulation voltage Ui (pollution degree 3) V 690
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp kV 6
Safe isolation between coil and main contacts V 400
(acc. to DIN VDE 0106 Part 101 and A1 [draft 2/89])
Positively driven operation 3RT10 2 ., 3RT13 2 . Yes, between main contacts and auxiliary NC contacts and within
There is positively driven operation if the NC and (removable aux. switch block) the auxiliary switch blocks acc. to ZH 1/457, IEC 60 947-4-1, Annex
NO contacts cannot be closed at the same time H (draft 17B/996/DC)
Positively driven operation for contactors with solid-state 3RT10 2 ., 3RT13 2 .
compatible auxiliary switch block according to Swiss (permanent aux. switch block) Yes, between main contacts and auxiliary NC contacts and within
regulations (SUVA) on request. the auxiliary switch blocks acc. to ZH 1/457, IEC 60 947-4-1, Annex
H (draft 17B/996/DC), Swiss regulations (SUVA)
Permissible ambient temperature in operation °C –25 ... +60
when stored °C –55 ... +80
Degree of protection acc. to IEC 60 947-1 and DIN 40 050 IP 20, coil system IP 20
Shock resistance Rectangular pulse AC operation g/ms 8.2/5 and 4.9/10
DC operation g/ms 10/5 and 7.5/10
Sine pulse AC operation g/ms 12.5/5 and 7.8/10
DC operation g/ms 15/5 and 10/10
Conductor cross-sections See page 2/104

Contactor Size S0 S0
Type 3RT10 23, 3RT10 24, RT10 25 3RT10 26
Short-circuit protection of contactors without overload For short-circuit protection of contactors with overload relays, see
Part 4.
For short-circuit protection of weld-free contactors, see Part 5.
(overload and short-circuit protection only with 3RV10 circuit-
breaker).
For short-circuit protection of fuseless load feeders, see Part 5.
Main circuit
Fuse links, utilization category gL/gG
NH Type 3NA, DIAZED Type 5SB, NEOZED Type 5SE
With fuse links
– acc. to IEC 60 947-4-1/EN 60 947-4-1 Type of coord. "1" 1) A 63 100
Type of coord. "2" 1) A 25 35
Weld-free 2) A 10 16
or miniature circuit-breaker with C-characteristic A 25 32
(short-circuit current 3 kA, type of coordination "1") 1)
Auxiliary circuit
Fuse links, utilization category gL/gG A 10 10
DIAZED Type 5SB, NEOZED Type 5SE (weld-free protection at Ik 1 kA)
or miniature circuit-breaker with C-characteristic A 10 10
(short-circuit current Ik < 400 A)

1) According to excerpt from Type of coordination "2": 2) Test conditions acc. to IEC 60 947-4-1.
IEC 60 947-4-1 (VDE 0660 Part 102): No damage can be tolerated to the overload relay, For 3RT11 weld-free contactors, see Section 4
Type of coordination "1": but contact welding on the contactor is permitted if (overload and short-circuit protection only with
Destruction of the contactor and the overload the contacts can be easily separated. 3RV10 circuit-breaker).
relay is permissible. The contactor and/or over-
load relay must be replaced if necessary.

2/96 Siemens Industry, Inc.


Industrial Controls Catalog
Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
SIRIUS Contactors for Switching Motors
3RT10 2. contactors

Technical data

Contactor Size S0
Type 3RT10 2.
Control circuit
Coil voltage tolerance AC/DC 0.8 ... 1.1 × Us

Power consumption of the coils (with coil in cold state and 1.0 × Us) Standard design For USA and Canada
AC operation Hz 50 50/60 50 60
closing VA 61 64 /63 61 69
p.f. 0.82 0.72/ 0.74 0.82 0.76
closed VA 7.8 8.4 / 6.8 7.8 7.5
p.f. 0.24 0.24/ 0.28 0.24 0.28
DC operation closing = closed W 5.4

Permissible residual current of the electronics


(with 0 signal)
230 V
AC operation mA < 6 mA x ------------
Us
24 V
DC operation mA < 16 mA x --------
-
Us

Operating times at 0.8 ... 1.1 × Us 1)


Break-time = opening time + arcing time
AC operation closing time ms 8 ... 44
opening time ms 4 ... 20
DC operation closing time ms 50 ... 170
opening time ms 13.5 ... 15.5
Arcing time ms 10

Operating times at 1.0 × Us 1)


AC operation closing time ms 10 ... 17
opening time ms 4 ... 20
DC operation closing time ms 55 ... 85
opening time ms 14 ... 15.5

Contactor Size S0 S0 S0 S0
Type 3RT10 23, 3RT10 23, 3RT10 25 3RT10 26
3RT10 23 3RT10 24
Main circuit
Load ratings with AC
AC-1 utilization category, switching resistive load
Rated operational currents Ie at 40 °C up to 690 V A 40
at 60 °C up to 690 V A 35
Ratings at 230 V kW 13.3
of three-phase loads 2) 400 V kW 23
p.f. = 0.95 (at 60 °C) 500 V kW 29
690 V kW 40
Minimum conductor cross-section with Ie load at 40 °C mm2 10
60 °C mm2 10
AC-2 and AC-3 utilization categories
Rated operational currents Ie up to 400 V A 9 12 17 25
500 V A 6.5 12 17 18
690 V A 5.2 9 13 13
Ratings of slipring or squirrel-cage at 110 V kW 1.1 1.5 2.2 3
motors at 50 Hz and 60 Hz 230 V kW 3 3 4 5.5
400 V kW 4 5.5 7.5 11
500 V kW 4.5 7.5 10 11
660/690 V kW 5.5 7.5 11 11
Thermal loading capacity 10 s current 3) A 80 110 150 200
Power loss per conducting path at Ie/AC-3 W 0.4 0.5 0.9 1.6

1) The opening times of the NO contacts and the 2) Industrial furnaces and electric heaters with 3) Acc. to VDE 0660 Part 102.
closing times of the NC contacts increase if the resistance heating, for example (higher current For rated values for various starting conditions,
contactor coils are protected against voltage input allowed for during heating up). see Section 3.
peaks (varistor +2 ms to 5 ms, diode assem-
blies: 2 to 6 times).

Siemens Industry, Inc. 2/97


Industrial Controls Catalog
Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
Contactors for Switching Motors SIRIUS
3RT10 2. contactors

Technical data

Contactor Size S0 S0 S0 S0
Type 3RT10 23 3RT10 23 3RT10 25 3RT10 26
Main circuit
Load ratings with AC
AC-4 utilization category (at Ia = 6 × Ie)
Rated operational current Ie up to 400 V A 8.5 12.5 15.5 15.5
Ratings of squirrel-cage motors at 400 V kW 4 5.5 7.5 7.5
at 50 Hz and 60 Hz
For a contact endurance of approx. 200 000 operating cycles:
Rated operational currents Ie up to 400 V A 4.1 5.5 7.7 9
690 V A 3.3 5.5 7.7 9
Ratings of squirrel-cage motors at 110 V kW 0.5 0.73 1 1.2
at 50 Hz and 60 Hz 230 V kW 1.1 1.5 2 2.5
400 V kW 2 2.6 3.5 4.4
500 V kW 2 3.3 4.6 5.6
690 V kW 2.5 4.6 6 7.7
AC-5a utilization category, switching gas discharge lamps
per main conducting path at 230 V 1)
Rating Rated operational
per lamp current per lamp (A)
uncorrected
L 18 W 0.37 units 95
L 36 W 0.43 units 81
L 58 W 0.67 units 52
lead-lag
L 18 W 0.11 units 318
L 36 W 0.21 units 166
L 58 W 0.32 units 109
Switching gas discharge lamps with correction, electronic ballast
per main conducting path at 230 V
Rating Capacitor Rated operational
per lamp (µF) current per lamp (A)
Parallel correction
L 18 W 4.5 0.11 units 37 61
L 36 W 4.5 0.21 units 37 61
L 58 W 7 0.32 units 23 39
With electronic ballast,
single lamp
L 18 W 6.8 0.10 units 105 105
L 36 W 6.8 0.18 units 58 97
L 58 W 10 0.27 units 38 64
With electronic ballast,
twin lamp
L 18 W 10 0.18 units 58 97
L 36 W 10 0.35 units 30 50
L 58 W 22 0.52 units 20 33
AC-5b utilization category, switching incandescent lamps
per main conducting path at 230/220 V kW 3 4

AC-6a utilization category, switching three-phase transformers


with inrush n 30 20 30 20
Rated operational current Ie up to 400 V A 7.6 11.4 13.5 20,2
Ratings of three-phase transformers at 230 V kVA 3 4.5 5.4 8
with an inrush of n = 30 or 20. 400 V kVA 5.2 7.9 9.3 13.9
The ratings must be re-calculated 500 V kVA 6.6 9.9 11.7 15.5
for other inrush factors x: 690 V kVA 9.1 13.6 15.5 15.5
30
Px = Pn 30 . ------
x
AC-6b utilization category, switching low-inductance
(low-loss, metallized-dielectric) three-phase capacitors
Rated operational currents Ie up to 400 V A 5.8 10.8
Ratings of single capacitors at 230 V kvar 2.5 4
or of capacitor banks (minimum inductance between 400 V kvar 4 7.5
parallel capacitors 6 µH) at 50 Hz, 60 Hz and 500 V kvar 4 7.5
690 V kvar 4 7.5

1) Ie/AC-1 = 35 A (60 °C) and with the correspond-


ing minimum conductor cross-section 10 mm2.

2/98 Siemens Industry, Inc.


Industrial Controls Catalog
Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
SIRIUS Contactors for Switching Motors
3RT10 2. contactors

Technical data

Contactor Size S0 S0
Type 3RT10 23, 3RT10 24, 3RT10 25 3RT10 26
Main circuit
Load ratings with DC
DC-1 utilization category,
switching resistive load (L/R ≤ 1 ms)
Rated operational current Ie (at 60 °C)
Number of conducting paths connected in series 1 2 3
up to 24 V A 35 35 35
60 V A 20 35 35
110 V A 4.5 35 35
220 V A 1 5 35
440 V A 0.4 1 2.9
600 V A 0.25 0.8 1.4
DC-3 and DC-5 utilization categories,
shunt and series motors (L/R ≤ 15 ms)
Rated operational current Ie (at 60 °C)
Number of conducting paths connected in series 1 2 3
up to 24 V A 20 35 35
60 V A 5 35 35
110 V A 2.5 15 35
220 V A 1 3 10
440 V A 0.09 0.27 0.6
600 V A 0.06 0.16 0.6
Operating frequency
Operating frequency z in operating cycles per hour AC DC AC DC
Contactors without overload relays No-load operating 1/h 5000 1500 5000 1500
frequency
Dependence of the operating frequency z’ AC/DC AC/DC
on the operational current I’ and the operational for AC-1 1/h 1 000 1 000
voltage U’: for AC-2 1/h 1 000 750
I e 400 V 1.5 for AC-3 1/h 1 000 750
z’ = z ⋅ ---- ⋅ ⎛--------- ⎞ 1/h for AC-4 1/h 300 250
I ′ ⎝ U′ ⎠
Contactors with overload relays (mean value) 1/h 15 15
Conductor cross-sections
Screw connections Main conductor:
(1 or 2 conductor
Solid mm2 2 × (1 ... 2.5); 2 × (2.5 ... 6)
connections possible)
Finely stranded with end sleeve mm2 2 × (1 ... 2.5); 2 × (2.5 ... 6) acc. to IEC 60 947; max. 1 × 10
AWG conductor connections, – solid AWG 2 × (16 ... 12)
– solid or stranded AWG 2 × (14 ... 10)
– stranded AWG 1×8
– Terminal screws M4 (Pozidriv size 2)
– Tightening torque Nm 2.0 ... 2.5 (18 ... 22 lb.in)
Auxiliary conductor:
Solid mm2 2 × (0.5 ... 1.5); 2 × (0.75 ... 2.5) acc. to IEC 60 947;
max. 2 × (0.75 ... 4)
Finely stranded with end sleeve mm2 2 × (0.5 ... 1.5); 2 × (0.75 ... 2.5)
AWG conductor connections, solid or stranded AWG 2 × (20 ... 16); 2 × (18 ... 14); 1 × 12
– Terminal screws M3
– Tightening torque Nm 0.8 ... 1.2 (7 ... 10.3 lb.in)
Cage Clamp connections Auxiliary conductor:
(1 or 2 conductor Solid mm2 2 × (0.25 ... 2.5)
connections possible) Finely stranded with end sleeve mm2 2 × (0.25 ... 1.5)
Finely stranded without end sleeve mm2 2 × (0.25 ... 2.5)
AWG conductor connections, solid or stranded AWG 2 × (24 ... 14)
For tool for opening the Cage Clamp connection, see accessories on page 2/46.
An "insulation stop" must be used for conductor cross-sections ≤ 1 mm2, see accessories on page 2/46.
Max. outer diameter of conductor insulation: 3.6 mm.
For information about Cage Clamp connections, see Appendix page 19/17.

Siemens Industry, Inc. 2/99


Industrial Controls Catalog
Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
Contactors for Switching Motors SIRIUS
3RT10 3. contactors

Technical data

Contactor Size S2 S2 S2
Type 3RT10 34 3RT10 35 3RT10 36
General data
Permissible mounting position AC and DC operation For DC operation and forward
The contactors are designed for operation inclination up to 22.5°:
on a vertical mounting surface. coil voltage tolerance 0.85 ... 1.1 × Us

Upright mounting position:

AC operation Special design required.


Positions 13 to 16 of the Order No. must be changed to -1AA0.
Additional charge.
DC operation –
Mechanical Basic units Oper. 10 million
endurance Basic unit with snap-on auxiliary switch block cycles 10 million
Solid-state compatible aux. switch block 5 million
Electrical endurance See page 2/93
Rated insulation voltage Ui (pollution degree 3) V 690
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp kV 6
Safe isolation between coil and main contacts V 400
(acc. to DIN VDE 0106 Part 101 and A1 [draft 2/89])
Positively driven operation 3RT10 3 ., 3RT13 3 . Yes, between main contacts and auxiliary NC contacts and within
There is positively driven operation if the NC and (removable aux. switch block) the auxiliary switch blocks acc. to ZH 1/457, IEC 60 947-4-1,
NO contacts cannot be closed at the same time Annex H (draft 17B/996/DC)
3RT10 3 ., 3RT13 3 . in accordance with Swiss regulations (SUVA) on request.
(permanent aux. switch block)
Permissible ambient temperature in operation °C –25 ... +60
when stored °C –55 ... +80
Degree of protection acc. to IEC 60 947-1 and DIN 40 050 IP 20 (terminal compartment IP 00), coil system IP 40
Shock resistance Rectangular pulse AC and DC operation g/ms 10/5 and 5/10
Sine pulse AC and DC operation g/ms 15/5 and 8/10
Conductor cross-sections See page 2/108
Short-circuit protection of contactors without overload relays For short-circuit protection of contactors with overload relays, see
Section 3.
For short-circuit protection of weld-free contactors, see Section 4.
(overload and short-circuit protection only with 3RV10 circuit-
breaker).
For short-circuit protection of fuseless load feeders, see Section 4.
Main circuit
Fuse links, utilization category gL/gG
NH Type 3NA, DIAZED Type 5SB, NEOZED Type 5SE
– acc. to IEC 60 947-4-1/EN 60 947-4-1 Type of coord. "1" 1) A 125 160
Type of coord. "2" 1) A 63 80
Weld-free 2) A 16 50
Auxiliary circuit
Fuse links, utilization category gL/gG A 10
DIAZED Type 5SB, NEOZED Type 5SE (weld-free protection at Ik 1 kA)
or miniature circuit-breaker with C-characteristic (short-circuit current Ik < 400 A) A 10

1) According to excerpt from Type of coordination "2": 2) Test conditions acc. to IEC 60 947-4-1.
IEC 60 947-4-1 (VDE 0660 Part 102): No damage can be tolerated to the overload relay, For 3RT11 weld-free contactors, see Section 4
Type of coordination "1": but contact welding on the contactor is permitted if (overload and short-circuit protection only with
Destruction of the contactor and the overload the contacts can be easily separated. 3RV10 circuit-breaker).
relayis permissible. The contactor and/or over-
load relay must be replaced if necessary.

2/100 Siemens Industry, Inc.


Industrial Controls Catalog
Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
SIRIUS Contactors for Switching Motors
3RT10 3. contactors

Technical data

Contactor Size S2 S2 S2
Type 3RT10 34 3RT10 35 3RT10 36
Control circuit
Coil voltage tolerance AC/DC 0.8 ... 1.1 × Us
Power consumption of the coils (with coil in cold state and 1.0 × Us) Standard design
AC operation Hz 50 50/60 50 50/60
Closing VA 104 127 /113 145 170 /155
p.f. 0.78 0.73/ 0.69 0.79 0.76/ 0.72
Closed VA 9.7 11.3 / 9.5 12.5 15 / 11.8
p.f. 0.42 0.41/ 0.42 0.36 0.35/ 0.38
For USA and Canada
Hz 50 60 50 60
Closing VA 108 120 150 166
p.f. 0.76 0.7 0.77 0.71
Closed VA 9.6 10.1 12.5 12.6
p.f. 0.42 0.42 0.35 0.37
DC operation closing = closed W 13.3 13.3
Permissible residual current of the electronics
(with 0 signal)
< 12 mA × ⎛------------ ⎞ < 18 mA × ⎛------------ ⎞
230 V 230 V
AC operation
⎝ Us ⎠ ⎝ Us ⎠
DC operation < 38 mA × ⎛24
--------V- ⎞ < 38 mA × ⎛24
--------V- ⎞
⎝ Us ⎠ ⎝ Us ⎠
Operating times at 0.8 ... 1.1 × Us 1)
Break-time = opening time + arcing time
AC operation closing time ms 11 ... 30 10 ... 24
opening time ms 7 ... 10 7 ... 10
DC operation closing time ms 50 ... 95 60 ... 100
opening time ms 20 ... 30 20 ... 25
Arcing time ms 10 10
Operating times at 1.0 × Us 1)
AC operation closing time ms 13 ... 22 12 ... 20
opening time ms 7 ... 10 7 ... 10
DC operation closing time ms 60 ... 75 70 ... 85
opening time ms 20 ... 30 20 ... 25
Main circuit
Load ratings with AC
AC-1 utilization category, switching resistive load
Rated operational currents Ie at 40 °C up to 690 V A 50 60 55
at 60 °C up to 690 V A 45 55 50
Ratings at 230 V kW 18 22 20
of three-phase loads 2) 400 V kW 31 38 35
p.f. = 0.95 (at 60 °C) 500 V kW 39 46 43
690 V kW 54 66 60
Minimum conductor cross-section with Ie load at 40 °C mm2 16 16 16
60 °C mm2 10 16 10

AC-2 and AC-3 utilization categories


Rated operational currents Ie up to 400 V A 32 40 50
500 V A 32 40 50
690 V A 20 24 24
Ratings of slipring or squirrel-cage at 230 V kW 7.5 11 15
motors at 50 Hz and 60 Hz 400 V kW 15 18.5 22
500 V kW 18.5 22 30
690 V kW 18.5 22 22
Thermal loading capacity 10 s current 3) A 320 400 400
Power loss per conducting path at Ie/AC-3 W 1.8 2.6 5

1) The opening times of the NO contacts and the 2) Industrial furnaces and electric heaters with 3) Acc. to VDE 0660 Part 102.
closing times of the NC contacts increase if the resistance heating, for example (higher current For rated values for various starting conditions,
contactor coils are protected against voltage input allowed for during heating up). see Section 3.
peaks (varistor +2 ms to 5 ms, diode assem-
blies 2 to 6 times).

Siemens Industry, Inc. 2/101


Industrial Controls Catalog
Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
Contactors for Switching Motors SIRIUS
3RT10 3. contactors

Technical data

S2 S2 S2
3RT10 34 3RT10 35 3RT10 36
Main circuit
Load ratings with AC
AC-4 utilization category I I
I

AC-5a utilization category, switching gas discharge lamps

Switching gas discharge lamps with correction, electronic ballast

AC-5b utilization category, switching incandescent lamps

AC-6a utilization category, switching three-phase transformers

AC-6b utilization category, switching low-inductance


(low-loss, metallized-dielectric) three-phase capacitors

2/102 Siemens Industry, Inc.


Industrial Controls Catalog
Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
SIRIUS Contactors for Switching Motors
3RT10 3. contactors

Technical data

Contactor Size S2 S2 S2
Type 3RT10 34 3RT10 35 3RT10 36
Main circuit
Load ratings with DC
DC-1 utilization category,
switching resistive load (L/R ≤ 1 ms)
Rated operational current Ie (at 60 °C)
Number of conducting paths connected in series 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3
up to 24 V A 45 45 45 55 55 55 50 50 50
60 V A 20 45 45 23 45 45 23 45 45
110 V A 4.5 45 45 4.5 45 45 4.5 45 45
220 V A 1 5 45 1 5 45 1 5 45
440 V A 0.4 1 2.9 0.4 1 2.9 0.4 1 2.9
600 V A 0.25 0.8 1.4 0.25 0.8 1.4 0.25 0.8 1.4
DC-3 and DC-5 utilization categories,
shunt and series motors (L/R ≤ 15 ms)
Rated operational current Ie (at 60 °C)
Number of conducting paths connected in series 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3
up to 24 V A 35 45 45 35 55 55 35 50 50
60 V A 6 45 45 6 45 55 6 45 50
110 V A 2.5 25 45 2.5 25 55 2.5 25 50
220 V A 1 5 25 1 5 25 1 5 25
440 V A 0.1 0.27 0.6 0.1 0.27 0.6 0.1 0.27 0.6
600 V A 0.06 0.16 0.35 0.06 0.16 0.35 0.06 0.16 0.35

Operating frequency
Operating frequency z in operating cycles per hour AC DC AC DC AC DC
Contactors without overload relays No-load operating 1/h 5000 1500 5000 1500 5000 1500
frequency
Dependence of the operating frequency z’ on the AC/DC AC/DC AC/DC
operational current I’ and the operational voltage U’: for AC-1 1/h 1200 1200 1000
for AC-2 1/h 750 600 400
I e 400 V for AC-3 1/h 1000 1000 800
z’ = z ⋅ ---- ⋅ ⎛---------- ⎞
1.5
1/h for AC-4 1/h 250 300 300
I′ ⎝ U′ ⎠
Contactors with overload relays (mean value) 1/h 15 15 15

Contactor Size S2
Type 3RT10 3.
Conductor cross-sections
Screw connections Main conductor: Front terminal Back terminal Both terminals
(1 or 2 conductor With box terminal connected connected connected
connections possible) Finely stranded with end sleeve mm2 0.75 ... 25 0.75 ... 25 max. 2 × 16
Finely stranded without end sleeve mm2 0.75 ... 25 0.75 ... 25 max. 2 × 16
S t r a n d ed mm2 0.75 ... 35 0.75 ... 35 max. 2 × 25
Solid mm2 0.75 ... 16 0.75 ... 16 max. 2 × 16
Ribbon cable (qty. × width × thickness) mm 6 × 9 × 0.8 6 × 9 × 0.8 2 × (6 × 9 × 0.8)
AWG conductor connections, solid or stranded AWG 18 ... 2 18 ... 2 2 × (18 ... 2)
– Terminal screws M 6 (Pozidriv size 2)
– Tightening torque Nm 3 ... 4.5 (27 ... 40 lb.in)
Auxiliary conductor:
Solid mm2 2 × (0.5 ... 1.5); 2 × (0.75 ... 2.5) acc. to IEC 60 947;
max. 2 × (0.75 ... 4)
Finely stranded with end sleeve mm2 2 × (0.5 ... 1.5); 2 × (0.75 ... 2.5)
AWG conductor connections, solid or stranded AWG 2 × (20 ... 16); 2 × (18 ... 14); 1 × 12
– Terminal screws M3
– Tightening torque Nm 0.8 ... 1.2 (7 ... 10.3 lb.in)
Cage Clamp connections Auxiliary conductor:
(1 or 2 conductor
Solid mm2 2 × (0.25 ... 2.5)
connections possible)
Finely stranded with end sleeve mm2 2 × (0.25 ... 1.5)
Finely stranded without end sleeve mm2 2 × (0.25 ... 2.5)
AWG conductor connections, solid or stranded AWG 2 × (24 ... 14)
For tool for opening the Cage Clamp connection, see accessories on page 2/46.
An "insulation stop" must be used for conductor cross-sections ≤ 1 mm2, see accessories on page 2/46.
Max. outer diameter of conductor insulation: 3.6 mm.
For information about Cage Clamp connections, see Appendix page 19/17.

Siemens Industry, Inc. 2/103


Industrial Controls Catalog
Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
Contactors for Switching Motors SIRIUS
3RT10 4. contactors

Technical data

Contactor Size S3 S3 S3
Type 3RT10 44 3RT10 45 3RT10 46
General data
Permissible mounting position AC and DC operation For DC operation and forward
The contactors are designed for operation inclination up to 22.5°: coil voltage
on a vertical mounting surface. tolerance 0.85 ... 1.1 x Us

Upright mounting position:

AC operation Special design required.


Positions 13 to 16 of the Order No. must be changed to -1AA0.
Additional charge.
DC operation –
Mechanical Basic units Oper. 10 million
endurance Basic unit with snap-on auxiliary switch block cycles 10 million
Solid-state compatible aux. switch block 5 million
Electrical endurance See page 2/93
Rated insulation voltage Ui (pollution degree 3) V 1000
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp kV 6
Safe isolation between coil and main contacts V 690
(acc. to DIN VDE 0106 Part 101 and A1 [draft 2/89])
Positively driven operation 3RT10 4 ., 3RT13 4 ., 3RT14 4 . Yes, between main contacts and auxiliary NC contacts and within
There is positively driven operation if the NC and (removable aux. switch block) the auxiliary switch blocks acc. to ZH 1/457, IEC 60 947-4-1,
NO contacts cannot be closed at the same time Annex H (draft 17B/996/DC)
3RT10 4 ., 3RT13 4 ., 3RT14 4 . in accordance with Swiss regulations (SUVA) on request.
(permanent aux. switch block)
Permissible ambient temperature in operation °C –25 ... +60
when stored °C –55 ... +80
Degree of protection acc. to IEC 60 947-1 and DIN 40 050 IP 20 (terminal compartment IP 00), coil system IP 40
Shock resistance Rectangular pulse AC and DC operation g/ms 6.8/5 and 4/10
Sine pulse AC and DC operation g/ms 10.6/5 and 6.2/10
Conductor cross-sections See page 2/112
Short-circuit protection of contactors without overload relays For short-circuit protection of contactors with overload relays, see
Section 3.
For short-circuit protection of fuseless load feeders, see Section 4.
Main circuit
Fuse links, utilization category gL/gG
NH Type 3NA, DIAZED Type 5SB, NEOZED Type 5SE
– acc. to IEC 60 947-4/ Type of coord. "1" 1) A 250 250
EN 60 947-4-4 (VDE 0660 Part 102)
Type of coord. "2" 1) A 125 160
Weld-free 2) A 63 100
Auxiliary circuit
Fuse links, utilization category gL/gG A 10
DIAZED Type 5SB, NEOZED Type 5SE (weld-free protection at Ik 1 kA)
or miniature circuit-breaker with C-characteristic (short-circuit current Ik < 400 A) A 10

1) According to excerpt from Type of coordination "2": 2) Test conditions acc. to IEC 60 947-4-1.
IEC 60 947-4-1 (VDE 0660 Part 102): No damage can be tolerated to the overload relay,
Type of coordination "1": but contact welding on the contactor is permitted if
Destruction of the contactor and the overload the contacts can be easily separated.
relay is permissible. The contactor and/or over-
load relay must be replaced if necessary.

2/104 Siemens Industry, Inc.


Industrial Controls Catalog
Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
SIRIUS Contactors for Switching Motors
3RT10 4. contactors

Technical data

Contactor Size S3 S3 S3
Type 3RT10 44 3RT10 45 3RT10 46
Control circuit
Coil voltage tolerance AC/DC 0.8 to 1.1 × Us
Power consumption of the coils (with coil in cold state and 1.0 × Us) Standard design
AC operation Hz 50 50/60 50 50/60
Closing VA 218 247 /211 270 298 /274
p.f. 0.61 0.62/ 0.57 0.68 0.7/ 0.62
Closed VA 21 25 / 18 22 27 / 20
p.f. 0.26 0.27/ 0.3 0.27 0.29/ 0.31
For USA and Canada
Hz 50 60 50 60
Closing VA 218 232 270 300
p.f. 0.61 0.55 0.68 0.52
Closed VA 21 20 22 21
p.f. 0.26 0.28 0.27 0.29
DC operation c l o s in g = c lo s e d W 15 15
Permissible residual current of the electronics
(with 0 signal)
< 25 mA × ⎛----------- ⎞
230 V
A C o p e ra t i o n mA
⎝ Us ⎠
D C o pe r a t i o n mA < 43 mA × ⎛24
--------V- ⎞
⎝ Us ⎠
Operating times at 0.8 to 1.1 × Us 1)
Break-time = opening time + arcing time
AC operation closing time ms 16 ... 57 17 ... 90
opening time ms 10 ... 19 10 ... 25
DC operation closing time ms 90 ... 230 90 ... 230
opening time ms 14 ... 20 14 ... 20
Arcing time ms 10 ... 15 10 ... 15
Operating times at 1.0 × Us 1)
AC operation closing time ms 18 ... 34 18 ... 30
opening time ms 11 ... 18 11 ... 23
DC operation closing time ms 100 ... 120 100 ... 120
opening time ms 16 ... 20 16 ... 20
Main circuit
Load ratings with AC
AC-1 utilization category, switching resistive load
Rated operational currents Ie at 40 °C up to 690 V A 100 120 120
1000 V A 50 60 70
at 60 °C up to 690 V A 90 100 100
1000 V A 40 50 60
Ratings at 230 V kW 34 38 38
of three-phase loads 2) 400 V kW 59 66 66
p.f. = 0.95 (at 60 °C) 500 V kW 74 82 82
690 V kW 102 114 114
1000 V kW 66 82 98
Minimum conductor cross-section with Ie load at 40 °C mm2 35 50 50
60 °C mm2 35 35 35
AC-2 and AC-3 utilization categories
Rated operational currents Ie up to 400 V A 65 80 95
500 V A 65 80 95
690 V A 47 58 58
1000 V A 25 30 30
Ratings of slipring or squirrel-cage at 230 V kW 18.5 22 22
motors at 50 Hz and 60 Hz 400 V kW 30 37 45
500 V kW 37 45 55
690 V kW 55 55 55
1000 V kW 30 37 37
Thermal loading capacity 10 s current 3) A 600 760 760
Power loss per conducting path at Ie/AC-3 W 4.6 7.7 10.8

1) The opening times of the NO contacts and the 2) Industrial furnaces and electric heaters with 3) Acc. to VDE 0660 Part 102.
closing times of the NC contacts increase if the resistance heating, for example (higher current For rated values for various starting conditions,
contactor coils are protected against voltage input allowed for during heating up). see Section 3.
peaks (varistor +2 ms to 5 ms, diode assem-
blies 2 to 6 times).

Siemens Industry, Inc. 2/105


Industrial Controls Catalog
Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
Contactors for Switching Motors SIRIUS
3RT10 4. contactors

Technical data

Contactor Size S3 S3 S3
Type 3RT10 44 3RT10 45 3RT10 46
Main circuit
Load ratings with AC
AC-4 utilization category (at Ia = 6 × Ie)
Rated operational current Ie up to 400 V A 55 66 80
Ratings of squirrel-cage motors at 400 V kW 30 37 45
at 50 Hz and 60 Hz
For a contact endurance of approx. 200 000 operating cycles:
Rated operational currents Ie up to 400 V A 28 34 42
690 V A 28 34 42
1000 V A 20 23 23
Ratings of squirrel-cage motors at 230 V kW 8.7 10.4 12
at 50 Hz and 60 Hz 400 V kW 15.1 17.9 22
500 V kW 18.4 22.4 27
690 V kW 25.4 30.9 38
1000 V kW 22 30 30
AC-5a utilization category, switching gas discharge lamps
per main conducting path at 230 V
Rating Rated operational
per lamp current per lamp (A)
uncorrected
L 18 W 0.37 Units 243 270
L 36 W 0.43 Units 209 232
L 58 W 0.67 Units 134 149
lead-lag
L 18 W 0.11 Units 818 909
L 36 W 0.21 Units 428 476
L 58 W 0.32 Units 281 312
Switching gas discharge lamps with correction, electronic ballast
per main conducting path at 230 V
Rating Capacitor Rated operational
per lamp (µF) current per lamp (A)
Parallel correction
L 18 W 4.5 0.11 Units 160 197 234
L 36 W 4.5 0.21 Units 160 197 234
L 58 W 7 0.32 Units 103 127 150
With electronic ballast,
single lamp
L 18 W 6.8 0.10 Units 455 560 665
L 36 W 6.8 0.18 Units 253 311 369
L 58 W 10 0.27 Units 168 207 246
With electronic ballast,
twin lamp
L 18 W 10 0.18 Units 253 311 369
L 36 W 10 0.35 Units 130 160 190
L 58 W 22 0.52 Units 88 108 128

AC-5b utilization category, switching incandescent lamps


per main conducting path at 230/220 V kW 9 14.6 17.3

AC-6a utilization category, switching three-phase transformers


with inrush n 30 20 30 20 30 20
Rated operational current Ie up to 400 V A 42.3 63.5 56.3 80 56.3 84.4
690 V A 42.3 47 56.3 58 56.3 58
Ratings of three-phase transformers at 230 V kVA 16.8 25.3 22.4 31.9 22.4 33.6
with an inrush of n = 30 or 20. 400 V kVA 29.3 43.9 39 55.4 39 58
The ratings must be re-calculated 500 V kVA 36.6 54.9 48.7 69.3 48.7 73.1
for other inrush factors x: 690 V kVA 50.3 56.2 67.3 69.3 67.3 69.3

Px = Pn 30

AC-6b utilization category, switching low-inductance


(low-loss, metallized-dielectric) three-phase capacitors
Ambient temperature 40 °C
Rated operational currents Ie up to 400 V A 57 72
Ratings of single capacitors at 230 V kvar 24 29
or of capacitor banks (minimum inductance between 400 V kvar 40 50
parallel capacitors 6 µH) at 50 Hz, 60 Hz and 525 V kvar 50 65
690 V kvar 40 50

2/106 Siemens Industry, Inc.


Industrial Controls Catalog
Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
SIRIUS Contactors for Switching Motors
3RT10 4. contactors

Technical data

Contactor Size S3 S3 S3
Type 3RT10 44 3RT10 45 3RT10 46
Main circuit
Load ratings with DC
DC-1 utilization category,
switching resistive load (L/R ≤ 1 ms)
Rated operational current Ie (at 60 °C)
Number of conducting paths connected in series 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3
up to 24 V A 90 90 90 100 100 100 100 100 100
60 V A 23 90 90 60 100 100 60 100 100
110 V A 4.5 90 90 9 100 100 9 100 100
220 V A 1 5 70 2 10 80 2 10 80
440 V A 0.4 1 2.9 0.6 1.8 1.8 0.6 1.8 4.5
600 V A 0.26 0.8 1.4 0.4 1 1 0.4 1 2.6
DC-3 and DC-5 utilization categories,
shunt and series motors (L/R ≤ 15 ms)
Rated operational current Ie (at 60 °C)
Number of conducting paths connected in series 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3
up to 24 V A 40 90 90 40 100 100 40 100 100
60 V A 6 90 90 6.5 100 100 6.5 100 100
110 V A 2.5 90 90 2.5 100 100 2.5 100 100
220 V A 1 7 35 1 7 35 1 7 35
440 V A 0.15 0.42 0.8 0.15 0.42 0.8 0.15 0.42 0.8
600 V A 0.06 0.16 0.35 0.06 0.16 0.35 0.06 0.16 0.35
Operating frequency
Operating frequency z in operating cycles per hour AC DC AC DC AC DC
Contactors without overload relays No-load operating 1/h 5000 1000 5000 1000 5000 1000
frequency
Dependence of the operating frequency z’ on the
operational current I’ and the operational voltage U’: AC/DC AC/DC AC/DC
for AC-1 1/h 1000 900 900
I e 400 V for AC-2 1/h 400 400 350
z’ = z ⋅ ---- ⋅ ⎛---------- ⎞
1.5
1/h for AC-3 1/h 1000 1000 850
I′ ⎝ U′ ⎠ for AC-4 1/h 300 300 250
Contactors with overload relays (mean value) 1/h 15 15 15

Contactor Size S3
Type 3RT10 4.
Conductor cross-sections
Screw connections Main conductor: Front terminal Back terminal Both terminals
(1 or 2 conductor With box terminal connected connected connected
connections possible) Finely stranded with end sleeve mm2 2.5 ... 35 2.5 ... 50 max. 2 × 35
Finely stranded without end sleeve mm2 4 ... 50 10 ... 50 max. 2 × 35
Solid mm2 2.5 ... 16 2.5 ... 16 max. 2 × 16
S tr a n d e d mm2 4 ... 70 10 ... 70 max. 2 × 50
Ribbon cable (qty. × width × thickness) mm 6 × 9 × 0.8 6 × 9 × 0.8 2 × (6 × 9 × 0.8)
AWG conductor connections, solid and stranded AWG 10 ... 2/0 10 ... 2/0 2 × (10 ... 1/0)
– Terminal screws M 6 (hexagon socket)
– Tightening torque Nm 4 ... 6 (36 ... 53 lb.in)
Connection for drilled max. width mm 10 If bars larger than 12 × 10 mm are con-
copper bars nected, a 3RT19 46-4EA1 terminal cover is to
comply with the phase clearance.
Without box terminal Finely stranded with cable lug mm2 10 ... 501) If conductors larger than 25 mm2 are con-
With cable lugs Stranded with cable lug mm2 10 ... 701) nected, a 3RT19 46-4EA1 terminal cover is
(1 or 2 conductor AWG conductor connections, solid or stranded 7 ... 1/0 needed to comply with the phase clearance.
connections possible)
Auxiliary conductor:
Solid mm2 2 × (0.5 ... 1.5); 2 × (0.75 ... 2.5) acc. to IEC 60 947;
max. 2 × (0.75 ... 4)
Finely stranded with end sleeve mm2 2 × (0.5 ... 1.5); 2 × (0.75 ... 2.5)
AWG conductor connections, solid or stranded AWG 2 × (20 ... 16); 2 × (18 ... 14); 1 × 12
– Terminal screws M3
– Tightening torque Nm 0.8 ... 1.2 (7 ... 10.3 lb.in)
Cage Clamp connections Auxiliary conductor:
(1 or 2 conductor Solid mm2 2 × (0.25 ... 2.5)
connections possible) Finely stranded with end sleeve mm2 2 × (0.25 ... 1.5)
Finely stranded without end sleeve mm2 2 × (0.25 ... 2.5)
AWG conductor connections, solid or stranded AWG 2 × (24 ... 14)
For tool for opening the Cage Clamp connection, see accessories on page 2/46.
An "insulation stop" must be used for conductor cross-sections ≤ 1 mm2, see accessories on page 2/46.
Max. outer diameter of conductor insulation: 3.6 mm.
For information about Cage Clamp connections, see Appendix page 19/17.
1) Only crimping cable lugs acc. to DIN 46 234

Siemens Industry, Inc. 2/107


Industrial Controls Catalog
Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
Contactors for Switching Motors SIRIUS
3RT10 5. contactors

Technical data

Contactor Size S6 S6 S6
Type 3RT10 54 3RT10 55 3RT10 56
General data
Permissible mounting position
The contactors are designed for operation
on a vertical mounting surface.

Mechanical endurance Oper. 10 million


cycles
Electrical endurance See page 2/101
Rated insulation voltage Ui (pollution degree 3) V 1000
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp kV 8
Safe isolation between coil, auxiliary contacts and main contacts V 690
(acc. to DIN VDE 0106 Part 101 and A1 [draft 2/89])
Positively driven operation Yes, between main contacts and auxiliary NC contacts and within
There is positively driven operation if the NC and the auxiliary switch blocks acc. to ZH 1/457, IEC 60 947-4-1,
NO contacts cannot be closed at the same time Annex H (draft 17B/996/DC)
Permissible ambient temperature in operation °C –25 ... +60/+55 with AS-Interface
when stored °C –55 ... +80
Degree of protection acc. to IEC 60 947-1 and DIN 40 050 IP 00/open type, coil system IP 20
Shock resistance Rectangular pulse g/ms 8.5/5 and 4.2/10
Sine pulse g/ms 13.4/5 and 6.5/10

Conductor cross-sections See page 2/115


Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) See page 2/14
Short-circuit protection of contactors without overload relays See Part 4.
Main circuit
Fuse links, utilization category gL/gG
NH Type 3NA, DIAZED Type 5SB, NEOZED Type 5SE
– acc. to IEC 60 947-4-1/EN 60 947-4-1 Type of coord. "1" 1) A 355 355
Type of coord. "2" 1) A 315 315
Weld-free 2) A 80 160
Auxiliary circuit
Fuse links, utilization category gL/gG A 10
(weld-free protection at Ik 1 kA)
DIAZED Type 5SB, NEOZED Type 5SE
or miniature circuit-breaker with C-characteristic (Ik < 400 A)

Contactor Size S6
Type 3RT10 5 .
Control circuit
Coil voltage tolerance AC/DC (UC) 0.8 × Us min ... 1.1 × Us max

Power consumption of solenoid mechanism Conventional op. mechanism Solid-state op. mechanism
(with coil in cold state and rated range Us min ... Us max) Us min Us max Us min Us max
AC operation Closing VA 250 300 190 280
p.f. 0.9 0.9 0.8 0.8
Closed VA 4.8 5.8 3.5 4.4
p.f. 0.8 0.8 0.5 0.4
DC operation Closing W 300 360 250 320
Closed W 4.3 5.2 2.3 2.8
PLC control input (EN 61 131-2/Type 2) DC 24 V/ 30 mA
Operating times Conventional op. mechanism Solid-state op. mechanism
(Break-time = opening time + arcing time) Operation via
A1/A2 PLC input
– at 0.8 × Us min ... 1.1 × Us max closing time ms 20 ... 95 95 ... 135 35 ... 75
opening time ms 40 ... 60 80 ... 90 80 ... 90
– at Us min ... Us max closing time ms 25 ... 50 100 ... 120 40 ... 60
opening time ms 40 ... 60 80 ... 90 80 ... 90
Arcing time ms 10 ... 15 10 ... 15 10 ... 15

1) According to excerpt from Type of coordination "2": 2) Test conditions acc. to IEC 60 947-4-1.
IEC 60 947-4-1 (VDE 0660 Part 102): No damage can be tolerated to the overload relay,
Type of coordination "1": but contact welding on the contactor is permitted if
Destruction of the contactor and the overload the contacts can be easily separated.
relay is permissible. The contactor and/or over-
load relay must be replaced if necessary.

2/108 Siemens Industry, Inc.


Industrial Controls Catalog
Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
SIRIUS Contactors for Switching Motors
3RT10 5. contactors

Technical data

Contactor Size S6 S6 S6
Type 3RT10 54 3RT10 55 3RT10 56
Main circuit
Load ratings with AC
AC-1 utilization category, switching resistive load
Rated operational currents I e at 40 °C up to 690 V A 160 185 215
at 60 °C up to 690 V A 140 160 185
at 60 °C up to 1000 V A 80 90 100
Ratings of three-phase loads 1) at 230 V kW 53 60 70
p.f. = 0.95 (at 60 °C) 400 V kW 92 105 121
500 V kW 115 131 152
690 V kW 159 181 210
1000 V kW 131 148 165
Minimum conductor cross-section with I e load at 40 °C mm2 70 95 95
60 °C mm2 50 70 95
AC-2 and AC-3 utilization categories
Rated operational currents I e up to 500 V A 115 150 185
690 V A 115 150 170
1000 V A 53 65 65
Ratings of slipring or squirrel-cage at 230 V kW 37 50 61
motors at 50 Hz and 60 Hz 400 V kW 64 84 104
500 V kW 81 105 132
690 V kW 113 146 167
1000 V kW 75 90 90
Thermal loading capacity 10 s current 2) A 1100 1300 1480
Power loss per conducting path at I e/AC-3/500 V W 7 9 13
AC-4 utilization category (at I a = 6 × I e)
Rated operational current I e up to 400 V A 97 132 160
Ratings of squirrel-cage motors at 400 V kW 55 75 90
at 50 Hz and 60 Hz
For a contact endurance of approx. 200 000 operating cycles:
Rated operational currents I e up to 500 V A 54 68 81
690 V A 48 57 65
1000 V A 34 38 42
Ratings of squirrel-cage motors at 230 V kW 16 20 25
at 50 Hz and 60 Hz 400 V kW 29 38 45
500 V kW 37 47 57
690 V kW 48 55 65
1000 V kW 49 55 60
AC-6a utilization category, switching three-phase transformers
with inrush n 30 20 30 20 30 20
Rated operational current I e up to 690 V A 90 115 99 148 99 148
Ratings of three-phase transformers at 230 V kVA 35 45 39 58 39 58
with an inrush of n = 30 or 20. 400 V kVA 62 79 68 102 68 102
The ratings must be re-calculated 500 V kVA 77 99 85 128 85 128
for other inrush factors x: 690 V kVA 107 137 118 176 118 176
30 1000 V kVA 80 80 98 98 117 117
Px = Pn 30 ⋅ ------
x

AC-6b utilization category, switching low-inductance


(low-loss, metallized-dielectric) three-phase capacitors
Ambient temperature 40 °C
Rated operational currents I e up to 500 V A 105 125 145
Ratings of single capacitors at 230 V kvar 42 50 58
or of capacitor banks (minimum inductance 400 V kvar 72 86 100
between parallel capacitors 6 µH) 500 V kvar 90 108 125
at 50 Hz, 60 Hz and 690 V kvar 72 86 100

1) Industrial furnaces and electric heaters with 2) Acc. to VDE 0660 Part 102.
resistance heating, for example (higher current For rated values for various starting conditions,
input allowed for during heating up). see Section 3.

Siemens Industry, Inc. 2/109


Industrial Controls Catalog
Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
Contactors for Switching Motors SIRIUS
3RT10 5. contactors

Technical data

Contactor Size S6 S6 S6
Type 3RT10 54 3RT10 55 3RT10 56
Main circuit
Load ratings with DC
DC-1 utilization category,
switching resistive load (L/R ≤ 1 ms)
Rated operational current Ie (at 60 °C)
Number of conducting paths connected in series 1 2 3
up to 24 V A 160 160 160
60 V A 160 160 160
110 V A 18 160 160
220 V A 3.4 20 160
440 V A 0.8 3.2 1.4
600 V A 0.5 1.6 0.75
DC-3 and DC-5 utilization categories,
shunt and series motors (L/R ≤ 15 ms)
Rated operational current Ie (at 60 °C)
Number of conducting paths connected in series 1 2 3
up to 24 V A 160 160 160
60 V A 7.5 160 160
110 V A 2.5 160 160
220 V A 0.6 2.5 160
440 V A 0.17 0.65 11.5
600 V A 0.12 0.37 4
Operating frequency
Operating frequency z in operating cycles per hour
Contactors without overload relays No-load operating 1/h 2000 2000
frequency
Dependence of the operating frequency z’ on the for AC-1 1/h 800 800
operational current I’ and the operational voltage U’: for AC-2 1/h 400 300
for AC-3 1/h 1000 750
I ⎛400 V⎞ 1.5 for AC-4 1/h 130 130
- ⋅ ----------
z’ = z ⋅ ---
I′ ⎝ U ′ ⎠ 1/h

Contactors with overload relays (mean value) 1/h 60 60

Contactor Size S6
Type 3RT10 5.
Conductor cross-sections
Screw connections Main conductor: Front terminal Back terminal Both terminals
with 3RT19 55-4G box terminal (75 HP) connected connected connected
finely stranded with end sleeve mm2 16 ... 70 16 ... 70 max. 1 × 50, 1 × 70
Finely stranded without end sleeve mm2 16 ... 70 16 ... 70 max. 1 × 50, 1 × 70
Stranded mm2 16 ... 70 16 ... 70 max. 2 × 70
AWG conductor connections, solid/stranded 6 ... 2/0 6 ... 2/0 max. 2 × 1/0
Ribbon cable (qty. x width × thickness) mm min. 3 × 9 × 0.8 min. 3 × 9 × 0.8
mm max. 6 × 15.5 × 0.8 max. 6 × 15.5 × 0.8 max. 2 × (6 × 15,5 × 0.8)
with 3RT19 56-4G box terminal
Finely stranded with end sleeve mm2 16 ... 120 16 ... 120 max. 1 × 95, 1 × 120
Finely stranded without end sleeve mm2 16 ... 120 16 ... 120 max. 1 × 95, 1 × 120
Stranded mm2 16 ... 120 16 ... 120 max. 2 × 120
AWG conductor connections, solid/stranded 6 ... 250 kcmil 6 ... 250 kcmil max. 2 × 3/0
Ribbon cable (qty. × width × thickness) mm min. 3 × 9 × 0.8 min. 3 × 9 × 0.8
mm max. 10 × 15.5 × 0.8 max. 10 × 15.5 × 0.8 max. 2 × (10 × 15.5 × 0.8)
– Terminal screws M 10 (hexagon socket, A/F4)
– Tightening torque Nm 10 ... 12 (90 ... 110 lb.in)
Without box terminal/busbar connection
Finely stranded with cable lug mm2 16 ... 95 If cable lugs acc. to DIN 46 235 are connected,
Stranded with cable lug mm2 25 ... 120 as of a conductor cross-section of 95 mm2 a
3RT19 56-4EA1 terminal cover is necessary to
comply with the phase clearance.
AWG conductor connections, solid or stranded AWG 4 ... 250 kcmil
Connecting bar (max. width) mm 17
– Terminal screws M 8 × 25 (A/F 13)
– Tightening torque Nm 10 ... 14 (89 ... 124 lb.in)

Auxiliary conductor:
Solid mm2 2 × (0.5 ...1.5); 2 × (0.75 ... 2.5) acc. to IEC 60 947;
max. 2 × (0.75 ... 4)
Finely stranded with end sleeve mm2 2 × (0.5 ... 1.5); 2 × (0.75 ... 2.5)
AWG conductor connections, solid or stranded AWG 2 × (18 ... 14)
– Terminal screws M 3 (PZ 2)
– Tightening torque Nm 0.8 ... 1.2 (7 ... 10.3 lb.in)

2/110 Siemens Industry, Inc.


Industrial Controls Catalog
Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
SIRIUS Contactors for Switching Motors
3RT10 6. contactors
Contactors and Contactor Assemblies

Technical data

Contactor Size S10 S10 S10


Type 3RT10 64 3RT10 65 3RT10 66
General data
Permissible mounting position
The contactors are designed for operation
on a vertical mounting surface.

Mechanical endurance Oper. 10 million


cycles
Electrical endurance See page 2/93
Rated insulation voltage Ui (pollution degree 3) V 1000

Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp kV 8


Safe isolation between coil, auxiliary contacts and main contacts V 690
(acc. to DIN VDE 0106 Part 101 and A1 [draft 2/89])
Positively driven operation Yes, between main contacts and auxiliary NC contacts and within
There is positively driven operation if the NC and the auxiliary switch blocks acc. to ZH 1/457, IEC 60 947-4-1, Annex
NO contacts cannot be closed at the same time H (draft 17B/996/DC)
Permissible ambient temperature in operation °C –25 ... +60/+55 with AS-Interface
when stored °C –55 ... +80
Degree of protection acc. to IEC 60 947-1 and DIN 40 050 IP 00/open type, coil system IP 20
Shock resistance Rectangular pulse g/ms 8.5/5 and 4.2/10
Sine pulse g/ms 13.4/5 and 6.5/10

Conductor cross-sections See page 2/118


Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) See page 2/14
Short-circuit protection
Main circuit
Fuse links, utilization category gL/gG
NH Type 3NA, DIAZED Type 5SB, NEOZED Type 5SE
– acc. to IEC 60 947-4-1/EN 60 947-4-1 Type of coord. "1" 1) A 500
Type of coord. "2" 1) A 400
Weld-free 2) A 250
Auxiliary circuit
Fuse links, utilization category gL/gG A 10
(weld-free protection at Ik 1 kA)
DIAZED Type 5SB, NEOZED Type 5SE
or miniature circuit-breaker with C-characteristic (Ik < 400 A)

Contactor Size S10


Type 3RT10 6 .
Control circuit
Coil voltage tolerance AC/DC (UC) 0.8 × Us min ... 1.1 × Us max

Power consumption of solenoid mechanism Conventional op. mechanism Solid-state op. mechanism
(with coil in cold state and rated range Us min ... Us max) Us min Us max Us min Us max
AC operation closing VA 490 590 400 530
p.f. 0.9 0.9 0.8 0.8
closed VA 5.6 6.7 4 5
p.f. 0.9 0.9 0.5 0.4
DC operation closing W 540 650 440 580
closed W 6.1 7.4 3.2 3.8
PLC control input (EN 61 131-2/Type 2) DC 24 V / 30 mA
Operating times Conventional op. mechanism Solid-state op. mechanism
(Break-time = opening time + arcing time) Operation via
A1/A2 PLC input
– at 0.8 × Us min ... 1.1 × Us max closing time ms 30 ... 95 105 ... 145 45 ... 80
opening time ms 40 ... 80 80 ... 100 80 ... 100
– at Us min ... Us max closing time ms 35 ... 50 110 ... 130 50 ... 65
opening time ms 50 ... 80 80 ... 100 80 ... 100
Arcing time ms 10 ... 15 10 ... 15 10 ... 15

1) According to excerpt from Type of coordination "2": 2) Test conditions acc. to IEC 60 947-4-1.
IEC 60 947-4-1 (VDE 0660 Part 102): No damage can be tolerated to the overload relay,
Type of coordination "1": but contact welding on the contactor is permitted if
Destruction of the contactor and the overload the contacts can be easily separated.
relay is permissible. The contactor and/or over-
load relay must be replaced if necessary.

Siemens Industry, Inc. 2/111


Industrial Controls Catalog
Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
Contactors for Switching Motors SIRIUS
3RT10 6. contactors

Technical data

Contactor Size S10 S10 S10


Type 3RT10 64 3RT10 65 3RT10 66
Main circuit
Load ratings with AC
AC-1 utilization category, switching resistive load
Rated operational currents Ie at 40 °C up to 690 V A 275 330
at 60 °C up to 690 V A 250 300
at 60 °C up to 1000 V A 100 150
Ratings of three-phase loads 1) at 230 V kW 94 113
p.f. = 0.95 (at 60 °C) 400 V kW 164 197
500 V kW 205 246
690 V kW 283 340
1000 V kW 164 246
Minimum conductor cross-section with Ie load at 40 °C mm2 150 185
60 °C mm2 120 185
AC-2 and AC-3 utilization categories
Rated operational currents Ie up to 500 V A 225 265 300
690 V A 225 265 280
1000 V A 68 95 95
Ratings of slipring or squirrel-cage at 230 V kW 73 85 97
motors at 50 Hz and 60 Hz 400 V kW 128 151 171
500 V kW 160 189 215
690 V kW 223 265 280
1000 V kW 90 132 132
Thermal loading capacity 10 s current 2) A 1800 2400 2400
Power loss per conducting path at Ie/AC-3/500 V W 17 18 22
AC-4 utilization category (at Ia = 6 × Ie)
Rated operational current Ie up to 400 V A 195 230 280
Ratings of squirrel-cage motors at 400 V kW 110 132 160
at 50 Hz and 60 Hz
For a contact endurance of approx. 200 000 operating cycles:
Rated operational currents Ie up to 500 V A 96 117 125
690 V A 85 105 115
1000 V A 42 57 57
Ratings of squirrel-cage motors at 230 V kW 30 37 40
at 50 Hz and 60 Hz 400 V kW 54 66 71
500 V kW 67 82 87
690 V kW 82 102 112
1000 V kW 59 80 80
AC-6a utilization category, switching three-phase transformers
with inrush n 30 20 30 20 30 20
Rated operational current Ie up to 690 V A 151 227 182 265 182 273
Ratings of three-phase transformers at 230 V kVA 60 90 72 105 72 109
with an inrush of n = 30 or 20. 400 V kVA 105 157 126 183 126 189
The ratings must be re-calculated 500 V kVA 130 196 158 229 158 236
for other inrush factors x: 690 V kVA 180 271 217 317 217 326
1000 V kVA 117 117 164 164 164 164
30
Px = Pn 30 ------
x

AC-6b utilization category, switching low-inductance


(low-loss, metallized-dielectric) three-phase capacitors
Ambient temperature 40 °C
Rated operational currents Ie up to 500 V A 183 220
Ratings of single capacitors at 230 V kvar 73 88
or of capacitor banks (minimum inductance 400 V kvar 127 152
between parallel capacitors 6 µH) 500 V kvar 159 191
at 50 Hz, 60 Hz and 690 V kvar 127 152

1) Industrial furnaces and electric heaters 2) Acc. to VDE 0660 Part 102.
with resistance heating, for example (higher For rated values for various
current input allowed for during heating up). starting conditions, see Section 3.

2/112 Siemens Industry, Inc.


Industrial Controls Catalog
Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
SIRIUS Contactors for Switching Motors
3RT10 6. contactors

Technical data

Contactor Size S10 S10 S10


Type 3RT10 64 3RT10 65 3RT10 66
Main circuit
Load ratings with DC
DC-1 utilization category,
switching resistive load (L/R 1 ms)
Rated operational current Ie (at 60 °C)
Number of conducting paths connected in series 1 2 3 1 2 3
up to 24 V A 200 200 200 300 300 300
60 V A 200 200 200 300 300 300
110 V A 18 200 200 33 300 300
220 V A 3.4 20 200 3.8 300 300
440 V A 0.8 3.2 11.5 0.9 4 11
600 V A 0.5 1.6 4 0.6 2 5.2
DC-3 and DC-5 utilization categories,
shunt and series motors (L/R 15 ms)
Rated operational current Ie (at 60 °C)
Number of conducting paths connected in series 1 2 3 1 2 3
up to 24 V A 200 200 200 300 300 300
60 V A 7.5 200 200 11 300 300
110 V A 2.5 200 200 3 300 300
220 V A 0.6 2.5 200 0.6 2.5 300
440 V A 0.17 0.65 1.4 0.18 0.65 1.4
600 V A 0.12 0.37 0.75 0.125 0.37 0.75
Operating frequency
Operating frequency z in operating cycles per hour
Contactors without overload relays No-load operating 1/h 2000 2000 2000
frequency
Dependence of the operating frequency z’ on the for AC-1 1/h 750 800 750
operational current I’ and the operational voltage U’: for AC-2 1/h 250 300 250
for AC-3 1/h 500 700 500
Ie 400 V 1.5 for AC-4 1/h 130 130 130
z’ = z ---- ---------- 1/h
I U

Contactors with overload relays (mean value) 1/h 60 60 60

Contactor Size S10


Type 3RT10 6.
Conductor cross-sections
Screw connections Main conductor: Front terminal Back terminal Both terminals
with 3RT19 66-4G box terminal connected connected connected
Finely stranded with end sleeve mm2 70 ... 240 120 ... 185 min. 2 × 50,
max. 2 × 185
Finely stranded without end sleeve mm2 70 ... 240 120 ... 185 min. 2 × 50,
max. 2 × 185
Stranded mm2 95 ... 300 120 ... 240 min. 2 × 70,
max. 2 × 240
AWG conductor connections, solid or AWG 3/0 ... 600 kcmil 250 ... 500 kcmil min. 2 × 2/0,
stranded max. 2 × 500 kcmil
Ribbon cable (qty. × width × thickness) mm min. 6 × 9 × 0.8 min. 6 × 9 × 0.8
mm max. 20 × 24 × 0.5 max. 20 × 24 × 0.5 max. 2 × (20 × 24 × 0.5)
– Terminal screws M 12 (hexagon
sokket, A/F 5)
– Tightening torque Nm 20 ... 22 (180 ... 195 lb.in)
Without box terminal/busbar connection
Finely stranded with cable lug mm2 50 ... 240 If cable lugs acc. to DIN 46 234 are con-
Stranded with cable lug mm2 70 ... 240 nected, as of a conductor cross-section of
240 mm2 and acc. to DIN 46 235 as of a con-
ductor cross-section of 185 mm2 a 3RT19 66-
4EA1 terminal cover is necessary to comply
with the phase clearance.
AWG conductor connections, solid or stranded AWG 2/0 ... 500 kcmil
Connecting bar (max. width) mm 25
– Terminal screws M 10 × 30 (A/F 17)
– Tightening torque Nm 14 ... 24 (124 ... 210 lb.in)
Auxiliary conductor:
Solid mm2 2 × (0.5 ... 1.5); 2 × (0.75 ... 2.5) acc. to IEC 60 947;
max. 2 × (0.75 ... 4)
Finely stranded with end sleeve mm2 2 × (0.5 ... 1.5); 2 × (0.75 ... 2.5)
AWG conductor connections, solid or stranded AWG 2 × (18 ... 14)
– Terminal screws M 3 (PZ 2)
– Tightening torque Nm 0.8 ... 1.2 (7 ... 10.3 lb.in)

Siemens Industry, Inc. 2/113


Industrial Controls Catalog
Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
Contactors for Switching Motors SIRIUS
3RT10 7. contactors

Technical data

Contactor Size S12 S12


Type 3RT10 75 3RT10 76
General data
Permissible mounting position
The contactors are designed for operation
on a vertical mounting surface.

Mechanical endurance Oper. 10 million


cycles
Electrical endurance See page 2/93
Rated insulation voltage Ui (pollution degree 3) V 1000
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp kV 8
Safe isolation between coil, auxiliary contacts and main contacts V 690
(acc. to DIN VDE 0106 Part 101 and A1 [draft 2/89])
Positively driven operation Yes, between main contacts and auxiliary NC contacts and within
There is positively driven operation if the NC and the auxiliary switch blocks acc. to ZH 1/457, IEC 60 947-4-1,
NO contacts cannot be closed at the same time Annex H (draft 17B/996/DC)
Permissible ambient temperature in operation °C –25 ... +60/+55 with AS-Interface
when stored °C –55 ... +80
Degree of protection acc. to IEC 60 947-1 and DIN 40 050 IP 00/open type, coil system IP 20
Shock resistance Rectangular pulse g/ms 8.5/5 and 4.2/10
Sine pulse g/ms 13.4/5 and 6.5/10
Conductor cross-sections See page 2/121
Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) See page 2/14
Short-circuit protection
Main circuit
Fuse links, utilization category gL/gG
NH Type 3NA, DIAZED Type 5SB, NEOZED Type 5SE
– to IEC 60 947-4/EN 60 947-4-4 (VDE 0660 Part 102) Type of coord. "1" 1) A 630 630
Type of coord. "2" 1) A 500 500
Weld-free 2) A 250 315
Auxiliary circuit
Fuse links, utilization category gL/gG A 10
(weld-free protection at Ik 1 kA)
DIAZED Type 5SB, NEOZED Type 5SE
or miniature circuit-breaker with C-characteristic (Ik < 400 A)
Control circuit
Coil voltage tolerance AC/DC (UC) 0.8 × Us min ... 1.1 × Us max

Power consumption of solenoid mechanism Conventional op. mechanism Solid-state op. mechanism
(with coil in cold state and rated range Us min ... Us max) Us min Us max Us min Us max
AC operation closing VA 700 830 560 750
p.f. 0.9 0.9 0.8 0.8
closed VA 7.6 9.2 5.4 7
p.f. 0.9 0.9 0.8 0.8
DC operation closing W 770 920 600 800
closed W 8.5 10 4 5
PLC control input (EN 61 131-2/Type 2) DC 24 V/ 30 mA

Operating times Conventional op. mechanism Solid-state op. mechanism


(Break-time = opening time + arcing time) Operation via
A1/A2 PLC input
– at 0.8 × Us min ... 1.1 × Us max closing time ms 45 ... 100 120 ... 150 60 ... 90
opening time ms 60 ... 100 80 ... 100 80 ... 100
– at Us min ... Us max closing time ms 50 ... 70 125 ... 150 65 ... 80
opening time ms 70 ... 100 80 ... 100 80 ... 100
Arcing time ms 10 ... 15 10 ... 15 10 ... 15

1) According to excerpt from Type of coordination "2": 2) Test conditions acc. to IEC 60 947-4-1.
IEC 60 947-4-1 (VDE 0660 Part 102): No damage can be tolerated to the overload relay,
Type of coordination "1": but contact welding on the contactor is permitted if
Destruction of the contactor and the overload the contacts can be easily separated.
relay is permissible. The contactor and/or over-
load relay must be replaced if necessary.

2/114 Siemens Industry, Inc.


Industrial Controls Catalog
Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
SIRIUS Contactors for Switching Motors
3RT10 7. contactors

Technical data

Contactor Size S12 S12


Type 3RT10 75 3RT10 76
Main circuit
Load ratings with AC
AC-1 utilization category, switching resistive load
Rated operational currents Ie at 40 °C up to 690 V A 430 610
at 60 °C up to 690 V A 400 550 3)
at 60 °C up to 1000 V A 200 200
Ratings of three-phase loads 1) at 230 V kW 151 208
p.f. = 0.95 (at 60 °C) 400 V kW 263 362
500 V kW 329 452
690 V kW 454 624
1000 V kW 329 329
Minimum conductor cross-section with Ie load at 40 °C mm2 2 × 150 2 × 185
60 °C mm2 240 2 × 185
AC-2 and AC-3 utilization categories
Rated operational currents Ie up to 500 V A 400 500 4)
690 V A 400 450
1 000 V A 180 180
Ratings of slipring or squirrel-cage at 230 V kW 132 164
motors at 50 Hz and 60 Hz 400 V kW 231 291
500 V kW 291 363
690 V kW 400 453
1 000 V kW 250 250
Thermal loading capacity 10 s current 2) A 3200 4000
Power loss per conducting path at Ie/AC-3/500 V W 35 55
AC-4 utilization category (at Ia = 6 × Ie)
Rated operational current Ie up to 400 V A 350 430
Ratings of squirrel-cage motors at 400 V kW 200 250
at 50 Hz and 60 Hz
For a contact endurance of approx. 200 000 operating cycles:
Rated operational currents Ie up to 500 V A 150 175
690 V A 135 150
1 000 V A 80 80
Ratings of squirrel-cage motors at 230 V kW 48 56
at 50 Hz and 60 Hz 400 V kW 85 98
500 V kW 105 123
690 V kW 133 148
1 000 V kW 113 113
AC-6a utilization category, switching three-phase transformers
with inrush n 30 20 30 20
Rated operational current Ie up to 690 V A 251 377 270 404
Ratings of three-phase transformers at 230 V kVA 100 150 107 161
with an inrush of n = 30 or 20. 400 V kVA 173 261 187 280
The ratings must be re-calculated 500 V kVA 217 326 234 350
for other inrush factors x: 690 V kVA 300 450 323 483
1000 V kVA 311 311 311 311

AC-6b utilization category, switching low-inductance


(low-loss, metallized-dielectric) three-phase capacitors
Ambient temperature 40 °C
Rated operational currents Ie up to 500 V A 287 407
Ratings of single capacitors at 230 V kvar 114 162
or of capacitor banks (minimum inductance 400 V kvar 199 282
between parallel capacitors 6 µH) 500 V kvar 248 352
at 50 Hz, 60 Hz and 690 V kvar 199 282

1) Industrial furnaces and electric heaters 2) Acc. to VDE 0660 Part 102. 3) Ambient temperature 50 °C
with resistance heating, for example (higher For rated values for various for 3RT10 76-.N contactor
current input allowed for during heating up). starting conditions, see Section 3. 4) Ambient temperature 55 °C
for 3RT10 76-.N contactor

Siemens Industry, Inc. 2/115


Industrial Controls Catalog
Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
Contactors for Switching Motors SIRIUS
3RT12 7. contactors

Technical data

Contactor Size S12 S12


Type 3RT10 75 3RT10 76
Main circuit
Load ratings with DC
DC-1 utilization category,
switching resistive load (L/R 1 ms)
Rated operational current Ie (at 60 °C)
Number of conducting paths connected in series 1 2 3
up to 24 V A 400 400 400
60 V A 330 400 400
110 V A 33 400 400
220 V A 3.8 400 400
440 V A 0.9 4 11
600 V A 0.6 2 5.2
DC-3 and DC-5 utilization categories,
shunt and series motors (L/R 15 ms)
Rated operational current Ie (at 60 °C)
Number of conducting paths connected in series 1 2 3
up to 24 V A 400 400 400
60 V A 11 400 400
110 V A 3 400 400
220 V A 0.6 2.5 400
440 V A 0.18 0.65 1.4
600 V A 0.125 0.37 0.75
Operating frequency
Operating frequency z in operating cycles per hour
Contactors without overload relays No-load operating 1/h 2000 2000
frequency
Dependence of the operating frequency z’ on the for AC-1 1/h 700 500
operational current I’ and the operational voltage U’: for AC-2 1/h 200 170
for AC-3 1/h 500 420
Ie 400 V 1.5 for AC-4 1/h 130 130
z’ = z ---- ---------- 1/h
I U

Contactors with overload relays (mean value) 1/h 60 60

Contactor Size S12


Type 3RT10 7.
Conductor cross-sections
Screw connections Main conductor: Front terminal Back terminal Both terminals
with 3RT19 66-4G box terminal connected connected connected
Finely stranded with end sleeve mm2 70 ... 240 120 ... 185 min. 2 × 50,
max. 2 × 185
Finely stranded without end sleeve mm2 70 ... 240 120 ... 185 min. 2 × 50,
max. 2 × 185
Stranded mm2 95 ... 300 120 ... 240 min. 2 × 70,
max. 2 × 240
AWG conductor connections, solid or AWG 3/0 ... 600 kcmil 250 ... 500 kcmil min. 2 × 2/0,
stranded max. 2 × 500 kcmil
Ribbon cable (qty. × width × thickness) mm min. 6 × 9 × 0.8 min. 6 × 9 × 0.8
mm max. 20 × 24 × 0.5 max. 20 × 24 × 0.5 max. 2 × (20 × 24 × 0.5)
– Terminal screws M 12 (hexagon
socket, A/F 5)
– Tightening torque Nm 20 ... 22 (180 ... 195 lb.in)
Without box terminal/busbar connection
Finely stranded with cable lug mm2 50 ... 240 If cable lugs acc. to DIN 46 234 are con-
Stranded with cable lug mm2 70 ... 240 nected, as of a conductor cross-section of
240 mm2 and acc. to DIN 46 235 as of a con-
ductor cross-section of 185 mm2 a 3RT19 66-
4EA1 terminal cover is necessary to comply
with the phase clearance.
AWG conductor connections, solid or stranded AWG 2/0 ... 500 kcmil
Connecting bar (max. width) mm 25
– Terminal screws M 10 × 30 (A/F 17)
– Tightening torque Nm 14 ... 24 (124 ... 210 lb.in)
Auxiliary conductor:
Solid mm2 2 × (0.5 ... 1.5); 2 × (0.75 ... 2.5) acc. to IEC 60 947;
max. 2 × (0.75 ... 4)
Finely stranded with end sleeve mm2 2 × (0.5 ... 1.5); 2 × (0.75 ... 2.5)
AWG conductor connections, solid or stranded AWG 2 × (18 ... 14)
– Terminal screws M 3 (PZ 2)
– Tightening torque Nm 0.8 ... 1.2 (7 ... 10.3 lb.in)

2/116 Siemens Industry, Inc.


Industrial Controls Catalog
Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
SIRIUS Contactors for Switching Motors
3RT12 6. vacuum contactors

Technical data

Contactor Size S10 S10 S10


Type 3RT12 64 3RT12 65 3RT12 66
General data
Permissible mounting position
The contactors are designed for operation
on a vertical mounting surface.

Mechanical endurance Oper. 10 million


cycles
Electrical endurance See page 2/93
Rated insulation voltage Ui (pollution degree 3) V 1000
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp kV 8
Safe isolation between coil, auxiliary contacts and main contacts V 690
(acc. to DIN VDE 0106 Part 101 and A1 [draft 2/89])
Positively driven operation Yes, between main contacts and auxiliary NC contacts and within
There is positively driven operation if the NC and the auxiliary switch blocks acc. to ZH 1/457, IEC 60 947-4-1,
NO contacts cannot be closed at the same time Annex H (draft 17B/996/DC)
Permissible ambient temperature in operation °C –25 ... +60/+55 with AS-Interface
when stored °C –55 ... +80
Degree of protection acc. to IEC 60 947-1 and DIN 40 050 IP 00/open type, coil system IP 20
Shock resistance Rectangular pulse g/ms 8.5/5 and 4.2/10
Sine pulse g/ms 13.4/5 and 6.5/10
Conductor cross-sections See page 2/124
Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) See page 2/14
Short-circuit protection
Main circuit
Fuse links, utilization category gL/gG
NH Type 3NA, DIAZED Type 5SB, NEOZED Type 5SE
– to IEC 60 947-4/EN 60 947-4-4 (VDE 0660Part 102) Type of coord. "1" 1) A 500
Type of coord. "2" 1) A 500
Weld-free 2) A 400
Auxiliary circuit
Fuse links, utilization category gL/gG A 10
(weld-free protection at Ik 1 kA)
DIAZED Type 5SB, NEOZED Type 5SE
or miniature circuit-breaker with C-characteristic (Ik < 400 A)
Control circuit
Coil voltage tolerance AC/DC (UC) 0.8 × Us min ... 1.1 × Us max

Power consumption of solenoid mechanism Conventional op. mechanism Solid-state op. mechanism
(with coil in cold state and rated range Us min ... Us max) Us min Us max Us min Us max
AC operation closing VA 530 630 420 570
p.f. 0.9 0.9 0.8 0.8
closed VA 6.1 7.4 4.3 5.6
p.f. 0.9 0.9 0.8 0.8
DC operation closing W 580 700 460 630
closed W 6.8 8.2 3.4 4.2
PLC control input (EN 61 131-2/Type 2) DC 24 V/ 30 mA

Operating times Conventional op. mechanism Solid-state op. mechanism


(Break-time = opening time + arcing time) Operation via
A1/A2 PLC input
– at 0.8 × Us min ... 1.1 × Us max closing time ms 30 ... 95 105 ... 145 45 ... 80
opening time ms 40 ... 80 80 ... 100 80 ... 100
– at Us min ... Us max closing time ms 35 ... 50 110 ... 130 50 ... 65
opening time ms 50 ... 80 80 ... 100 80 ... 100
Arcing time ms 10 ... 15 10 ... 15 10 ... 15

1) According to excerpt from Type of coordination "2": 2) Test conditions acc. to IEC 60 947-4-1.
IEC 60 947-4-1 (VDE 0660 Part 102): No damage can be tolerated to the overload relay,
Type of coordination "1": but contact welding on the contactor is permitted if
Destruction of the contactor and the overload the contacts can be easily separated.
relay is permissible. The contactor and/or over-
load relay must be replaced if necessary.

Siemens Industry, Inc. 2/117


Industrial Controls Catalog
Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
Contactors for Switching Motors SIRIUS
3RT12 6. vacuum contactors

Technical data

Contactor Size S10 S10 S10


Type 3RT12 64 3RT12 65 3RT12 66
Main circuit
Load ratings with AC
AC-1 utilization category, switching resistive load
Rated operational currents Ie at 40 °C up to 1000 V A 330
at 60 °C up to 1000 V A 300
Ratings of three-phase loads 1) at 230 V kW 113
p.f. = 0.95 (at 60 °C) 400 V kW 197
500 V kW 246
690 V kW 340
1000 V kW 492
Minimum conductor cross-section with Ie load at 40 °C mm2 185
60 °C mm2 185
AC-2 and AC-3 utilization categories
Rated operational currents Ie up to 1000 V A 225 265 300
Ratings of slipring or squirrel-cage at 230 V kW 73 85 97
motors at 50 Hz and 60 Hz 400 V kW 128 151 171
500 V kW 160 189 215
690 V kW 223 265 288
1000 V kW 320 378 428
Thermal loading capacity 10 s current 2) A 1800 2120 2400
Power loss per conducting path at Ie/AC-3 W 9 12 14

AC-4 utilization category (at Ia = 6 × Ie)


Rated operational current Ie up to 690 V A 195 230 280
Ratings of squirrel-cage motors at 400 V kW 110 132 160
at 50 Hz and 60 Hz
For a contact endurance of approx. 400 000 operating cycles:
Rated operational currents Ie up to 690 V A 97 115 140
1000 V A 68 81 98
Ratings of squirrel-cage motors at 230 V kW 30 37 45
at 50 Hz and 60 Hz 400 V kW 55 65 79
500 V kW 68 81 98
690 V kW 94 112 138
1000 V kW 95 114 140
AC-6a utilization category, switching three-phase transformers
with inrush n 30 20
Rated operational current Ie up to 690 V A 185 278
Ratings of three-phase transformers at 230 V kVA 74 111
with an inrush of n = 30 or 20. 400 V kVA 128 193
The ratings must be re-calculated 500 V kVA 160 241
for other inrush factors x: 690 V kVA 221 332
1000 V kVA 320 482

AC-6b utilization category, switching low-inductance


(low-loss, metallized-dielectric) three-phase capacitors
Ambient temperature 40 °C
Rated operational currents Ie up to 500 V A 220
Ratings of single capacitors at 230 V kvar 88
or of capacitor banks (minimum inductance 400 V kvar 152
between parallel capacitors 6 µH) 500 V kvar 191
at 50 Hz, 60 Hz and 690 V kvar 152
Operating frequency
Operating frequency z in operating cycles per hour
Contactors without overload relays No-load operating 1/h 2000 2000
frequency
Dependence of the operating frequency z’ on the for AC-1 1/h 800 750
operational current I’ and the operational voltage U’: for AC-2 1/h 300 250
for AC-3 1/h 750 750
for AC-4 1/h 250 250

Contactors with overload relays (mean value) 1/h 60 60

1) Industrial furnaces and electric heaters 2) Acc. to VDE 0660 Part 102.
with resistance heating, for example (higher For rated values for various
current input allowed for during heating up). starting conditions, see Section 3.

2/118 Siemens Industry, Inc.


Industrial Controls Catalog
Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
SIRIUS Contactors for Switching Motors
3RT12 6. vacuum contactors

Technical data

Contactor Size S10


Type 3RT12 6.
Conductor cross-sections
Screw connections Main conductor: Front terminal Back terminal Both terminals
with 3RT19 66-4G box terminal connected connected connected
Finely stranded with end sleeve mm2 70 ... 240 120 ... 185 min. 2 × 50,
max. 2 × 185
Finely stranded without end sleeve mm2 70 ... 240 120 ... 185 min. 2 × 50,
max. 2 × 185
Stranded mm2 95 ... 300 120 ... 240 min. 2 × 70,
max. 2 × 240
AWG conductor connections, solid or AWG 3/0 ... 600 kcmil 250 ... 500 kcmil min. 2 × 2/0,
stranded max. 1 × 500 kcmil
Ribbon cable (qty. × width × thickness) mm min. 6 × 9 × 0.8 min. 6 × 9 × 0.8
mm max. 20 × 24 × 0.5 max. 20 × 24 × 0.5 max. 2 × (20 × 24 ×
0.5)
– Terminal screws M 12 (hexagon
socket, A/F 5)
– Tightening torque Nm 20 ... 22 (180 ... 195 lb.in)
Without box terminal/busbar connection
Finely stranded with cable lug mm2 50 ... 240 If cable lugs acc. to DIN 46 234 are con-
Stranded with cable lug mm2 70 ... 240 nected, as of a conductor cross-section of
240 mm2 and acc. to DIN 46 235 as of a con-
ductor cross-section of 185 mm2 a 3RT19 66-
4EA1 terminal cover is necessary to comply
with the phase clearance.
AWG conductor connections, solid or stranded AWG 2/0 ... 500 kcmil
Connecting bar (max. width) mm 25
– Terminal screws M 10 × 30 (A/F 17)
– Tightening torque Nm 14 ... 24 (124 ... 210 lb.in)
Auxiliary conductor:
Solid mm2 2 × (0.5 ... 1.5); 2 × (0.75 ... 2.5) acc. to IEC 60 947;
max. 2 × (0.75 ... 4)
Finely stranded with end sleeve mm2 2 × (0.5 ... 1.5); 2 × (0.75 ... 2.5)
AWG conductor connections, solid or stranded AWG 2 × (18 ... 14)
– Terminal screws M 3 (PZ 2)
– Tightening torque Nm 0.8 ... 1.2 (7 ... 10.3 lb.in)

Siemens Industry, Inc. 2/119


Industrial Controls Catalog
Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
Contactors for Switching Motors SIRIUS
3RT12 7. vacuum contactors

Technical data

Contactor Size S12 S12


Type 3RT12 75 3RT12 76
General data
Permissible mounting position
The contactors are designed for operation
on a vertical mounting surface.

Mechanical endurance Oper. 10 million


cycles
Electrical endurance See page 2/93
Rated insulation voltage Ui (pollution degree 3) V 1000
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp kV 8
Safe isolation between coil, auxiliary contacts and main contacts V 690
(acc. to DIN VDE 0106 Part 101 and A1 [draft 2/89])
Positively driven operation Yes, between main contacts and auxiliary NC contacts and within
There is positively driven operation if the NC and the auxiliary switch blocks acc. to ZH 1/457, IEC 60 947-4-1,
NO contacts cannot be closed at the same time Annex H (draft 17B/996/DC)
Permissible ambient temperature in operation °C –25 ... +60/+55 with AS-Interface
when stored °C –55 ... +80
Degree of protection acc. to IEC 60 947-1 and DIN 40 050 IP 00/open type, coil system IP 20
Shock resistance Rectangular pulse g/ms 8.5/5 and 4.2/10
Sine pulse g/ms 13.4/5 and 6.5/10
Conductor cross-sections See page 2/127
Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) See page 2/14
Short-circuit protection
Main circuit
Fuse links, utilization category gL/gG
NH Type 3NA, DIAZED Type 5SB, NEOZED Type 5SE
– to IEC 60 947-4/EN 60 947-4-4 (VDE 0660Part 102) Type of coord. "1" 1) A 800
Type of coord. "2" 1) A 800
Weld-free 2) A 500
Auxiliary circuit
Fuse links, utilization category gL/gG A 10
(weld-free protection at Ik 1 kA)
DIAZED Type 5SB, NEOZED Type 5SE
or miniature circuit-breaker with C-characteristic (Ik < 400 A)
Control circuit
Coil voltage tolerance AC/DC (UC) 0.8 × Us min ... 1.1 × Us max
Power consumption of solenoid mechanism Conventional op. mechanism Solid-state op. mechanism
(with coil in cold state and rated range Us min ... Us max) Us min Us max Us min Us max
AC operation closing VA 700 830 560 750
p.f. 0.9 0.9 0.8 0.8
closed VA 7.6 9.2 5.4 7
p.f. 0.9 0.9 0.8 0.8
DC operation closing W 770 920 600 800
closed W 8.5 10 4 5
PLC control input (EN 61 131-2/Type 2) DC 24 V/ 30 mA

Operating times Conventional op. mechanism Solid-state op. mechanism


(Break-time = opening time + arcing time) Operation via
A1/A2 PLC input
– at 0.8 × Us min ... 1.1 × Us max closing time ms 45 ... 100 120 ... 150 60 ... 90
opening time ms 60 ... 100 80 ... 100 80 ... 100
– at Us min ... Us max closing time ms 50 ... 70 125 ... 150 65 ... 80
opening time ms 70 ... 100 80 ... 100 80 ... 100
Arcing time ms 10 ... 15 10 ... 15 10 ... 15

1) According to excerpt from Type of coordination "2": 2) Test conditions acc. to IEC 60 947-4-1.
IEC 60 947-4-1 (VDE 0660 Part 102): No damage can be tolerated to the overload relay,
Type of coordination "1": but contact welding on the contactor is permitted if
Destruction of the contactor and the overload the contacts can be easily separated.
relay is permissible. The contactor and/or over-
load relay must be replaced if necessary.

2/120 Siemens Industry, Inc.


Industrial Controls Catalog
Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
SIRIUS Contactors for Switching Motors
3RT12 7. vacuum contactors

Technical data

Contactor Size S12 S12


Type 3RT12 75 3RT12 76
Main circuit
Load ratings with AC
AC-1 utilization category, switching resistive load
Rated operational currents Ie at 40 °C up to 1000 V A 610
at 60 °C up to 1000 V A 550
Ratings of three-phase loads 1) at 230 V kW 208
p.f. = 0.95 (at 60 °C) 400 V kW 362
500 V kW 452
690 V kW 624
1000 V kW 905
Minimum conductor cross-section with Ie load at 40 °C mm2 2 × 185
60 °C mm2 2 × 185
AC-2 and AC-3 utilization categories
Rated operational currents Ie up to 1000 V A 400 500
Ratings of slipring or squirrel-cage at 230 V kW 132 164
motors at 50 Hz and 60 Hz 400 V kW 231 291
500 V kW 291 363
690 V kW 400 507
1000 V kW 578 728
Thermal loading capacity 10 s current 2) A 3200 4000
Power loss per conducting path at Ie/AC-3 W 21 32

AC-4 utilization category (at Ia = 6 × Ie)


Rated operational current Ie up to 690 V A 350 430
Ratings of squirrel-cage motors at 50 Hz and 60 Hz at 400 V kW 200 250

For a contact endurance of approx. 400 000 operating cycles:


Rated operational currents Ie up to 690 V A 175 215
1000 V A 123 151
Ratings of squirrel-cage motors at 230 V kW 56 70
at 50 Hz and 60 Hz 400 V kW 98 122
500 V kW 124 153
690 V kW 172 212
1000 V kW 183 217
AC-6a utilization category, switching three-phase transformers
with inrush n 30 20
Rated operational current Ie up to 690 V A 279 419
Ratings of three-phase transformers at 230 V kVA 111 167
with an inrush of n = 30 or 20. 400 V kVA 193 290
The ratings must be re-calculated 500 V kVA 241 363
for other inrush factors x: 690 V kVA 332 501
1000 V kVA 482 726

AC-6b utilization category, switching low-inductance


(low-loss, metallized-dielectric) three-phase capacitors
Ambient temperature 40 °C
Rated operational currents Ie up to 500 V A 407
Ratings of single capacitors at 230 V kvar 162
or of capacitor banks (minimum inductance 400 V kvar 282
between parallel capacitors 6 µH) 500 V kvar 352
at 50 Hz, 60 Hz and 690 V kvar 282
Operating frequency
Operating frequency z in operating cycles per hour
Contactors without overload relays No-load operating 1/h 2000
frequency
Dependence of the operating frequency z’ on the for AC-1 1/h 700
operational current I’ and the operational voltage U’: for AC-2 1/h 250
for AC-3 1/h 750
for AC-4 1/h 250

Contactors with overload relays (mean value) 1/h 60

1) Industrial furnaces and electric heaters 2) Acc. to VDE 0660 Part 102.
with resistance heating, for example (higher For rated values for various
current input allowed for during heating up). starting conditions, see Section 3.

Siemens Industry, Inc. 2/121


Industrial Controls Catalog
Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
Contactors for Switching Motors SIRIUS
3RT12 7. vacuum contactors

Technical data

Contactor Size S12


Type 3RT12 7.
Conductor cross-sections
Screw connections Main conductor: Front terminal Back terminal Both terminals
with 3RT19 66-4G box terminal connected connected connected
Finely stranded with end sleeve mm2 70 ... 240 120 ... 185 min. 2 × 50,
max. 2 × 185
Finely stranded without end sleeve mm2 70 ... 240 120 ... 185 min. 2 × 50,
max. 2 × 185
Stranded mm2 95 ... 300 120 ... 240 min. 2 × 70,
max. 2 × 240
AWG conductor connections, solid or AWG 3/0 ... 600 kcmil 250 ... 500 kcmil min. 2 × 2/0,
stranded max. 2 × 500 kcmil
Ribbon cable (qty. × width × thickness) mm min. 6 × 9 × 0.8 min. 6 × 9 × 0.8
mm max. 20 × 24 × 0.5 max. 20 × 24 × 0.5 max. 2 × (20 × 24 × 0.5)
– Terminal screws M 12 (hexagon
socket, A/F 5)
– Tightening torque Nm 20 ... 22 (180 ... 195 lb.in)
Without box terminal/busbar connection
Finely stranded with cable lug mm2 50 ... 240 If cable lugs acc. to DIN 46 234 are con-
Stranded with cable lug mm2 70 ... 240 nected, as of a conductor cross-section of
240 mm2 and acc. to DIN 46 235 as of a con-
ductor cross-section of 185 mm2 a 3RT19 66-
4EA1 terminal cover is necessary to comply
with the phase clearance.
AWG conductor connections, solid or stranded AWG 2/0 ... 500 kcmil
Connecting bar (max. width) mm 25
– Terminal screws M 10 × 30 (A/F 17)
– Tightening torque Nm 14 ... 24 (124 ... 210 lb.in)
Auxiliary conductor:
Solid mm2 2 × (0.5 ... 1.5); 2 × (0.75 ... 2.5) acc. to IEC 60 947;
max. 2 × (0.75 ... 4)
Finely stranded with end sleeve mm2 2 × (0.5 ... 1.5); 2 × (0.75 ... 2.5)
AWG conductor connections, solid or stranded AWG 2 × (18 ... 14)
– Terminal screws M 3 (PZ 2)
– Tightening torque Nm 0.8 ... 1.2 (7 ... 10.3 lb.in)

2/122 Siemens Industry, Inc.


Industrial Controls Catalog
Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
SIRIUS Contactors for Switching Motors
3RT14 contactors, 3-pole,
for switching resistive loads (AC-1)

Technical data

Contactor Size S3
Type 3RT14 46
General data
Permissible mounting position AC and DC operation For DC operation and forward
The contactors are designed for operation inclination up to 22.5°:
on a vertical mounting surface. coil voltage tolerance 0.85 ... 1.1 ×
Us

Upright mounting position:

AC operation Special design required.


Positions 13 ... 16 of the Order No. must be changed to -1AA0.
Additional charge.
DC operation –
Mechanical endurance Oper. 10 million
cycles
Electrical endurance Oper. 0.5 million
AC-1 utilization category at Ie cycles
Rated insulation voltage Ui (pollution degree 3) V 1000
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp kV 6
Safe isolation between coil and main contacts V 690
(acc. to DIN VDE 0106 Part 101 and A1 [draft 2/89])
Permissible ambient temperature in operation °C –25 ... +60
when stored °C –55 ... +80
Degree of protection acc. to IEC 60 947-1 and DIN 40 050 IP 20 (terminal compartment IP 00), coil system IP 40
Shock resistance
Rectangular pulse AC and DC operation g/ms 6.8/5 and 4/10
Sine pulse AC and DC operation g/ms 10.6/5 and 6.2/10
Conductor cross-sections See page 2/143
Short-circuit protection of contactors without overload relays
Main circuit
Fuse links, utilization category gL/gG
NH, Type 3NA Type of coord. "1" 2) A 250
Fuse links, utilization category gR
SITOR, Type 3NE Type of coord. "2" 2) A 250
Auxiliary circuit
Fuse links, utilization category gL/gG (weld-free protection at Ik 1 kA) A 10
DIAZED Type 5SB, NEOZED Type 5SE
or miniature circuit-breaker with C-characteristic (Ik < 400 A) A 10
Control circuit
Coil voltage tolerance AC/DC 0.8 ... 1.1 × Us
Power consumption of the coils (with coil in cold state and 1.0 × Us) Standard design For USA and Canada
AC operation Hz 50 50/60 50 60
closing VA 270 298 /274 270 300
p.f. 0.68 0.7 / 0.62 0.68 0.52
closed VA 22 27 / 20 22 21
p.f. 0.27 0.29/ 0.31 0.27 0.29
DC operation closing = closed W 15
Operating times at 0.8 ... 1.1 × Us 1)
Break-time = opening time + arcing time
AC operation closing time ms 17 ... 90
opening time ms 10 ... 25
DC operation closing time ms 90 ... 230
opening time ms 14 ... 20
Arcing time ms 10 ... 15
Operating times at 1.0 × Us 1)
AC operation closing time ms 18 ... 30
opening time ms 11 ... 23
DC operation closing time ms 100 ... 120
opening time ms 16 ... 20

1) The opening times of the NO contacts and the 2) According to excerpt from Type of coordination "2":
closing times of the NC contacts increase if the IEC 60 947-4-1 (VDE 0660 Part 102): No damage can be tolerated to the overload
contactor coils are protected against voltage Type of coordination "1": relay, but contact welding on the contactor is
peaks: varistor +2 ms to 5 ms, diode assem- Destruction of the contactor and the overload permitted if the contacts can be easily sepa-
blies 2 to 6 times. relay is permissible. The contactor and/or over- rated.
load relay must be replaced if necessary.

Siemens Industry, Inc. 2/123


Industrial Controls Catalog
Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
Contactors for Special Applications SIRIUS
3RT14 contactors, 3-pole,
for switching resistive loads (AC-1)

Technical data

Contactor Size S3
Type 3RT14 46
Main circuit
Load ratings with AC
AC-1 utilization category, switching resistive load
Rated operational currents Ie at 40 °C up to 690 V A 140
at 60 °C up to 690 V A 130
at 1000 V A 60
Ratings at 230 V kW 50
of three-phase loads 400 V kW 86
p.f. = 0.95 (at 60 °C) 500 V kW 107
690 V kW 148
1000 V kW 98
Minimum conductor cross-section with Ie load at 40 °C mm2 50
at 60 °C mm2 50
AC-2 and AC-3 utilization categories
With an electrical endurance of 1.3 million operating cycles
Rated operational current Ie up to 690 V A 44
Ratings of slipring or squirrel-cage at 230 V kW 12.7
motors at 50 Hz and 60 Hz (at 60 °C) 400 V kW 22
500 V kW 29.9
690 V kW 38.2
Power loss per conducting path at Ie/AC-1 W 12.5
Load ratings with DC
DC-1 utilization category, switching resistive load L/R 1 ms)
Number of conducting paths when connected in series 1 2 3
Rated operational currents Ie (at 60 °C) up to 24 V A 130 130 130
60 V A 80 130 130
110 V A 12 130 130
220 V A 2.5 13 130
440 V A 0.8 2.4 6
600 V A 0.48 1.3 3.4

DC-3 and DC-5 utilization categories, shunt and series motors


Number of conducting paths when connected in series 1 2 3
Rated operational currents Ie (at 60 °C) up to 24 V A 6 130 130
60 V A 3 130 130
110 V A 1.25 130 130
220 V A 0.35 1.75 4
440 V A 0.15 0.42 0.8
600 V A 0.1 0.27 0.45
Operating frequency
Operating frequency z in operating cycles per hour AC operation DC operation
Contactors without overload relays No-load operating fre- 1/h 5000 1000
quency
Rated operation for AC-1 1/h 650 650
for AC-3 1/h 1000 1000
Dependence of the operating frequency z’ on the
operational current I’ and the operational voltage U’:

1.5
Ie 400 V
z’ = z ---- ----------
- 1/h
I U

2/124 Siemens Industry, Inc.


Industrial Controls Catalog
Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
SIRIUS Contactors for Special Applications
3RT14 contactors, 3-pole,
for switching resistive loads (AC-1)

Siemens Industry, Inc. 2/125


Industrial Controls Catalog
Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
Contactors for Special Applications SIRIUS
3RT14 contactors, 3-pole,
for switching resistive loads (AC-1)

Technical data

Contactor Size S6
Type 3RT14 56
General data
Permissible mounting position
The contactors are designed for operation
on a vertical mounting surface.

Mechanical endurance Oper. 10 million


cycles
Electrical endurance Oper. 0.5 million
AC-1 utilization category at Ie cycles
Rated insulation voltage Ui (pollution degree 3) V 1000
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp kV 8
Safe isolation between coil, auxiliary contacts and main contacts V 690
(acc. to DIN VDE 0106 Part 101 and A1 [draft 2/89])
Permissible ambient temperature in operation °C –25 ... +60/+55 with AS-Interface
when stored °C –55 ... +80
Degree of protection acc. to IEC 60 947-1 and DIN 40 050 IP 00/open type, coil system IP 20
Shock resistance
Rectangular pulse g/ms 8.5/5 and 4.2/10
Sine pulse g/ms 13.4/5 and 6.5/10
Conductor cross-sections See page 2/132
Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) See page 2/14
Short-circuit protection
Main circuit
Fuse links, utilization category gL/gG,
NH, Type 3NA Type of coordination "1" A 355
Fuse links, utilization category gR,
SITOR, Type 3NE Type of coordination "2" A 350
Auxiliary circuit
Fuse links, utilization category gL/gG A 10
(weld-free protection at Ik 1 kA)
DIAZED Type 5SB, NEOZED Type 5SE
or miniature circuit-breaker with C-characteristic (Ik < 400 A)
Control circuit
Coil voltage tolerance AC/DC (UC) 0.8 × Us min ... 1.1 × Us max
Power consumption of solenoid mechanism Conventional op. mechanism Solid-state op. mechanism
(with coil in cold state and rated range Us min ... Us max) Us min Us max Us min Us max
AC operation closing VA 250 300 190 280
p.f. 0.9 0.9 0.8 0.8
closed VA 4.8 5.8 3.5 4.4
p.f. 0.8 0.8 0.5 0.4
DC operation closing W 300 360 250 320
closed W 4.3 5.2 2.3 2.8
PLC control input (EN 61 131-2/Type 2) DC 24 V/ 30 mA

Operating times Conventional op. mechanism Solid-state op. mechanism


(Break-time = opening time + arcing time) Operation via
A1/A2 PLC input
– at 0.8 × Us min ... 1.1 × Us max closing time ms 20 ... 95 95 ... 135 35 ... 75
opening time ms 40 ... 60 80 ... 90 80 ... 90
– at Us min ... Us max closing time ms 25 ... 50 100 ... 120 40 ... 60
opening time ms 40 ... 60 80 ... 90 80 ... 90
Arcing time ms 10 ... 15 10 ... 15 10 ... 15
Main circuit
Load ratings with AC
AC-1 utilization category, switching resistive load
Rated operational currents Ie at 40 °C up to 690 V A 275
at 60 °C up to 690 V A 250
at 1000 V A 100
Ratings at 230 V kW 95
of three-phase loads 400 V kW 165
p.f. = 0.95 (at 60 °C) 500 V kW 205
690 V kW 285
1000 V kW 165
Minimum conductor cross-section with Ie load at 40 °C mm2 2 × 70
at 60 °C mm2 120
Power loss per conducting path at Ie/AC-1 W 20

2/126 Siemens Industry, Inc.


Industrial Controls Catalog
Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
SIRIUS Contactors for Special Applications
3RT14 contactors, 3-pole,
for switching resistive loads (AC-1)

Siemens Industry, Inc. 2/127


Industrial Controls Catalog
Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
Contactors for Special Applications SIRIUS
3RT14 contactors, 3-pole,
for switching resistive loads (AC-1)

Technical data

Contactor Size S10 S12


Type 3RT14 66 3RT14 76
General data
Permissible mounting position
The contactors are designed for operation
on a vertical mounting surface.

Mechanical endurance Oper. 10 million


cycles
Electrical endurance Oper. 0.5 million
AC-1 utilization category at Ie cycles
Rated insulation voltage Ui (pollution degree 3) V 1000
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp kV 8
Safe isolation between coil, auxiliary contacts and main contacts V 690
(acc. to DIN VDE 0106 Part 101 and A1 [draft 2/89])
Permissible ambient temperature in operation °C –25 ... +60/+55 with AS-Interface
when stored °C –55 ... +80
Degree of protection acc. to IEC 60 947-1 and DIN 40 050 IP 00/open type, coil system IP 20
Shock resistance
Rectangular pulse g/ms 8.5/5 and 4.2/10
Sine pulse g/ms 13.4/5 and 6.5/10
Conductor cross-sections See page 2/135
Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) See page 2/14
Short-circuit protection
Main circuit
Fuse links, utilization category gL/gG,
NH, Type 3NA Type of coordination "1" A 500 800
Fuse links, utilization category gR,
SITOR, Type 3NE Type of coordination "2" A 500 710

Auxiliary circuit
Fuse links, utilization category gL/gG A 10
(weld-free protection at Ik 1 kA)
DIAZED Type 5SB, NEOZED Type 5SE
or miniature circuit-breaker with C-characteristic (Ik < 400 A)

Contactor Size S10


Type 3RT14 66
Control circuit
Coil voltage tolerance AC/DC (UC) 0.8 × Us min ... 1.1 × Us max
Power consumption of solenoid mechanism Conventional op. mechanism Solid-state op. mechanism
(with coil in cold state and rated range Us min ... Us max) Us min Us max Us min Us max
AC operation closing VA 490 590 400 530
p.f. 0.9 0.9 0.8 0.8
closed VA 5.6 6.7 4 5
p.f. 0.9 0.9 0.5 0.4
DC operation closing W 540 650 440 580
closed W 6.1 7.4 3.2 3.8
PLC control input (EN 61 131-2/Type 2) DC 24 V/ 30 mA

Operating times Conventional op. mechanism Solid-state op. mechanism


(Break-time = opening time + arcing time) Operation via
A1/A2 PLC input
– at 0.8 × Us min ... 1.1 × Us max closing time ms 30 ... 95 105 ... 145 45 ... 80
opening time ms 40 ... 80 80 ... 200 80 ... 100
– at Us min ... Us max closing time ms 35 ... 50 110 ... 130 50 ... 65
opening time ms 50 ... 80 80 ... 100 80 ... 100
Arcing time ms 10 ... 15 10 ... 15 10 ... 15

2/128 Siemens Industry, Inc.


Industrial Controls Catalog
Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
SIRIUS Contactors for Special Applications
3RT14 contactors, 3-pole,
for switching resistive loads (AC-1)

Siemens Industry, Inc. 2/129


Industrial Controls Catalog
Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
Contactors for Special Applications SIRIUS
3RT14 contactors, 3-pole,
for switching resistive loads (AC-1)

2/130 Siemens Industry, Inc.


Industrial Controls Catalog
Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
SIRIUS Contactors for Special Applications
3RT13 contactors, 4-pole (4 NO),
for switching resistive loads

Siemens Industry, Inc. 2/131


Industrial Controls Catalog
Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
Contactors for Special Applications SIRIUS
3RT13 contactors, 4-pole (4 NO),
for switching resistive loads

2/132 Siemens Industry, Inc.


Industrial Controls Catalog
Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
SIRIUS Contactors for Special Applications
3RT15 contactors, 4-pole (2 NO + 2 NC),
for switching motors

Siemens Industry, Inc. 2/133


Industrial Controls Catalog
Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
Contactors for Special Applications SIRIUS
3RT15 contactors, 4-pole (2 NO + 2 NC),
for switching motors

2/134 Siemens Industry, Inc.


Industrial Controls Catalog
Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
SIRIUS Contactors for Special Applications
3RT16 capacitor contactors

Technical data
All technical data not mentioned in the table below is identical to that of the 3RT10 17 contactors for size S00, to that of the 3RT10 contactors
for size S0 and to that of the 3RT10 45 contactors for size S3.
Contactor Size S00 S0 S3
Type 3RT16 17 3RT16 27 3RT16 47

Capacitor rating for 230 V 50/60 Hz kvar 4 ... 7.5 8 ... 15 16 ... 30
operational voltage 400 V 50/60 Hz kvar 7 ... 12.5 14 ... 25 28 ... 50
(AC-6b utilization category) 525 V 50/60 Hz kvar 9 ... 15 18 ... 30 36 ... 60
690 V 50/60 Hz kvar 12 ... 21 24 ... 42 48 ... 84

Auxiliary contacts mounted (unassigned) 1 NO + 1 NC 1 NO

Additional auxiliary contacts mountable (laterally) – 2 NO + 2 NC


Coil voltage tolerance 0.85 ... 1.1 × Us

Max. operating frequency 1/h 180 100

Electrical endurance Oper. > 150 000 > 100 000


cycles

Ambient temperature °C 60 55

Specifications IEC 60 947/EN 60 947 (VDE 0660)

Short-circuit protection 1.6 ... 2.2 × Ie

3RT10 coupling relays (interface)


for switching motors

Technical data
All technical data not mentioned in the table below is identical to that of the 3RT10 contactors for switching motors.
The 3RT10 1. coupling relays cannot be extended with auxiliary switch blocks.
Two single-pole auxiliary switch blocks can be mounted onto the 3RT10 2. coupling relays (see accessories on page 2/46).
Contactor Size S00 S00 S00 S0
Type 3RT10 1.-1HB4. 3RT10 1.-1JB4. 3RT10 1.-1KB4. 3RT10 2.-1KB40

Mechanical endurance Oper. 30 million 10 million


cycles

Coil voltage tolerance 0.7 ... 1.25 × Us

Power consumption of the coil


(with coil in cold state) at Us 17 V W 1.2 2.1
24 V W 2.3 4.2
closing = closed 30 V W 3.6 6.6

Permissible residual current


of the electronics (with 0 signal) 24 V 24 V 24 V 24 V
mA < 10 mA × ---------- < 10 mA × ---------- < 10 mA × ---------
- < 6 mA × ----------
Us Us Us Us

Surge suppression in the coil no surge with diode with varistor with varistor
suppression

Operating times of the coupling relays

Closing at 17 V clos. time NO ms 40 ... 120 40 ... 120 40 ... 120 93 ... 270
opng. time NC ms 30 ... 70 30 ... 70 30 ... 70 83 ... 250

at 24 V clos. time NO ms 30 ... 60 30 ... 60 30 ... 60 64 ... 87


opng. time NC ms 20 ... 40 20 ... 40 20 ... 40 55 ... 78

at 30 V clos. time NO ms 20 ... 50 20 ... 50 20 ... 50 53 ... 64


opng. time NC ms 15 ... 30 15 ... 30 15 ... 30 45 ... 56

Opening at 17 V ... 30 V clos. time NO ms 7 ... 17 40 ... 60 7 ... 17 18 ... 19


opng. time NC ms 22 ... 30 60 ... 70 22 ... 30 24 ... 25

Safe isolation between coil and contacts V 400


(acc. to DIN VDE 0106 Part 101 A1 [draft 02/89])

Siemens Industry, Inc. 2/135


Industrial Controls Catalog
Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
Contactors for Special Applications SIRIUS
3RT10 coupling relays (interface)
for switching motors

2/136 Siemens Industry, Inc.


Industrial Controls Catalog
Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
SIRIUS
3TF, 3TB contactors
Contactors and Contactor Assemblies

Technical data
General technical data Page

Permissible mounting position, mounting instructions 2/137

Ratings of the auxiliary contacts 2/138

Positively driven contacts 2/138

Endurance of the auxiliary contacts 2/139

Endurance of the main contacts 2/139

Contactor type Permissible mounting position


Permissible mounting position, mounting instructions
The contactors are designed for operation on a vertical mounting surface.

3TF6 3TF68 and 3TF69 (AC operation) 1)2) Not suitable


3TF68 and 3TF69 (DC economy circuit) 1)2)

3TB5 Not suitable 3TB50 to 3TB56 3)

Mounting instructions
1) A minimum clearance of 30 mm is recommended between the contactors
in order to simplify the replacement of the laterally mounted auxiliary
switches.
2) If the contactors are mounted at a 90° angle (conducting paths horizon-
tally one above the other), the following reductions apply:
Operating frequency: 3TF68 and 3TF69 – to 80% of the standard values
3) No deviations from the vertical axis are allowed for reversing operation
without a mechanical interlock.
4) Mounting also permissible.

Siemens Industry, Inc. 2/137


Industrial Controls Catalog
Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
SIRIUS
3TF, 3TB contactors

Technical data

Contactor Type 3TF68 3TB50 3TB52


and ...
3TF69 3TB56
Ratings of the auxiliary contacts
Rated insulation voltage Ui acc. to IEC 60 947-5-1/DIN VDE 0660 acc. to IEC 60 158-1
(pollution degree 3) Part 200
V 690
Conventional thermal current Ith = Ie/AC-1 Ie/AC-1
rated operational current Ie/AC-12 A 10 10 10
Load ratings with AC
Rated operational current Ie/AC-15/AC-14 Ie/AC-11 Ie/AC-11
at rated operational voltage Ue 24 V A 10 10 10
110 V A 10 10 10
125 V A 10 10 10
220 V A 6 6 6
230 V A 5.6 5.6 5.6
380 V A 4 4 4
400 V A 3.6 3.6 3.6
500 V A 2.5 2.5 2.5
660 V A 2.5 2.5 2.5
690 V A 2.3 – –
Load ratings with DC
Rated operational current Ie/DC-12 Ie/DC-1 Ie/DC-1
at rated operational voltage Ue 24 V A 10 10 10
48 V A 10 10 10
110 V A 3.2 3.2 8
125 V A 2.5 2.5 6
220 V A 0.9 0.9 2
440 V A 0.33 0.33 0.6
600 V A 0.22 0.22 0.4
Rated operational current Ie/DC-13 Ie/DC-11 Ie/DC-11
at rated operational voltage Ue 24 V A 10 10 (10) 3) 10 (10) 3)
48 V A 5 5 ( 7) 5 ( 4)
110 V A 1.14 1.14 ( 3.2) 2.4 ( 1.8)
125 V A 0.98 0.98 ( 2.5) 2.1 ( 1.6)
220 V A 0.48 0.48 ( 0.9) 1.1 ( 0.9)
440 V A 0.13 0.13 ( 0.33) 0.32 ( 0.27)
600 V A 0.07 0.075 ( 0.22) 0.21 ( 0.18)

Contactor Type -

s, u and U ratings of the auxiliary contacts


Rated voltage max. AC V 600

Making and breaking capacity A600, P600

Contactor Type 3TF68 and 3TF69 4)


Positively driven operation between welded main contacts and
auxiliary NC contacts:
Positively driven contacts of
3TF, 3TB contactors
The contacts are positively driven if they are linked together mechanically in such a way that the NO and NC contacts cannot be closed at the same
time (positively driven operation between welded main contacts and auxiliary NC contacts).
Basic unit
Basic unit and mounted
auxiliary switches
Basic unit and laterally mounted x
auxiliary switches

1) With tab connectors 16 A. 3) The values in brackets apply to auxiliary con-


2) If the three main conducting paths are loaded tacts with a late-opening NC contact.
with 20 A and I > 10 A, the permissible ambient 4) In the case of the 3TF68 and 3TF69 as well as
temperature for the fourth conducting paths the 3TC44, one NC contact belonging to each
40 °C. of the left and right auxiliary switch blocks must
be connected in series.

2/138 Siemens Industry, Inc.


Industrial Controls Catalog
Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
SIRIUS
3TF, 3TB contactors

Technical data

Endurance of the auxiliary contacts


The contact endurance for the 3TF68 and 3TF69 contactors
AC-12 and AC-15/AC-14 utiliza- with AC 230 V
tion categories is mainly de-
pendent on the breaking cur-
rent. It is assumed that the op-
erating mechanisms are
switched randomly, i. e. not
synchronized with the phase
angle of the supply system.

Endurance of the main contacts


The characteristic curves show 3TB50 to 3TB56 contactors
the contact endurance of the
contactors when used to switch
resistive and inductive three-
phase loads (AC-1/AC-3), de-
pending on the breaking cur-
rent and the rated operational
voltage. It is assumed that the
operating mechanisms are
switched randomly, i.e. not syn-
chronized with the phase angle
of the supply system.
The rated operational current Ie
for the AC-4 utilization category
(breaking six times the rated
operational current) is designed
for a contact endurance of ap-
proximately 200 000 operating
cycles.
If a shorter endurance is suffi-
cient, the rated operational cur-
rent Ie/AC-4 can be increased.
For mixed operation, i.e. normal
switching (breaking the rated op-
erational current according to
the AC-3 utilization category) in
combination with intermittent
inching (breaking several times
the rated operational current ac-
cording to the AC-4 utilization
category), the contact endur- Where: Legend:
ance can be calculated approxi- X Contact endurance for mixed opera- PN = Ratings of
mately from the following equa- tion in operating cycles three-phase motors with
tion: A Contact endurance for squirrel-cage rotor at 400 V
normal operation (Ia = Ie) in Ia = Breaking current
A operating cycles Ie = Rated operational current
X = ---------------------------------------------------------
--
C A B Contact endurance for inching
1 + --------- - ---- – 1 (Ia = multiple of Ie) in
100 B
operating cycles
C Inching operations as a percentage of
total switching operations

Siemens Industry, Inc. 2/139


Industrial Controls Catalog
Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
SIRIUS
3TF contactors

Technical data

Contact erosion indication for 3TF68 and 3TF69 vacuum contactors


The contact erosion of the vac- The vacuum interrupter must be position. It is advisable to re-
uum interrupters can be moni- replaced if the distance indi- place all three interrupters in or-
tored in the closed position by cated by one of the double der to ensure maximum
means of three white double slides is less than 0.5 mm while reliability.
slides on the contactor base. the contactor is in the closed

Endurance of the main contacts


3TF68 and 3TF69 contactors

Legend:
PN = Ratings of
three-phase motors with
squirrel-cage rotor at 400 V
Ia = Breaking current
Ie = Rated operational current

2/140 Siemens Industry, Inc.


Industrial Controls Catalog
Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
SIRIUS
3TF68 and 3TF69 vacuum contactors

Technical data

Contactor Size 14 14
Type 3TF68 3TF69
General data
Mechanical endurance operating cycles 5 million
Electrical endurance operating See page 2/166
cycles
Rated insulation voltage Ui V 1 000
(pollution degree 3)
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp kV 8
Safe isolation 1) between coil and main contacts V up to 1 000
Permissible ambient temperature in operation °C –25 ... +55
when stored °C –55 ... +80
Degree of protection acc. to IEC 60 947-1 and DIN 40 050 IP 00/open type, control system IP 40
Shock resistance Rectangular pulse AC g/ms 8.1/5 and 4.7/10 9.5/5 and 5.7/10
DC g/ms 9/5 and 5.7/10 8.6/5 and 5.1/10
Sine pulse AC g/ms 12.8/5 and 7.4/10 13.5/5 and 7.8/10
DC g/ms 14.4/5 and 9.1/10 13.5/5 and 7.8/10
Short-circuit protection
Main circuit
Fuse links, utilization category gL/gG
NH Type 3NA, DIAZED Type 5SB, NEOZED Type 5SE
– acc. to IEC 60 947-4/EN 60 947-4-4 Type of coord. "1" 2) A 1 000 1 250
(VDE 0660 Part 102) Type of coord. "2" 2) A 500 630
Weld-free 3) A 400 500
Auxiliary circuit
Fuse links, utilization category gL/gG A 10
(weld-free protection at Ik 1 kA)
DIAZED Type 5SB, NEOZED Type 5SE
or miniature circuit-breaker with C-characteristic (Ik < 400 A)
Control circuit
Coil voltage tolerance 0.8 Us min ... 1.1 × Us max
Power consumption of the coils (with coil in cold state and 1.0 × Us)
AC operation Hz 50/60 50/60
Us min Us max Us min Us max
closing VA 1200 1850 600 950
p.f. 1 1 0.98 0.98
closed VA 13.5 49 12.9 30.6
p.f. 0.47 0.15 0.43 0.31
DC economy circuit closing 4) W 1010 5) 960 5)
closed W 28 5) 20.6 5)

Operating times at 0.8 ... 1.1 × Us (The values apply with the coil in the cold state and
Break-time = opening time + arcing time at operating temperature)
AC operation closing time ms 70 ... 120 (22 ... 65) 6) 80 ... 120
opening time ms 70 ... 100 70 ... 80
DC economy circuit closing time ms 76 ... 110 86 ... 280
opening time ms 50 19 ... 25
Arcing time ms 10 ... 15 10

Operating times at 1.0 × Us


AC operation closing time ms 80 ... 100 (30 ... 45) 6) 85 ... 100
opening time ms 70 ... 100 70
DC economy circuit closing time ms 80 ... 90 90 ... 125
opening time ms 50 19 ... 25
Minimum command duration for closing standard ms 120 120
shortened operat. time ms 90 –
Minimum interval time between two ON commands ms 100 300

1) Acc. to DIN VDE 0106 Part 101 and A1 Type of coordination "2": 3) Test conditions acc. to IEC 60 947-4-1.
(draft 2/89). No damage can be tolerated to the overload 4) At DC 24 V; deviations up to ± 10 % are possible
2) According to excerpt from relay, but contact welding on the contactor is with other voltages.
IEC 60 947-4 (DIN VDE 0660 Part 102): permitted if the contacts can be easily sepa- 5) Reversing contactor supplied.
Type of coordination "1": rated.
6) The values in brackets apply to contactors with
Destruction of the contactor and the overload shortened operating times.
relay is permissible. The contactor and/or over-
load relay must be replaced if necessary.

Siemens Industry, Inc. 2/141


Industrial Controls Catalog
Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
SIRIUS
3TF68 and 3TF69 vacuum contactors

Technical data

Contactor Size 14 14
Type 3TF68 3TF69
Main circuit
Load ratings with AC
AC-1 utilization category, switching resistive load
Rated operational currents Ie at 40 °C up to 690 V A 700 910
at 55 °C up to 690 V A 630 850
at 55 °C up to 1000 V A 450 800
Ratings at 230 V kW 240 323
of three-phase loads with 400 V kW 415 558
p.f. = 1 at 55 °C 500 V kW 545 735
690 V kW 720 970
1000 V kW 780 1385
Minimum conductor cross-sections with Ie load at 40 °C mm2 2 × 240 Ie 800 A: 2 × 60 × 5
at 55 °C mm2 2 × 185 Ie < 800 A: 2 × 240

AC-2 and AC-3 utilization categories


Rated operational currents Ie up to 690 V A 630 820
1000 V A 435 580
Ratings of slipring or squirrel-cage motors at 50 Hz and at 230 V kW 200 260
60 Hz 400 V kW 347 450
500 V kW 434 600
690 V kW 600 800
1000 V kW 600 800
AC-4 utilization category (at Ia = 6 × Ie)
Rated operational current Ie up to 690 V A 610 690
Ratings of squirrel-cage motors at 400 V kW 355 400
at 50 Hz and 60 Hz
For a contact endurance of approx. 200000 operating cycles:
Rated operational currents Ie up to 690 V A 300 360
1000 V A 210 250
Ratings of squirrel-cage motors at 230 V kW 97 110
at 50 Hz and 60 Hz 400 V kW 168 191

Max. permissible rated operational current


Ie/AC-4 q Ie/AC-3 up to 500 V 500 V kW 210 250
with reduced contact endurance 690 V kW 278 335
and reduced operating frequency 1000 V kW 290 350
AC-6a utilization category,
switching three-phase transformers
with inrush n 30 20 30 20
Rated operational currents Ie up to 400 V A 342 513 450 675
Ratings of three-phase transformers at 230 V kVA 130 195 171 256
with an inrush of n = 30 or 20. 400 V kVA 226 338 297 445
The ratings must be re-calculated 500 V kVA 296 444 389 584
for other inrush factors x: 690 V kVA 390 586 514 771
1000 V kVA 592 752 778 1003
30
Px = Pn 30 ------
x

AC-6b utilization category,


switching low-inductance
(low-loss, metallized-dielectric) three-phase capacitors
Rated operational currents Ie up to 400 V A 433
Ratings at 230 V kvar 175
of single capacitors 400 V kvar 300
at 50 Hz, 60 Hz 500 V kvar 400
690 V kvar 300
Ratings of capacitor banks at 230 V kvar 145
(minimum inductance between parallel capacitors 6 H) 400 V kvar 250
at 50 Hz, 60 Hz 500 V kvar 333
690 V kvar 250

2/142 Siemens Industry, Inc.


Industrial Controls Catalog
Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
SIRIUS
3TF68 and 3TF69 vacuum contactors

Technical data

Contactor Size 14
Type 3TF68 3TF69
Main circuit
Load ratings with AC
Used as stator contactors (up to 690 V)
(AC-2 utilization category)
Stator currents Ies
Relative ON period 1) 10 % A 1144 1544
with intermittent duty 20 % A 970 1307
40 % A 768 1039
60 % A 690 925
80 % A 630 850

Used as rotor contactors


Rotor currents Ier 3)
Relative ON period 1) 5% A 1900 2500
with intermittent duty 10 % A 1814 2440
20 % A 1530 2065
40 % A 1216 1640
60 % A 1083 1462
80 % A 995 1343
Uninterrupted duty A 995 1343
Locked rotor Starting V 2000 2000
voltages Uer Variable speed V 1000 1000
Plugging V 1000 1000
Short-time current-carrying capacity (5 to 30 s) 10 s current 2) 5040 7000
CLASS 5 and 10 A 630 820
15 A 630 662
20 A 536 572
25 A 479 531
30 A 441 500
Power loss per conducting path at Ie/AC-3/690 V W 45 70
Operating frequency
Operating frequency z Operation: Operation:
AC DC AC DC
Contactors without overload relays No-load operating 1/h 2000 1000 1000 1000
frequency
Dependence of the operating frequency z’ on the for AC-1 1/h 700 700 700 700
operational current I’ and the operational voltage U’: for AC-2 1/h 200 200 200 200
for AC-3 1/h 500 500 500 500
for AC-4 1/h 150 150 150 150

Contactors with overload relays (mean value) 1/h 15 15


Conductor cross-sections
Screw connection Main conductor:
– Busbar connection
Finely stranded with cable lug mm2 50 ... 240 50 ... 240
Stranded with cable lug mm2 70 ... 240 70 ... 240
Solid or stranded AWG 2/0 ... 500 MCM 2/0 ... 500 MCM
Connecting bar (max. width) mm max. 50 Max. 60 (Ue 690 V)
50 (Ue > 690 V)
Terminal screw M 10 × 30 M 12 × 40
Tightening torque 14 ... 24 Nm 20 ... 35 Nm
(124 ... 210 lb.in) (177 ... 310 lb.in)
– With box terminal 4)
Connection for laminated copper bars
Width mm 15 ... 25 15 ... 38
Max. thickness mm 1 × 26 or 2 × 11 1 × 46 or 2 × 18
Terminal screw, hexagon socket mm 6 8
Tightening torque 25 ... 40 Nm 35 ... 50 Nm
(221 ... 354 lb.in) (266 ... 443 lb.in)

Auxiliary conductor:
Solid mm2 2 × (0.5 ... 1); 2 × (1 ... 2.5)
Finely stranded with end sleeve mm2 2 × (0.5 ... 1); 2 × (0.75 ... 2.5)
Pin-end connector (DIN 46 231) mm2 2 × (1 ... 1.5)
Solid or stranded AWG 2 × (18 ... 12)
Tightening torque 0.8 ... 1.4 Nm
(7 ... 12 lb.in)

1) Relative ON period in % = 2) Acc. to DIN VDE 0660, Part 102.


ON period 3) Conductor currents in the supply lead to the
× 100, cycle times up to 10 min.
Cycle time contactor.
Max. operating frequency z = 50 1/h; with higher 4) See accessories on page 2/52.
operating frequencies z the following equation
must be used for the calculation: Ioff ~ 1/z.

Siemens Industry, Inc. 2/143


Industrial Controls Catalog
Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
SIRIUS
3TF68 and 3TF69 vacuum contactors

Technical data

Contactor Size 14
Type 3TF68 3TF69
s and u ratings
Rated insulation voltage AC V 600 600

Conventional thermal Free air and enclosed A 630 820


current

Maximum horsepower ratings


(s and u-approved values)
Ratings of three-phase motors at 200 V hp 231 290
at 60 Hz 230 V hp 266 350
460 V hp 530 700
575 V hp 664 860

NEMA/EEMAC ratings SIZE 6 7


Conventional thermal current Free air A 600 820
Enclosed A 540 810
Ratings of three-phase motors at 200 V hp 150 –
at 60 Hz 230 V hp 200 300
460 V hp 400 600
575 V hp 400 600
Overload relay Type 3RB12
Setting range A 200 ... 820

For short-circuit protection with overload relays, see Section 3.

2/144 Siemens Industry, Inc.


Industrial Controls Catalog
Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
SIRIUS
3TB50 to 3TB56 contactors

Technical data

Contactor Size 6 8 10 12
Type 3TB50 3TB52 3TB54 3TB56
General data
Mechanical endurance operating cycles 10 million

Electrical endurance operating cycles See page 2/165

Rated insulation voltage V 1000

Safe isolation 1) between coil and main contacts V 690

Permissible ambient temperature in operation °C –25 ... +55


when stored °C –50 ... +80
Degree of protection IP 00 (open type), control system IP 40
acc. to IEC 60 947-1 and DIN 40 050

Shock resistance (rectangular pulse) g/ms 5/10 5.9/10 5.9/10 5.9/10


Short-circuit protection
Main circuit
Fuse links NH Type 3NA
Utilization category gL/gG DIAZED Type 5SB
I 2) A 125 160 200 315
II 3) A 224 250 315 500

Auxiliary circuit (short-circuit current Ik 1 kA)


Fuse links DIAZED Type 5SB A 16
Utilization category gL/gG NEOZED Type 5SE
Miniature circuit-breaker with C-characteristic A 10

Control circuit
Coil voltage tolerance 0.8 ... 1.1 × rated control supply voltage

Power consumption of the coils (with coil in cold state and 1.0 × Us)
closing = closed W 25 30 60 86

Operating times at 0.8 ... 1.1 × Us (The values apply up to and including 20 % undervoltage and
Break-time = opening time + arcing time 10 % overvoltage, and with the coil in the cold state and at operating
temperature)
closing time ms 105 ... 360 115 ... 400 105 ... 400 110 ... 400
opening time 4) ms 18 ... 30 22 ... 35 24 ... 55 40 ... 110
arcing time ms 10 ... 15 10 ... 15 10 ... 15 10 ... 15

Operating times at 1.0 × Us


closing time ms 120 ... 230 130 ... 250 115 ... 250 120 ... 250
opening time 4) ms 20 ... 26 24 ... 32 35 ... 50 60 ... 95
Main circuit
Load ratings with AC
AC-1 utilization category, switching resistive load
Rated operational current Ie at 40 °C A 170 230 325 425
at 55 °C A 160 200 300 400
Ratings of three-phase loads 5) 230 V kW 61 76 114 152
p.f. = 0.95 (at 55 °C) 400 V kW 105 132 195 262
500 V kW 138 173 260 345
690 V kW 183 228 340 455
Minimum conductor cross-section with Ie load mm2 70 95 185 240

AC-2 and AC-3 utilization categories


Slipring or squirrel-cage motors See selection tables on page 2/173
AC-4 utilization category 6)
Rated operational current Ie A 52 72 103 120
Ratings of squirrel-cage motors 230 V kW 15.6 21 31 37.5
at 50 Hz and Ia 6 × Ie 400 V kW 27 37 55 65
500 V kW 35 48 72 85.5
690 V kW 45 64 92 106
Max. permissible rated operational current Ie/AC-4 at 400 V A 110 170 250 400

1) Acc. to DIN VDE 0106 Part 101 and A1 4) The opening times may increase if the contactor 6) The contact endurance (approximately 200 000
(draft 2/89). coils are protected against voltage peaks. operating cycles) has been rated for typical
2) Completely weld-free. 5) Industrial furnaces and electric heaters with applications; see characteristic curves on
3) Slight, separable contact welding, no further resistance heating, for example (higher current page 2/139.
damage. input allowed for during heating up).

Siemens Industry, Inc. 2/145


Industrial Controls Catalog
Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
SIRIUS
3TB50 to 3TB56 contactors

Technical data

Contactor Size 6 8 10 12
Type 3TB50 3TB52 3TB54 3TB56
Main circuit
Load ratings with AC
Switching low-inductance (low-loss,
metallized-dielectric) three-phase capacitors 1)
Rated operational current Ie at 400 V A 87 144 217 289
Ratings of 230 V kvar 35 58 87 115
individual capacitors at 50 Hz 400 V kvar 60 100 150 200
500 V kvar 80 130 190 265
690 V kvar 60 100 150 200
Ratings of capacitor banks (minimum 230 V kvar 30 40 66 85
inductance between parallel capacitors 400 V kvar 50 70 115 150
6 H) at 50 Hz 500 V kvar 66 90 145 195
690 V kvar 50 70 115 150
Used as stator contactors
(AC-2 utilization category)
Stator current Ies 2)
Relative ON period 3) 20 % A 245 308 462 617
with intermittent duty 40 % A 195 245 367 490
60 % A 174 218 327 436
80 % A 160 200 300 400
Used as rotor contactors
Rotor current Ier 2)
Relative ON period 3) 10 % A 395 560 759 1075
with intermittent duty 20 % A 388 487 730 975
40 % A 308 387 580 775
60 % A 275 345 517 689
80 % A 252 316 474 632

Uninterrupted duty A 252 316 474 632


Locked rotor voltages Uer Starting V 2000 2000 2000 2000
Variable speed V 1000 1000 1000 1000
Plugging V 1000 1000 1000 1000
Load ratings with DC
DC-1 utilization category, switching resistive load
(L/R 1 ms)

Rated operational current Ie (at 55 °C)


Number of conducting paths connected in series 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3
24 V A 160 160 160 200 200 200 300 300 300 400 400 400
60 V A 80 160 160 80 200 200 300 300 300 330 400 400
110 V A 18 160 160 18 200 200 33 300 300 33 400 400
220 V A 3.4 20 160 3.4 20 200 3.8 300 300 3.8 400 400
440 V A 0.8 3.2 11.5 0.8 3.2 11.5 0.9 4 11 0.9 4 11
600 V A 0.5 1.6 4 0.5 1.6 4 0.6 2 5.2 0.6 2 5.2

DC-2 to DC-5 utilization categories, shunt and


series motors (L/R 15 ms)

Rated operational current Ie (at 55 °C)


Number of conducting paths connected in series 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3
24 V A 16 160 160 16 200 200 35 300 300 35 400 400
60 V A 7.5 160 160 7.5 200 200 11 300 300 11 400 400
110 V A 2.5 160 160 2.5 200 200 3 300 300 3 400 400
220 V A 0.6 2.5 160 0.6 2.5 200 0.6 2.5 300 0.6 2.5 400
440 V A 0.17 0.65 1.4 0.17 0.65 1.4 0.18 0.65 1.4 0.18 0.65 1.4
600 V A 0.12 0.37 0.75 0.12 0.37 0.75 0.125 0.37 0.75 0.125 0.37 0.75
Operating frequency
Operating frequency in operating cycles
per hour
Contactors without overload for AC-1 1/h 1000
relays
Rated operation for AC-2 and AC-3 1/h 500
for AC-4 1/h 250
Contactors with overload relays (mean value) 1/h 15

1) Contact endurance 0.1 million operating cycles. 3) Relative ON period in % =


2) For contact endurance at these loads, ON period
× 100, cycle times up to 10 min.
see characteristic curves on page 2/139. Cycle time

2/146 Siemens Industry, Inc.


Industrial Controls Catalog
Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
SIRIUS
3TB50 to 3TB56 contactors

Technical data

Contactor Size 6 8 10 12
Type 3TB50 3TB52 3TB54 3TB56
Conductor cross-sections
Screw connection Main conductor:
Finely stranded with cable lug mm2 16 ... 70 35 ... 95 50 ... 240 50 ... 240
Stranded with cable lug mm2 25 ... 70 50 ... 120 70 ... 240 70 ... 240
Busbars mm 15 × 3 20 × 3 25 × 5 2 × (25 × 3)
Terminal screw M6 M8 M 10 M 10
Auxiliary conductor:
Solid mm2 1 ... 2.5
Finely stranded with end sleeve mm2 0.75 ... 1.5
Pin-end connector (DIN 46 231) mm2 2 × 1 ... 2.5
Protective conductor:
Stranded with cable lug mm2 – 25 ... 70 35 ... 70 50 ... 120

s and U ratings
s Conventional thermal current Free air A 150 170 240 300
Enclosed A 135 153 215 270
Ratings of three-phase motors 115 V hp 25 30 40 50
at 60 Hz (enclosed) 230 V hp 50 60 75 100
460 V hp 100 120 150 200
575 V hp 125 160 200 250
Overload relay Type 3RB1056 3RB1056 3RB1066 3RB1066
Setting range A 50 ... 200 50 ... 200 50 ... 250 200 ... 540
EEMAC SIZE contactors Size 4 4 4 5
Starters (contactors and overload relays, enclosed) Size 3 4 4 5

u Conventional thermal current Free air A 150 150 240 390


and Enclosed A 135 135 215 350
U Ratings of three-phase motors 115 V hp 25 25 30 –
at 60 Hz (enclosed) 230 V hp 50 50 75 125
460 V hp 100 100 150 250
575 V hp 125 125 200 300 1)
Overload relay Type 3RB1056 3RB1056 3RB1066 3RB1066
Setting range A 50 ... 200 50 ... 200 50 ... 250 200 ... 540
NEMA SIZE contactors Size 4 4 4 5
Starters (= contactors + overload relays, enclosed) Size 3 4 4 5
Specified short-circuit protection devices (u-approved):
Fuses Class RK5 RK5 RK5 RK5
A 400 400 450 600
Circuit-breakers A 175 175 250 600

1) Max. rated motor current 325 A and motor


starting current 3250 A at AC 575 V (AC 600 V).

Siemens Industry, Inc. 2/147


Industrial Controls Catalog
DC Power Controls
DC Contactors SIRIUS
General Purpose — Type 3TC

Specifications These contactors can be used for Mounting positions


starting of DC motors where the
Type 3TC general purpose contactors starting current does not exceed 10
3TC44
meet or exceed the requirements times the current corresponding to
of NEMA, UL, CSA, IEC, VDE and other the horsepower rating of the contactor.
international standards. Information on
approvals in Section 1. The ratings given in the Contactor
Ratings Table apply for the double-pole
Application
switching of loads or when the two
Type 3TC DC contactors are primarily contact paths of the contactor are
used in mining, steel mills, and other 3TC48 to 3TC56
connected in series. When only one
heavy duty industrial applications. contact is used, the values given can
These contactors are designed for be switched at voltages up to 220V.
continuous operation and they are used
to remotely control DC drives, cranes, Mounting
hoists, heaters and lamps as well as The contactors must be mounted in the
such apparatus as battery-chargers, position indicated in drawing.
plating equipment and transit systems. Contactors can be tilted up to 22.5° off
the vertical.

Technical Data
Unit of
Contactor Type Measure 3TC44 3TC48 3TC52 3TC56
Mechanical Life 10 million make/break operations
Rated Voltage
/ V 600 600 600 600
VDE/IEC V 800 800 800 800
Permissible ambient
temperature ranges in operation °C Ҁ25 to ѿ55 (Ҁ13°F to ѿ131°F)
when stored °C Ҁ50 to ѿ80 (Ҁ58°F to ѿ176°F)
Coil ratings
(cold coil, 1.0 ҂ Uc )
DC operation in-rush W 10 19 30 86
sealed W 10 19 30 86
AC Operation in-rush (Pf %) VA % 73 (78%) 365 (45%) 730 (38%) 2140 (30%)
sealed VA % 9 (27%) 35 (26%) 56 (24%) 140 (29%)
Coil voltage tolerances 0.8 to 1.1 times rated control voltage (Uc )
Operating times (valid for 20% undervoltage, 10% overvoltage, cold or warm coil)
Total break time ҃ opening delay ѿ arcing time
DC operation closing delay ms 35–190 90–380 120–400 110–400
opening delay ms 10–25 17–28 22–35 40–110
arcing time ms 20 20 20 20

AC operation closing delay ms 10–40 20–50 20–50 20–50


opening delay ms 5–25 5–30 10–30 10–30
Resistance to shock (rectangular pulse) 7.5/ 5 10/ 5 12 / 5 12 / 5
g/ms
3.4/10 5/10 5.5/10 5.5/10
Conductor sizes
Main conductor: stranded AWG (2) 14–8 #8–#2 #1–4/0 (2) 250 MCM
Auxiliary conductor: stranded AWG (2) 18–14 (2) 18–14 (2) 18–14 (2) 18–14
Switching frequency in make/break operations per hour (1/h)
DC and AC operation
with resistive load DC1 duty 1/h 1500 1000 1000 1000
with inductive load DC2 and DC4 duty 1/h 750 600 600 600
DC3 and DC5 duty 1/h 250 250 250 250

Ratings for Auxiliary Contacts


Contactor Rated voltage Switching capacity
3TC44 to 3TC56 max. 600V AC Heavy duty A600, P600

2/148 Siemens Industry, Inc.


Industrial Controls Catalog
Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
SIRIUS
Accessories
3RT1 contactors and 3RH1 control relays

Siemens Industry, Inc. 2/149


Industrial Controls Catalog
Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
SIRIUS
Accessories
3RT1 contactors

Technical data acc. to IEC 60 947/EN 60 947

OFF-delay devices
Designs 3RT19 16-2BE01 3RT19 16-2BK01 3RT19 16-2BL01

Connectable contactor sizes: DC supply S00 ... S3 S00/S0 S00/S0


Caution: only contactors and contactor relays AC supply – S00/S0 S00/S0
with DC operation can be connected.
Type 3RT10 ..-1BB4. 3RT10 1.-1BF4. 3RT10 1.-1BM4./-1BP4.
3RT13 ..-1BB4. 3RT10 2.-1BF4. 3RT10 2.-1BM4./-1BP4.
3RT15 ..-1BB4. 3RH1. . .-1BF40 3RH1. . .-1BM40
-1BP40
3RH1. ..-1BB40
Permissible mounting position
The OFF-delay devices are designed for operation on a
vertical mounting surface.

Rated control supply voltage Us V 24 (DC) 110 (UC) 220/230 (UC)


Voltage tolerance 0.9 ... 1.1 Us

Rated frequency(ies) with AC supply f Hz ±5 % – 50/60 50/60

Ambient temperature permissible:


when stored Tu °C –40 ... +80
in operation and mounted side-by-side without spacing Tu °C –25 ... +50
in operation and mounted side-by-side with 5 mm spacing Tu °C –25 ... +60

OFF delay 1)
(minimum times at Usp = 0.9 × Us, Tsp = 20 °C) Note:
In practice the mean value is 1.5 times the minimum time.
S00 toff > ms 250 130 600
S0 toff > ms 150 100 400
S2 (only with DC supply) toff > ms 90 – –
S3 (only with DC supply) toff > ms 70 – –
Built-in capacitance
3RT19 16-2B.01 C µF 2000 68 68
Capacitor voltage V 35 180 350
ON delay
(maximum at Usp = 0.9 × Us, Tsp = 20 °C) Note:
The total ON delay = contactor make time + ton)
S00 ton < ms 10 60 200
S0 ton < ms 10 80 250
Endurance
Mechanical Oper. cycles 30 million
Electrical, approx. Oper. cycles > 1 million.

Operating frequency max. (at Tu = 60 °C) z< 1/h 300

Power loss max. approx. Pv < W 0.4 0.5 1

Surge suppression with varistor, integrated

Conductor cross-sections see 3RT10 1 contactors, page 2/100

Usp = coil voltage


Tsp = coil temperature

1) Doubling the time delay can be achieved by


doubling the capacitance. Commercially avail-
able capacitors can be used, which can be
connected to terminals C+ and Z–.

2/150 Siemens Industry, Inc.


Industrial Controls Catalog
Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
SIRIUS
Accessories
3RT1 contactors

Siemens Industry, Inc. 2/151


Industrial Controls Catalog
Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
Control Relays SIRIUS
3RH1 control relays
size S00

2/152 Siemens Industry, Inc.


Industrial Controls Catalog
Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
SIRIUS Control Relays
3RH1 control relays
size S00

Technical data

s and u ratings
Basic units and auxiliary switch blocks
Rated control supply voltage max. AC 600 V

Rated voltage AC 600 V


Making and breaking capacity A 600, Q 600

Conventional thermal current 10 A at AC 240 V


General data
Mechanical Basic units 3RH11, 3RH12 30 million operating cycles
endurance 3RH14 5 million operating cycles
Basic units with snap-on 10 million operating cycles
auxiliary switch block
Solid-state compatible 5 million operating cycles
auxiliary switch block

Rated insulation voltage Ui (pollution degree 3) V 690

Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp kV 6

Safe isolation between coil and contacts in the basic unit V 400
(acc. to DIN VDE 0106 Part 101 and A1 [draft 2/89])

Permissible ambient temperature in operation °C -25 ... +60


when stored °C -55 ... +80
Degree of protection acc. to IEC 60 947-1 and DIN 40 050 IP 20, coil system IP 40

Shock resistance Rectangular pulse AC/DC operation g/ms 10/5 and 5/10
Sine pulse AC/DC operation g/ms 15/5 and 8/10
Conductor cross-sections
Screw connection Auxiliary conductor and coil terminals
(1 or 2 conductor Solid mm2 2 × (0.5 ... 1.5); 2 × (0.75 ... 2.5) acc. to IEC 60 947;
connections possible) max. 2 × (1 ... 4)
Finely stranded with end sleeve mm2 2 × (0.5 ... 1.5); 2 × (0.75 ... 2.5)

AWG conductor connections, solid or stranded AWG 2 × (20 ... 16); 2 × (18 ... 14); 1 × 12

– Terminal screws M3

– Tightening torque Nm 0.8 ... 1.2 (7 ... 10.3 lb.in)

Cage Clamp connection Auxiliary conductor and coil terminals


(1 or 2 conductor
connections possible) Solid mm2 2 × (0.25 ... 2.5)

Finely stranded with end sleeve mm2 2 × (0.25 ... 1.5)

Finely stranded without end sleeve mm2 2 × (0.25 ... 2.5)

AWG conductor connections, solid or stranded AWG 2 × (24 ... 14)


For associated 8WA2 803/8WA2 804 opening tool, see page 2/57.
An "insulation stop" must be used for conductor cross-sections 1 mm2,
see accessories on page 2/57.
Max. outer diameter of conductor insulation: 3.6 mm.
For information about Cage Clamp connections, see section 19.
Short-circuit protection
(weld-free protection at Ik 1 kA)

Fuse links, utilization category gL/gG


DIAZED Type 5SB A 10
NEOZED Type 5SE A 10
or miniature circuit-breaker with C-characteristic (short-circuit current Ik < 400 A) A 6

Siemens Industry, Inc. 2/153


Industrial Controls Catalog
Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
Control Relays SIRIUS
3RH1 control relays
size S00

Technical data

Control circuit
Coil voltage tolerance AC operation at 50 Hz: 0.8 ... 1.1 × Us
at 60 Hz: 0.85 ... 1.1 × Us
DC operation at +50 °C: 0.8 ... 1.1 × Us
at +60 °C: 0.85 ... 1.1 × Us
Power consumption of the coils
(with coil in cold state and 1.0 × Us) at 50 Hz at 60 Hz
AC operation closing VA 27 24
p.f. 0.8 0.75
closed VA 4.6 3.5
p.f. 0.27 0.27
DC operation closing = closed W 3.2
Permissible residual current of the electronics
(with 0 signal) AC operation 1) mA

DC operation mA

Operating times 2)
Break-time = opening time + arcing time Values apply with coil in cold state and at operating temperature for
Voltage tolerance: 3RH14
AC operation 0.8 ... 1.1 × Us 1.0 × Us Minimum
actuating time
Closing closing time NO ms 8 ... 35 10 ... 25 35 ms
opening time NC ms 6 ... 20 7 ... 20
Opening opening time NO ms 4 ... 30 5 ... 30 30 ms
closing time NC ms 5 ... 30 7 ... 20
Voltage tolerance: 3RH14
DC operation 0.8 ... 1.1 × Us 1.0 × Us Minimum
actuating time
Closing closing time NO ms 25 ... 100 30 ... 50 100 ms
opening time NC ms 20 ... 90 25 ... 45
Opening opening time NO ms 7 ... 10 7 ... 9 30 ms
closing time NC ms 13 ... 16 13 ... 15
Arcing time ms 10 ... 15
Load side
Rated operational currents
Ie/AC-12 A 10
Ie/AC-15/AC-14 up to 230 V A 6
at rated operational voltage Ue 400 V A 3
500 V A 2
690 V A 1
Conducting paths
connected in series
1 2 3
Ie/DC-12 24 V A 10 10 10
at rated operational voltage Ue 60 V A 6 10 10
110 V A 3 4 10
220 V A 1 2 3.6
440 V A 0.3 1.3 2.5
600 V A 0.15 0.65 1.8
Ie/DC-13 24 V A 10 3) 10 10
at rated operational voltage Ue 60 V A 2 3.5 4.7
110 V A 1 1.3 3
220 V A 0.3 0.9 1.2
440 V A 0.14 0.2 0.5
600 V A 0.1 0.1 0.26

Operating frequency z
in operating cycles per hour
in rated operation AC-12/DC-12 1/h 1000
for utilization category AC-15/AC-14 1/h 1000
DC-13 1/h 1000
No-load operating frequency 1/h 10000
Dependence of the operating frequency z’ on the
operational current I’ and the operational voltage U’

1) The 3RT19 16-1GA00 additional load module is 2) The opening times of the NO contacts and the assemblies 2 to 6 times, varistor +2 to 5 ms).
recommended for higher residual currents, closing times of the NC contacts increase if the 3) Mountable auxiliary switch blocks: 6 A.
see accessories on page 2/43. contactor coils are protected against voltage
peaks (suppression diode 6 to 10 times, diode

2/154 Siemens Industry, Inc.


Industrial Controls Catalog
Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
SIRIUS Coupling Relays
3RH11 coupling relays

Technical data
All technical data not mentioned in the table below is identical to that of the 3RH11 control relays (page 2/156 onwards).
The size S00 coupling relays (3RH11) cannot be extended with auxiliary switch blocks.

Contactor – Type 3RH11 . .-1HB40 3RH11 . .-1JB40 3RH11 . .-1KB40


Size S00 S00 S00

Coil voltage tolerance 0.7 ... 1.25 × Us

Power consumption of the coil


(with coil in cold state) at Us 17 V 1.2 W 1.2 W 1.2 W
24 V 2.3 W 2.3 W 2.3 W
closing = closed 30 V 3.6 W 3.6 W 3.6 W

Permissible residual current


of the electronics
(with 0 signal)

Surge suppression in the coil no surge suppression with diode with varistor

Operating times of the coupling relays

Closing at 17 V closing time NO 40 ... 120 ms 40 ... 120 ms 40 ... 120 ms


opening time NC 30 ... 70 ms 30 ... 70 ms 30 ... 70 ms
at 24 V closing time NO 30 ... 60 ms 30 ... 60 ms 30 ... 60 ms
opening time NC 20 ... 40 ms 20 ... 40 ms 20 ... 40 ms
at 30 V closing time NO 20 ... 50 ms 20 ... 50 ms 20 ... 50 ms
opening time NC 15 ... 30 ms 15 ... 30 ms 15 ... 30 ms

Opening at 17 ... 30 V opening time NO 7 ... 17 ms 40 ... 60 ms 7 ... 17 ms


closing time NC 22 ... 30 ms 60 ... 70 ms 22 ... 30 ms
Upright mounting Request required

Contactor – Type 3RH11 . .-1MB40-0KT0 3RH11 . .-1VB40 3RH11 . .-1WB40


Size S00 S00 S00

Coil voltage tolerance 0.85 ... 1.85 × Us

Power consumption of the coil


(with coil in cold state) at Us 24 V 1.4 W 1.4 W 1.4 W
closing = closed

Permissible residual current Request required


Operating times of the coupling relays
Upright mounting

Siemens Industry, Inc. 2/155


Industrial Controls Catalog
Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
3RT1 Contactors SIRIUS
3RT1 contactors and accessories

Internal circuit diagrams (applicable to screw connection and Cage Clamp connection)
Size S00 Sizes S0 to S12
Terminal designations according to EN 50 012 Terminal designations according to EN 50 012
3RT10 1 contactors 3RT10 2 to 3RT10 7, 3RT12, 3RT14 contactors
1 NO 1 NC
Ident. no. 10E 01

3RT10 1 contactors (with 1 NO) 3RT10 2 to 3RT10 7, 3RT14 contactors


With 3RH19 11- . H . . . auxiliary switch blocks, mountable on the front With 3RH19 21- . HA22 4-pole auxiliary contact block, mountable on the front
1 NO + 1 NC 2 NO + 2 NC 2 NO + 2 NC
Ident. no.: 11E 22E Ident. no. 22E

3RT1. 5, 3RT1. 6, 3RT1. 7 contactors (sizes S6, S10, S12)


With 3RH19 21-1DA11 2-pole auxiliary switch blocks, laterally mountable
2 NO + 3 NC 3 NO + 2 NC 2 NO + 2 NC
Ident. no.: 23E 32E

3RH19 21- . HA../-.XA..4-pole auxiliary switch blocks,


for snapping onto the front 1)
3 NO + 1 NC 2 NO + 2 NC 2 NO + 2 NC 1 NO + 3 NC
Ident. no. 31 22 22 13

3RH19 21- . DA11, 3RH19 21-2DE11 first laterally mountable auxiliary


switch block (solid-state compatible)
1 NO + 1 NC 1 NO + 1 NC
left right

3RH19 21- . JA11, 3RH19 21-2JE11 second laterally mountable auxiliary


switch block (solid-state compatible)
(only for sizes S3 to S12)
1 NO + 1 NC 1 NO + 1 NC
left right

Contactors with 4 main contacts, size S00 Contactors with 4 main contacts, sizes S0 to S3
Terminal designations acc. to EN 50 005 Terminal designations acc. to EN 50 005
3RT13 and 3RT15 contactors 3RT13 and 3RT15 contactors
4 NO 2 NO + 2 N C 4 NO 2 NO + 2 NC

(3RH19 11 auxiliary switch blocks acc. to EN 50 005 can be snapped on) (3RH19 21 auxiliary switch blocks acc. to EN 50 005 can be snapped on)

Surge suppressor (plug-in direction coded; exception: marked +/– for 3RT19 16-1T... diode assembly) for sizes S00 to S3

Diode Diode assembly Varistor RC element Diode with LED Varistor with LED

1) Not for 3RT12. vacuum contactors

2/156 Siemens Industry, Inc.


Industrial Controls Catalog
Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
SIRIUS 3RT1 Contactors
3RT1 contactors and accessories

Internal circuit diagrams (applicable to screw connection and Cage Clamp connection)
Accessories for size S00 contactors and contactor relays
Terminal designations acc. to EN 50 005
3RH19 11- . F... auxiliary switch blocks and 3RH19 11- . NF.. solid-state compatible auxiliary switch blocks,
for snapping onto the front
2 NO 1 NO + 1 NC 2 NC 1 NO + 1 NC
Ident. no. 20 11 02 11 U

make-before-break

4 NO 3 NO + 1 NC 2 NO + 2 NC 2 NO + 2 NC 2 NO + 2 NC
Ident. no. 40 31 22 22 U 11/11 U

make-before-break 1 NO + 1 NC standard
1 NO + 1 NC make-before-break

3RH19 11-1AA.. and 3RH19 11-1BA.. auxiliary switch 3RH19 11-1LA.. and 3RH19 11-1MA.. auxiliary switch Internal wiring
blocks, for snapping onto the front, blocks, for snapping onto the front,
cable entry from above or below cable entry from above or below
1 NO 1 NC 2 NO 1 NO + 1 NC

Example: 1 NO + 1 NC,
cable entry from below

Terminal designations according to DIN 46 199 Part 5


3RT19 16-2E.../2F.../2G... solid-state, time-delay auxiliary switch blocks
1 NO + 1 NC 1 NO + 1 NC 2 NO
ON-delay OFF-delay WYE-delta function

(Integrated varistors not shown)

Accessories for size S0 to S12 contactors


Terminal designations acc. to EN 50 005
3RH19 21-.F..., 4-pole,
for snapping onto the front 1)
4 NO 3 NO + 1 NC 2 NO + 2 NC 4 NC 2 NO + 2 NC
Ident. no. 40 31 22 04 22 U

make-before-break

3RH19 21- . CA.. auxiliary switch blocks, single-pole, 3RH19 21-1CD.. auxiliary switch blocks, single-pole,
for snapping onto the front 1) with make-before-break contacts, for snapping onto the front 1)
1 NO 1 NC 1 NO 1 NC

(terminal designations according to EN 50 005 or EN 50 012)

1) Not for 3RT12. vacuum contactors

Siemens Industry, Inc. 2/157


Industrial Controls Catalog
Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
3RT1 Contactors SIRIUS
3RT1 contactors and accessories

Internal circuit diagrams (applicable to screw connection and Cage Clamp connection)
Accessories for size S0 to S12 contactors
Terminal designations acc. to EN 50 005
3RH19 21-1LA.. and 3RH19 21-1MA.. auxiliary switch block, 2-pole, Internal wiring
for snapping onto the front 1)
cable entry from above or below
2 NO 1 NO + 1 NC 2 NC

Example: 1 NO + 1 NC,
cable entry from below

3RH19 21- . FE22 solid-state compatible auxiliary switch block, 4-pole,


for snapping onto the front 1)
2 NO + 2 NC
Ident. no. 22

3RH19 21- . EA.. first laterally mountable auxiliary switch blocks (left) 3RH19 21- . EA.. first laterally mountable auxiliary switch blocks (right)
2 NO 1 NO + 1 NC 2 NC 2 NO 1 NO + 1 NC 2 NC

3RH19 21- . KA.. second laterally mountable auxiliary switch blocks (left) 3RH19 21- . KA.. second laterally mountable auxiliary switch blocks (right)
(only for sizes S3 to S12) (only for sizes S3 to S12)
2 NO 1 NO + 1 NC 2 NC 2 NO 1 NO + 1 NC 2 NC

Terminal designations according to DIN 46 199 Part 5


3RT19 26-2E.../2F.../2G... solid-state, time-delay auxiliary switch blocks
1 NO + 1 NC 1 NO + 1 NC 2 NO
ON-delay OFF-delay WYE-delta function

3RH19 24-1GP11 interface for control by PLC

Interface

Contactor

1) Not for 3RT12. vacuum contactors

2/158 Siemens Industry, Inc.


Industrial Controls Catalog
Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
SIRIUS 3RT1 Contactors and 3RH1 Control Relays
Accessories
for size S00 to S3

Circuit diagrams
OFF-delay devices 3RT19 16-2BK01, UC 110 V OFF-delay device 3RT19 16-2BE01, DC 24 V
3RT19 16-2BL01, UC 230 V

Internal circuit diagram Internal circuit diagram

3RT19 16-2BK01, UC 110 V 3RT19 16-2BE01, DC 24 V

UC 110 V A1 A3 A4 A5 B1 A2 Z+ Z– tv (ms) > DC 24 V A1 A2 Z+ Z– tv (ms) >


S00 DC L+ L– 130 S00 L+ L– 3RT1. 1.-.BB4. 250
3RH1. . .-.BB4.
50 Hz L1 N 3RT1. 1.-.BF4. 130 S0 L+ L– 3RT1. 2.-.BB4. 150
3RH1. . .-.BF4. S2 L+ L– 3RT1. 3.-.BB4. 90
60 Hz L1 N 130 L+ L–
S3 3RT1. 4.-.BB4. 70
S0 DC L+ L– 100

50 Hz L1 N 100
3RT1. 2.-.BF4.

60 Hz L1 N 100

3RT19 16-2BL01, UC 230 V


UC 230 V A1 A3 A4 A5 B1 A2 Z+ Z– tv (ms) >
S00 DC L+ L– 600
3RT1. 1.-.BM4.
N 3RT1. 1.-.BP4.
50 Hz L1 600
3RH1. . .-.BM4.
60 Hz L1 N 3RH1. . .-.BP4. 600

S0 DC L+ L– 400

L1 3RT1. 2.-.BM4.
50 Hz N 400
3RT1. 2.-.BP4.
60 Hz L1 N 400

Operation downstream of the OFF-delay device Operation upstream of the OFF-delay device
(contactor opens with a delay only in the event of a voltage failure) (contactor always opens with a delay)

Block diagram Typical circuit diagram:


Block diagram Typical circuit diagram:
Size S00 contactor,
Size S0 contactor,
DC operation, connected to AC
DC operation, connected to AC
50 Hz 230 V
50 Hz 230 V

Siemens Industry, Inc. 2/159


Industrial Controls Catalog
Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
3RT1 Contactors and 3RH1 Control Relays SIRIUS
Accessories
for size S00 to S3

Circuit diagrams
Accessories for size S00 to S3 contactors and control relays 3RT16 capacitor contactors
Solid-state time-delay blocks Size S00 Sizes S0 and S3
(see configuring aid on page 2/38)
3RT19 16-2C... 3RT19 16-2D...
ON-delay OFF-delay (with auxiliary voltage)
Size S00 Size S00

3RT19 26-2C... 3RT19 26-2D...


ON-delay OFF-delay (with auxiliary voltage)
Sizes S0 to S3 Sizes S0 to S3

A2 can only be connected


A2 can be connected to to N(L–) via the time-delay
N(L–) via either the contac- relay.
tor or the time-delay relay. x don’t connect
- - - optional connection
Time-delay block
Contactor

2/160 Siemens Industry, Inc.


Industrial Controls Catalog
Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
SIRIUS 3RA1 Contactor Assemblies
3RA13 contactor assemblies
for reversing

Circuit diagrams
Size S00
Main circuit Control circuit
(terminal designations of contactors according to EN 50 012)
for momentary-contact operation for maintained-contact operation

The 3RA19 13-2A installation kit contains, The 3RA19 13-2A installation kit contains,
among other things, wiring connectors for among other things, the electrical interlock.
connecting the main conducting paths.

Sizes S0 to S3
Main circuit Control circuit
(terminal designations of contactors according to EN 50 005)
for momentary-contact operation for maintained-contact operation

The 3RA19 .3-2A installation kits contain, among The 3RA19 24-2B mechanical interlock contains one NC
other things, the wiring connectors on the top and contact for the NC contact interlock for each contactor
bottom for connecting the main conducting paths.

Position of terminals
Sizes S0 to S3
Terminal designations according to EN 50 005
3RA19 24-2B mechanical interlock (laterally mountable),
integrated in reversing contactor assemblies (reversing starters),
contains one NC contact for the electrical interlock for each contactor
2 NC

S0 "OFF" button
S1 "Clockwise ON" button
S2 "Counterclockwise ON" button
S "CW-OFF-CCW" button
K1 Clockwise contactor
K2 Counterclockwise contactor
F1 Fuses for main circuit
F3 Fuses for control circuit
F2 Overload relay

Siemens Industry, Inc. 2/161


Industrial Controls Catalog
Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
3RA1 Contactor Assemblies SIRIUS
Circuit Diagrams
for WYE-delta switching

Circuit diagrams
Size S00
Main circuit Control circuits
with 3RT19 16-2G... solid-state, time-delay auxiliary switch block,
snapped onto the front (typical circuits)
for momentary-contact operation for maintained-contact operation

Contact element 27/28 of the solid-state, time-delay auxiliary switch block with a star-delta
function is only closed on the star step; the contact element is open on the delta step and
when de-energized.

Sizes S0 to S3
Main circuit Control circuits
with 3RP15 7. time-delay relay,
laterally mounted (typical circuits)
Size S0 for momentary-contact operation for maintained-contact operation

Contact element 17/18 is only closed on the star step; the contact element is open
on the delta step and when de-energized.

Sizes S2 and S3

S0 "OFF" button
S1 "ON" button
S Maintained-contact switch
K1 Line contactor
K2 Star contactor
K3 Delta contactor
K4 Solid-state, time-delay auxiliary switch block or time-delay relay
F0 Fuses
F1 Overload relay

2/162 Siemens Industry, Inc.


Industrial Controls Catalog
Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
SIRIUS 3T Contactors
3TB50 to 3TB56 contactors, 3-pole

Internal circuit diagrams


Sizes 6 to 12 3TY6 501-1E, 3TY6 561-1E auxiliary
3TB50 to 3TB56 switch blocks
DC operation with make-before-break contacts
Auxiliary contacts: 2 NO + 2 NC 1 NC

3TF68 and 3TF69 vacuum contactors,


3-pole

Internal circuit diagrams


3TF68 44 and 3TF69 44 contactors 3TF68 33 and 3TF69 33 contactors
4 NO + 4 NC 3 NO + 3 NC
AC operation DC operation
max. complement of auxiliary max. complement of auxiliary
switches switches

Auxiliary switch blocks Auxiliary switch blocks Auxiliary switch blocks Auxiliary switch blocks
3TY7 681-1G 3TY7 561-1AA00 3TY7 561-1KA00 3TY7 561-1EA00
for coil reconnection, first auxiliary switch block second auxiliary switch block with make-before-break contacts
3TF68 and 3TF69, left or right left or right
DC economy circuit mounted on left mounted on right mounted on left mounted on right mounted on left mounted on right

Auxiliary switch blocks


3TY7 561-1.
solid-state compatible aux. switch block
mounted on left mounted on right

Interface for control by PLC


3TX7 090-0D
with surge suppression

Circuit diagrams for DC economy circuit · maintained-contact operation


3TF68 33 and 3TF69 33 contactors

Terminal designations according to EN 50 012.

Siemens Industry, Inc. 2/163


Industrial Controls Catalog
Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
Control Relays SIRIUS
3RH1 control relays
size S00

Terminal diagrams
Terminal designations according to EN 50 011
3RH11 contactor relays
4 NO 3 NO + 1 NC 2 NO + 2 NC
Ident. no. 40E 31 E 22E

3RH11 40 contactor relays


with 3RH19 11-1GA.. auxiliary switch blocks snapped onto the front,
3RH12 44, 3RH12 62
8 NO 7 NO + 1 NC 6 NO + 2 NC
Ident. no. 80E 71E 62E

5 NO + 3 NC 4 NO + 4 NC
Ident. no. 53E 44E

3RH14 latched contactor relays


4 NO 3 NO + 1 NC 2 NO + 2 NC
Ident. no. 40E 31E 22E

Surge suppressor (plug-in direction coded)


Diode Diode assembly Varistor RC element Diode with LED Varistor with LED
NSB00093

2/164 Siemens Industry, Inc.


Industrial Controls Catalog
Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
SIRIUS Coupling Relays
3RH11 coupling relays
for switching auxiliary circuits

Terminal diagrams
DC operation
L+ is to be connected to coil terminal A1.
3RH11 coupling relays for auxiliary circuits,
size S00
Terminal designations according to EN 50 011
(it is not possible to snap on an auxiliary switch block)
Surge suppressor can be mounted
4 NO 3 NO + 1 NC 2 NO + 2 NC
Ident no.: 40E 31E 22E

Diode integrated
4 NO 3 NO + 1 NC 2 NO + 2 NC
Ident no.:40E 31E 22E

Varistor integrated
4 NO 3 NO + 1 NC 2 NO + 2 NC
Ident no.: 40E 31E 22E

Surge suppressors for size S00 coupling relays


See 3RH11 contactor relays, page 2/158.

Position of terminals
Size S00
3RH11 coupling relays
4 NO 3 NO + 1 NC 2 NO + 2 NC
Ident no.: 40E 31E 22E

Siemens Industry, Inc. 2/165


Industrial Controls Catalog
Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
3RT1 Contactors SIRIUS
3RT1 contactors and accessories

Position of terminals (applicable to screw connection and Cage Clamp connection)


Size S00 Sizes S0 to S12
Terminal designations according to EN 50 012 Terminal designations according to EN 50 012
3RT10 1 contactors, 3RT10 1 coupling relays, 3RT10 2, 3RT 10 3, 3RT10 2, 3RT10 3, 3RT10 4 contac-
3RT10 17-2K.4. contactors with extended tolerance 3RT10 4, 3RT14 46 contactors, tors
3RT10 2 coupling relays, 3RH19 21- . HA22
3RT10 25-3K.40 contactors with 4-pole auxiliary switch block
extended tolerance snapped onto the front
1 NO 1 NC 2 NO + 2 NC
Ident. no. 10E 01 Ident. no. 22 E

3RT10 1 contactors (with 1 NO) 3RT10 2, 3RT10 3, 3RT10 4 contac- 3RT10 2, 3RT10 3, 3RT10 4 contac-
with auxiliary switch blocks snapped onto the front tors tors
3RH19 11-. H . . . with 4-pole auxiliary switch block with 4-pole auxiliary switch block
for snapping onto the front for snapping onto the front
3RH19 21- . HA31 3RH19 21- . HA13
1 NO + 1 NC 2 NO + 2 NC 3 NO + 1 NC 1 NO + 3 NC
Ident. no.: 11E 22E Ident. no. 31 E 13 E

2 NO + 3 NC 3 NO + 2 NC 3RH19 21- . DA11 first laterally 3RH19 21- . JA11 second laterally
Ident. no.: 23E 32E mountable auxiliary switch mountable auxiliary switch
block 1) block 1)
mountable on left or right mountable on left or right
(only for sizes S3 to S12)
1 NO + 1 NC 1 NO + 1 NC
left right left right

1) Note the location digit.


Can only be used if no 4-pole auxiliary
switch block is snapped onto the front.

2/166 Siemens Industry, Inc.


Industrial Controls Catalog
Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
SIRIUS 3RT1 Contactors
3RT1 contactors and accessories

Position of terminals (applicable to screw connection and Cage Clamp connection)


Sizes S6 to S12
3RT1 .5, 3RT1 .6, 3RT1 .7 contac-
tors
with conventional op. mechanism with solid-state op. mechanism with solid-state op. mechanism with solid-state op. mechanism
(3RT1. ..-.A...) (3RT1. ..-.N...) (3RT1. ..-.P...) (3RT1. ..-.Q...)
with laterally mountable auxiliary with laterally mountable auxiliary with laterally mountable auxiliary with laterally mountable auxiliary
switch blocks 3RH19 21-1DA11 switch blocks 3RH19 21-1DA11 switch blocks 3RH19 21-1DA11 switch blocks 3RH19 21-1DA11
(for 2 NO + 2 NC, incl. in contactor) (for 2 NO + 2 NC, incl. in contactor) (for 1 NO + 1 NC, incl. in contactor) (for 1 NO + 1 NC, incl. in contactor)
3RH19 21-1JA11 3RH19 21-1JA11 3RH19 21-1JA11 3RH19 21-1JA11
(expandable to 4 NO + 4 NC) (expandable to 4 NO + 4 NC) (expandable to 2 NO + 2 NC) (expandable to 2 NO + 2 NC)
2 NO + 2 NC or 4 NO + 4 NC 2 NO + 2 NC or 4 NO + 4 NC 1 NO + 1 NC or 2 NO + 2 NC 1 NO + 1 NC or 2 NO + 2 NC

Contactors with 4 main contacts, size S00 Contactors with 4 main contacts, sizes S0 to S3
Terminal designations acc. to EN 50 005 Terminal designations acc. to EN 50 005
3RT13 and 3RT15 contactors 3RT13 and 3RT15 contactors
4 NO 2 NO + 2 NC 4 NO 2 NO + 2 NC

Accessories for size S00 contactors and contactor relays


Terminal designations acc. to EN 50 005
3RH19 11- . F... auxiliary switch blocks and 3RH19 11- . NF.. solid-state compatible auxiliary switch blocks,
for snapping onto the front
2 NO 1 NO + 1 NC 2 NC 1 NO + 1 NC
Ident. no. 20 11 02 11 U

make-before-break

4 NO 3 NO + 1 NC 2 NO + 2 NC 2 NO + 2 NC 2 NO + 2 NC
Ident. no. 40 31 22 22 U 11/11 U

make-before-break 1 NO + 1 NC standard,
1 NO + 1 NC make-before-
break

Siemens Industry, Inc. 2/167


Industrial Controls Catalog
Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
3RT1 Contactors and 3RH1 Control Relays SIRIUS
3RT1 contactors and accessories

Position of terminals (applicable to screw connection and Cage Clamp connection)


Accessories for size S00 contactors and contactor relays
Terminal designations acc. to EN 50 005
Auxiliary switch blocks for snapping onto the front Auxiliary switch blocks for snapping onto the front
cable entry from above cable entry from below
3RH19 11-1AA.. 3RH19 11-1AA..
1 NO 1 NC 1 NO 1 NC

3RH19 11-1LA20 3RH19 11-1LA11 3RH19 11-1MA20 3RH19 11-1MA11


2 NO 1 NO + 1 NC 2 NO 1 NO + 1 NC

Terminal designations according to DIN 46 199 Part 5


3RT19 16-2E.../2F.../2G... solid-state, time-delay auxiliary switch blocks
1 NO + 1 NC 1 NO + 1 NC 2 NO
ON-delay OFF-delay WYE-delta function

Accessories for size S0 to S12 contactors


Terminal designations acc. to EN 50 005
3RH19 21- . F... auxiliary switch blocks, 4-pole,
for snapping onto the front
4 NO 3 NO + 1 NC 2 NO + 2 NC 4 NC 2 NO + 2 NC
Ident. no. 40 31 22 04 22 U

make-before-break

3RH19 21-1LA.. auxiliary switch blocks, 2-pole, 3RH19 21-1MA.. auxiliary switch blocks, 2-pole,
for snapping onto the front, cable entry from above for snapping onto the front, cable entry from below
2 NO 1 NO + 1 NC 2 NC 2 NO 1 NO + 1 NC 2 NC

3RH19 21- . FE22 solid-state compatible auxiliary switch block, 4-pole,


for snapping onto the front
2 NO + 2 NC
Ident. no. 22

Terminal designations according to EN 50 005 or EN 50 012


3RH19 21- . CA.. auxiliary switch blocks, single-pole,
for snapping onto the front
1 NO 1 NC 1 NO 1 NC

with extended with extended


contact-making contact-making

2/168 Siemens Industry, Inc.


Industrial Controls Catalog
Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
SIRIUS 3RT1 Contactors
3RT1 contactors and accessories

Position of terminals
Accessories for size S0 to S12 contactors
Terminal designations acc. to EN 50 005
3RH19 21- . EA.. first laterally mountable auxiliary switch blocks (left) 3RH19 21- . EA.. first laterally mountable auxiliary switch blocks (right)
2 NO 1 NO + 1 NC 2 NC 2 NO 1 NO + 1 NC 2 NC

3RH19 21- . KA.. second laterally mountable auxiliary switch blocks (left) 3RH19 21- . KA.. second laterally mountable auxiliary switch blocks (right)
(only for sizes S3 to S12; can only be used if no auxiliary (only for sizes S3 to S12; can only be used if no auxiliary
switches are snapped onto the front) switches are snapped onto the front)
2 NO 1 NO + 1 NC 2 NC 2 NO 1 NO + 1 NC 2 NC

Accessories for size S0 to S12 contactors


Terminal designations acc. to DIN 46 199 Part 5
3RT19 26-2E.../2F.../2G... solid-state, time-delay auxiliary switch blocks
1 NO + 1 NC 1 NO + 1 NC 2 NO
ON-delay OFF-delay Star-delta function

3RT16 capacitor contactors


Size S00 Sizes S0 and S3
with 4-pole auxiliary switch block mounted on the front with 4-pole auxiliary switch block mounted on the front

The auxiliary switch block comprises 3 leading contacts The auxiliary switch block comprises 3 leading contacts
(not shown) and one unassigned NO contact. (not shown) and one unassigned NO contact.

Siemens Industry, Inc. 2/169


Industrial Controls Catalog
Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
3T Contactors SIRIUS
3TF68 and 3TF69 vacuum contactors, 3-pole

Position of terminals
AC operation DC operation Solid-state compatible auxiliary switch blocks
3TY7 561-1 . for lateral mounting onto
3TF68 and 3TF69 contactors 3TF68 and 3TF69 contactors
size 6 to 14 contactors
4 NO + 4 NC 3 NO + 3 NC
max. complement of auxiliary
switches
mounted mounted
on left on right

3TB50 to 3TB56 contactors, 3-pole


Position of terminals
DC operation · DC economy circuit
Sizes 6 to 12
3TB50 to 3TB56 contactors
2 NO + 2 NC

2/170 Siemens Industry, Inc.


Industrial Controls Catalog
Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
SIRIUS Control Relays
3RH1 control relays
size S00

Terminal designations according to EN 50 011


3RH11 control relays
4 NO 3 NO + 1 NC 2 NO + 2 NC
Ident no.:40E 31E 22E

3RH11 40 control relays


with 3RH19 11-1GA.. auxiliary switch blocks snapped onto the front

8 NO 7 NO + 1 NC 6 NO + 2 NC 5 NO + 3 NC
Ident no.:80E 71E 62E 53E

4 NO + 4 NC
Ident no.:44E

3RH14 latched control relays


4 NO 3 NO + 1 NC
Ident no.: 40E 31E

2 NO + 2 NC
Ident no.: 22E

Siemens Industry, Inc. 2/171


Industrial Controls Catalog
Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
SIRIUS
3RT10 contactors,
3-pole

Dimension drawings
3RT10 1 contactors Lateral clearance from
Size S00 and NEMA Size 0, screw connection earthed parts = 6 mm
with surge suppressor, auxiliary switch block and mounted overload relay

2) Auxiliary switch block


(also 3RH19 11- . NF . . solid-state
compatible design)
3) Surge suppressor
(also 3RT19 16-1GA00 additional
load module)
4) Drilling pattern

3RT10 1 contactors
Size S00, Cage Clamp connection
with auxiliary switch block

3RT10 2 contactors, 3RT10 2 coupling relays


Size S0 and NEMA Size 1, screw connection
with surge suppressor, auxiliary switch blocks and mounted overload relay

For size S0:


a = 3 mm at < 240 V
a = 7 mm at > 240 V
b = DC 10 mm deeper than AC
1) Auxiliary switch block, laterally mountable
2) Auxiliary switch block, mountable on the front,
1, 2 and 4-pole (also 3RH19 21- . FE22
solid-state compatible design)
3) Surge suppressor
4) Drilling pattern

2/172 Siemens Industry, Inc.


Industrial Controls Catalog
Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
SIRIUS
3RT10 contactors,
3-pole
Contactors and Contactor Assemblies

Dimension drawings
3RT10 2 contactors, 3RT10 2 coupling relays
Size S0, Cage Clamp connection
with surge suppressor, auxiliary switch blocks and mounted overload relay

For size S0:


a = 0 mm with varistor < 240 V, diode assembly
a = 3.5 mm with varistor > 240 V
a = 17 mm with RC element
b = DC 15 mm deeper than AC
1) Auxiliary switch block, laterally mountable
2) Auxiliary switch block, mountable on the front
(1, 2 and 4-pole)
3) Surge suppressor
4) Drilling pattern

3RT10 3 contactors
Size S2 and NEMA Size 2, screw connection
with surge suppressor, auxiliary switch blocks and mounted overload relay

For size S2:


a = 0 mm with varistor < 240 V, diode assembly
a = 3.5 mm with varistor > 240 V
a = 17 mm with RC element
b = DC 15 mm deeper than AC
1) Auxiliary switch block, laterally mountable
2) Auxiliary switch block, mountable on the front
(1, 2 and 4-pole)
3) Surge suppressor
4) Drilling pattern

Siemens Industry, Inc. 2/173


Industrial Controls Catalog
Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
SIRIUS
3RT10 and 3RT14 contactors,
3-pole

Dimension drawings
3RT10 3 contactors
Size S2, Cage Clamp connection
with surge suppressor, auxiliary switch blocks and mounted overload relay

For size S2:


a = 0 mm with varistor < 240 V, diode assembly
a = 3.5 mm with varistor > 240 V
a = 17 mm with RC element
b = DC 15 mm deeper than AC
1) Auxiliary switch block, laterally mountable
2) Auxiliary switch block, mountable on the front
(1, 2 and 4-pole)
3) Surge suppressor
4) Drilling pattern

3RT10 4, 3RT14 46 contactors Lateral clearance from


Size S3 and NEMA Size 3, screw connection earthed parts = 6 mm
with surge suppressor, auxiliary switch blocks
and mounted overload relay

For size S3:


a = 0 mm with varistor, diode assembly
and < 240 V
a = 3.5 mm with varistor and > 240 V
a = 17 mm with RC element
b = DC 13 mm deeper than AC
1) Auxiliary switch block, laterally mountable
2) Auxiliary switch block, mountable on the
front (1, 2 and 4-pole), same dimensions for
designs with screw or Cage Clamp con-
nection
3) Surge suppressor
4) Drilling pattern
5) For mounting on 35 mm standard mounting
rail (15 mm deep) acc. to EN 50 022
or 75 mm standard mounting rail acc. to
EN 50 023
6) Hexagon socket screw 4 mm

2/174 Siemens Industry, Inc.


Industrial Controls Catalog
Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
SIRIUS
3RT10 contactors,
3-pole

Dimension drawings
3RT10 4 contactors,
Size S3, Cage Clamp connection
with surge suppressor, auxiliary switch blocks
and mounted overload relay

For size S3:


a = 0 mm with varistor, diode assembly
and < 240 V
a = 3.5 mm with varistor and > 240 V
a = 17 mm with RC element
b = DC 13 mm deeper than AC
1) Auxiliary switch block, laterally mountable
2) Auxiliary switch block, mountable on the
front (1, 2 and 4-pole), same dimensions for
designs with screw or Cage Clamp con-
nection
3) Surge suppressor
4) Drilling pattern
5) For mounting on 35 mm standard mounting
rail (15 mm deep) acc. to EN 50 022
or 75 mm standard mounting rail acc. to
EN 50 023
6) Hexagon socket screw 4 mm

3RT10 coupling relays


Size S00
with surge suppressor
Deviating dimensions for coupling relays
with Cage Clamp connection:
Height: 60 mm

3) Surge suppressor
4) Drilling pattern

Siemens Industry, Inc. 2/175


Industrial Controls Catalog
Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
SIRIUS
3RT10 and 3RT14 contactors,
3-pole

Dimension drawings
3RT10 5, 3RT14 5 contactors
Size S6 and NEMA Size 4 Clearance from earthed parts with
with auxiliary switch block, laterally mountable and mountable on the front, directly mounted overload relay:
mounted overload relay and box terminals, lateral: 10 mm
laterally mounted electronics module with remaining lifetime indication front: 20 mm

Drilling pattern

For size S6:


k = 120 mm (minimum clearance for removing the
withdrawable coil)
1) Second auxiliary switch block, laterally mountable
2) Auxiliary switch block, mountable on the front
3) RC element
4) 3RB10 overload relay, mounted
5) 3RT19 55-4G box terminal block
(hexagon socket 4 mm)
6) 3RT19 56-4G box terminal block
(hexagon socket 4 mm)
7) PLC connection DC 24 V and changeover switch
(with 3RT1...-.N)
8) Electronics module with remaining lifetime indica-
tion (auxiliary switch block not mountable on right-
hand side)

2/176 Siemens Industry, Inc.


Industrial Controls Catalog
Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
SIRIUS
3RT10 and 3RT14 contactors,
3-pole

Dimension drawings
3RT10 6, 3RT14 6 contactors
Size S10
with auxiliary switch block, laterally mountable and mountable on the front,
mounted overload relay and box terminals,
laterally mounted electronics module with remaining lifetime indication

Drilling pattern

3RT10 7, 3RT14 7 contactors For sizes S10 and S12:


Size S12 Clearance from earthed parts with directly mounted
with auxiliary switch block, laterally mountable and mountable on the front, overload relay:
mounted overload relay and box terminals, lateral: 10 mm
laterally mounted electronics module with remaining lifetime indication front: 20 mm

Drilling pattern

For sizes S10 and S12:


k = 150 mm (minimum clearance for removing the
withdrawable coil)
1) Second auxiliary switch block, laterally mountable
2) Auxiliary switch block, mountable on the front
3) RC element
4) 3RB10 overload relay, mounted
5) Box terminal block (hexagon socket 6 mm)
6) PLC connection DC 24 V and changeover switch
(with 3RT1...-.N)
7) Electronics module with remaining lifetime indica-
tion (auxiliary switch block not mountable on right-
hand side)

Siemens Industry, Inc. 2/177


Industrial Controls Catalog
Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
SIRIUS
3RT12 vacuum contactors,
3-pole

Dimension drawings
3RT12 6 vacuum contactors
Size S10
with auxiliary switch block, laterally mountable,
mounted overload relay and box terminals,
laterally mounted electronics module with remaining lifetime indication

Drilling pattern

Detail
Contact erosion indicator for vacuum interrupters

3RT12 7 vacuum contactors


Size S12
with auxiliary switch block, laterally mountable,
mounted overload relay and box terminals,
laterally mounted electronics module with remaining lifetime indication

Drilling pattern

For sizes S10 and S12:


k = 150 mm (minimum clearance for removing the
withdrawable coil)
1) Second auxiliary switch block, laterally mountable
2) Position and contact erosion indicator
3) RC element
4) 3RB10 overload relay, mounted
5) Box terminal block (hexagon socket 6 mm)
6) PLC connection DC 24 V and changeover switch
(with 3RT1...-.N)
7) Electronics module with remaining lifetime indica-
tion (auxiliary switch block not mountable on right-
hand side)

2/178 Siemens Industry, Inc.


Industrial Controls Catalog
Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
SIRIUS
3RT13 and 3RT15 contactors,
4-pole

Dimension drawings
3RT13 1 and 3RT15 1 contactors Lateral clearance from
Size S00, screw connection earthed parts = 6 mm
with surge suppressor and auxiliary switch block
For size S00:
Deviating dimensions
for contactors
with Cage Clamp connections:
Height: 60 mm
Mounting depth with auxiliary switch block:
110 mm

2) Auxiliary switch block


(also 3RH19 11-.N... solid-state
compatible design)
3) Surge suppressor
(also 3RT19 16-1GA00 additional
load module)
4) Drilling pattern

3RT13 2 and 3RT15 2 contactors


Size S0
with surge suppressor and auxiliary switch block
For size S0:
a = 3 mm at < 250 V and surge suppressor
mounted
a = 7 mm at > 250 V and surge suppressor
mounted
b = DC 10 mm deeper than AC
1) Auxiliary switch block, laterally mountable
(left)
2) Auxiliary switch block, mountable on the
front, (max. two single-pole auxiliary switch
blocks)
3) Surge suppressor
4) Drilling pattern

3RT13 3 and 3RT15 3 contactors


Size S2
with surge suppressor and auxiliary switch block
For sizes S2 and S3:
a = 0 mm with varistor < 240 V
a = 3.5 mm with varistor > 240 V
a = 17 mm with RC element and diode
assembly
b = S2: DC 15 mm deeper than AC
S3: DC 13 mm deeper than AC
1) Auxiliary switch block, laterally mountable
(right or left)
2) Auxiliary switch block, mountable on the
front, (1, 2 and 4-pole, also 3RH19 21-
1FE22 solid-state compatible design)
3) Surge suppressor
4) Drilling pattern
5) For mounting on 35 mm standard mounting
rail (15 mm deep) acc. to EN 50 022 or, in
the case of size S3, 75 mm standard
mounting rail acc. to EN 50 023
6) Hexagon socket screw 4 mm

3RT13 4 contactors
Size S3
with surge suppressor and auxiliary switch block

Siemens Industry, Inc. 2/179


Industrial Controls Catalog
Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
SIRIUS
3RT16 capacitor contactors

Dimension drawings
3RT16 17 capacitor contactors
Size S00

3RT16 27 capacitor contactors


Size S0

3RT16 47 capacitor contactors


Size S3

2/180 Siemens Industry, Inc.


Industrial Controls Catalog
Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
SIRIUS
3RA13 contactor assemblies
for reversing

Dimension drawings
Size S00

Size S0
With 3RA19 24-2B mechanical inter- With 3RA19 24-1A mechanical inter-
lock lock
laterally mountable Mountable on front

Size S2

Size S3

Siemens Industry, Inc. 2/181


Industrial Controls Catalog
Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
SIRIUS
3RA13 contactor assemblies
for reversing

Dimension drawings
Size S6

Size S10

2/182 Siemens Industry, Inc.


Industrial Controls Catalog
Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
SIRIUS
3RA13 contactor assemblies
for reversing

Dimension drawings
Size S12

M10x30
(3x)

2.1
2.2
2.3
6

2
7 M10x35
944
RA -00 (3x)

3RA1953-2A
R A - 0 1 0 27

3RA1963-2A 1)
R A -01027a

3RA1973-2A 2)

1
) 3RT1.6
M10x30 2
) 3RT1.7
6 (3x)

M10x35
(3x) 1.1
1.2
1.3

Siemens Industry, Inc. 2/183


Industrial Controls Catalog
Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
SIRIUS
3TF68 and 3TF69 vacuum contactors,
3TC4 and 3TC5 DC contactors

Dimension drawings
3TF68 vacuum contactors 3TF69 vacuum contactors

Detail Detail
A = Contact erosion indicator for vacuum interrupter contacts A = Contact erosion indicator for vacuum interrupter contacts

3TC4 and TC5 contactors


3TC44 contactors 3TC48 contactors
Size 2, AC and DC operation Size 4, AC and DC operation

t = minimum clearance from insulated components: 15 mm (600 V and 750 V) t = minimum clearance from insulated components: 15 mm (600 V),
20 mm (750 V)
from grounded components: 30 mm (600 V and 750 V) from grounded components: 35 mm (600 V),
55 mm (750 V)
a b a b c
DC operation 109 141 DC operation 112 180 21.5
AC operation 68 100 AC operation 86 154 23.5

3TC52 contactors 3TC56 contactors


Size 8, AC and DC operation Size 12, AC and DC operation

2
2

t = minimum clearance from insulated components: 20 mm (600 V and 750 V) t = minimum clearance from insulated components: 25 mm (600 V and 750 V)

from grounded components: 70 mm (600 V and 750 V) from grounded components: 80 mm (600 V),
100 mm (750 V)
a b a b
DC operation 147 232 DC operation 200 310
AC operation 115 200 AC operation 141 251

1) With box terminals for laminated copper bars 2) DC operation only


(accessories).

2/184 Siemens Industry, Inc.


Industrial Controls Catalog
Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
SIRIUS
3TB5 contactors,
3-pole

Dimension drawings
3TB50 and 3TB52 contactors 3TB54 and 3TB56 contactors
Sizes 6 and 8 Sizes 10 and 12

Type a1 a3 b1 b3 c2 c3 d1 d2 e3 f4 g2 Type a1 a3 c2 c3 e3 f4
3TB50 120 100 150 130 23 198 37 15 133 137.5 M6 3TB54 145 120 30.5 264 168 188
3TB52 135 110 180 160 28 217 42 20 154 147 M8 3TB56 160 130 39 282 178 200

3TX6 . . 6-3B terminal covers

For contactor
Size Type b h l
6 3TB50 27 33 58
8 3TB52 34 44 75

10 ... 12 3TB54 to 3TB56 38 56 95

Additional space requirements for mounting resistors and varistors


with 3TB50 to 3TB56, 3TC48 to 3TC56 contactors
Contactor
For contactor Additional space requirements
for series resistor for varistor
c a b1 b2*)
3TB50 30 13 70 110
3TB52, 3TB54, 3TB56 – 15 82 120
3TC48 30 13 70 110
3TC52, 3TC56 – 15 82 120

*) Terminal compartment

Varistor Space for


mounted mounting resistor

Separately mounted series resistor

For contactor No. of


series resistors
3TB52, 3TC52 1

3TB54, 3TB56 2
3TC56 2

1) Minimum clearance from insulated components 3 mm.


Minimum clearance from earthed components 10 mm.

Siemens Industry, Inc. 2/185


Industrial Controls Catalog
Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
SIRIUS
Accessories for 3RT1 contactors

Dimension drawings
Auxiliary conductor terminal, 3-pole
3RT19 46-4F
Size S3
mounted on contactor

Auxiliary switch block Auxiliary switch block


3RH19 11-1AA . ., 3RH19 11-1LA . . 3RH19 11-1BA . ., 3RH19 11-1MA . .
for size S00 for size S00
Screw connection Screw connection
2-pole 2-pole
Cable entry from above Cable entry from below

Auxiliary switch block acc. to EN 50 012 and EN 50 005 Solid-state compatible auxiliary switch block acc. to EN 50 005
3RH19 11-1F . ., 3RH19 11-1H . . 3RH19 11-. NF . .
for size S00 for size S00
Screw connection Screw connection 1)
Single to 4-pole

Auxiliary switch block acc. to EN 50 012 and EN 50 005


3RH19 11-2F . . ., 3RH19 11-2H . . .
for size S00
Cage Clamp connection
Single to 4-pole

1) Deviating dimension for auxiliary switch block


with Cage Clamp connection: mounting depth
42 mm.

2/186 Siemens Industry, Inc.


Industrial Controls Catalog
Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
SIRIUS
Accessories for 3RT1 contactors

Dimension drawings
Auxiliary switch block acc. to EN 50 005 and EN 50 012 Auxiliary switch block acc. to EN 50 005 and EN 50 012
3RH19 21- . HA . ., 3RH19 21- . F . . . 3RH19 21-. C . . .
for sizes S0 to S12 for sizes S0 to S12
Screw connection 1) Screw and Cage Clamp connection
4-pole Single-pole

Auxiliary switch block acc. to EN 50 005 Auxiliary switch block acc. to EN 50 005
for sizes S0 to S12 for sizes S0 to S12
3RH19 21-1LA . . 3RH19 21-1MA . .
Screw connection Screw connection
2-pole 2-pole
Cable entry from above Cable entry from below

Auxiliary switch block, laterally mountable, Auxiliary switch block, laterally mountable,
3RH19 21-1D . . ., 3RH19 21-1J . . ., 3RH19 21-1E . . ., 3RH19 21-1K . . . 3RH19 21-2D . . ., 3RH19 21-2J . . ., 3RH19 21-2E . . ., 3RH19 21-2K . . .
for sizes S0 to S12 for sizes S0 to S12
Screw connection Cage Clamp connection
2-pole 2-pole

1) External dimensions for screw and Cage Clamp


connection are identical.

Siemens Industry, Inc. 2/187


Industrial Controls Catalog
Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
SIRIUS
Accessories for 3RT1 contactors

Dimension drawings
3RT19 16-2E . . ., 3RT19 16-2F . . ., 3RT19 16-2G . . . 3RT19 16-2 . . . . solid-state time-delay blocks, ON-delay
solid-state, time-delay auxiliary switch blocks Size S00
for size S00 contactors for mounting on the front of contactors
(the dimensions are also valid for time-delay blocks with an OFF-delay)

3RT19 16-4KA1 3RH19 11-1AA.., 3RH19 11-1BA..


solder pin adapter auxiliary switch block, single-pole
Size S00 Size S00
mounted onto 3RT10 1. contactors with 1 auxiliary contact in the basic unit cable entry from one side

3RT19 16-2B.01 OFF-delay device


for size S00 to S3 contactors

3RT19 26-2E . . ., 3RT19 26-2F . . ., 3RT19 26-2G . . . 3RT19 26-2 . . . .


solid-state, time-delay auxiliary switch blocks solid-state time-delay block, ON-delay.
for sizes S0 to S3 contactors Sizes S0 to S3
for mounting onto the top of the contactors
(the dimensions are also valid for time-delay blocks with an OFF-delay
and for 3RH19 24-1GP11 interfaces)

2/188 Siemens Industry, Inc.


Industrial Controls Catalog
Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
SIRIUS
Accessories for 3RT1 contactors

Dimension drawings
Link for paralleling Link for paralleling
3RT19 16-4BB31 3RT19 16-4BB41
Size S00 Size S00
3-pole, with terminal 4-pole, with terminal

Link for paralleling Link for paralleling


3RT19 26-4BB31 3RT19 36-4BB31
Size S0 Size S2
3-pole, with terminal 3-pole, with terminal

Link for paralleling


3RT19 46-4BB31
Size S3
3-pole, with through hole and shock hazard protection cover

Siemens Industry, Inc. 2/189


Industrial Controls Catalog
Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
SIRIUS
Accessories for 3RT1 contactors

Dimension drawings
Terminal cover for box terminals Terminal cover for box terminals
for size S2, for size S3,
3RT19 36-4EA2 3RT19 46-4EA2

Terminal cover for cable lug and bar connection


for size S3,
3RT19 46-4EA1

2/190 Siemens Industry, Inc.


Industrial Controls Catalog
Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
SIRIUS
Accessories for 3RT1 contactors

Dimension drawings
Main conducting path surge suppression module Main conducting path surge suppression module
3RT19 66-1PV3 3RT19 66-1PV4
for 3RT12 vacuum contactors, sizes S10 and S12 for 3RT12 vacuum contactors, sizes S10 and S12
connection to contactor feeder side (2-T1/4-T2/6-T3) connection to contactor feeder side (2-T1/4-T2/6-T3)
via mounted lead, approx. 350 mm long via mounted lead, approx. 350 mm long

Terminal cover for bar connection Terminal cover for box terminals
3RT19 .6-4EA1 3RT19 .6-4EA2
Sizes S6 to S12 Sizes S6 to S12
for mounting onto the contactor enclosure for mounting onto box terminal

A B C D E F A B C D E F
S6 119 324 107 241 91 52 S6 119 215 27 190 91 52
S10 145 385 128 289 106 66 S10 145 265 30 235 106 66
S12 145 399 128 303 124 66 S12 145 279 30 249 124 66

Links for paralleling


3RT19 .6-4BA31
Sizes S6 to S12

A B C
S6 91 199 10.5
S10 121 244 12.5
S12 121 258 12.5

Siemens Industry, Inc. 2/191


Industrial Controls Catalog
Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
SIRIUS
Accessories for 3RA1 contactor assemblies

Dimension drawings
Mechanical interlock
3RA19 54-2A
Sizes S6 to S12

3RA19.2-2A baseplates for reversing contactor assemblies

A B C D E
S6 190 205 250 229 9
S10 240 249 300 275 11
S12 280 249 330 275 11

3RA19.2-2E, 3RA19.2-2F
baseplates for star-delta assemblies

A B C D E
S6-S6-S3 316 205 376 229 9
S6-S6-S6 343 205 403 229 9
S10-S10-S6 393 250 453 275 11
S10-S10-S10 423 250 483 275 11
S12-S12-S10 450 250 510 275 11
S12-S12-S12 465 250 525 275 11

2/192 Siemens Industry, Inc.


Industrial Controls Catalog
Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
SIRIUS
Accessories for 3T contactors

Dimension drawings
3TX7 462-3 . varistors RC elements and varistors 3TX7 090-0D interface
3TX7 462-3., 3TX7 522-3., for snapping onto the side of contac-
3TX7 572-3. tors

3TX7 box terminals for laminated copper bars


Box terminals with cover, mounted onto contactor

For contactor Box terminal a b c


Type

3TF68 3TX7 570-1. 182 178 300

3TF69 3TX7 690-1F 200 219 320

3TX7 686-0A and 3TX7 696-0A terminal covers


for 3TF68 and 3TF69 contactors, size 14,
for screwing onto the free end of the two screws on the outer conducting paths
For contactor Terminal
Type cover a b c
3TF68 3TX7 686-0A 245 M10 104

3TF69 3TX7 696-0A 255 M12 99

3TX7 680-0D link for paralleling 3TX7 680-0E cover plate


for 3TF68 contactors for 3TX7 680-0D link for paralleling for 3TF68 contactor

Siemens Industry, Inc. 2/193


Industrial Controls Catalog
Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
SIRIUS
3RH11 and 3RH14 control relays

Dimension drawings
3RH11 control relays
Size S00, with screw connections,
with surge suppressor and auxiliary switch block
Lateral clearance from
earthed parts = 6 mm

1) Auxiliary switch block


2) Surge suppressor
3) Drilling pattern

Deviating dimensions for contactor relays


with Cage Clamp connections:
Height: 60 mm
Mounting depth with auxiliary switch
block:
110 mm

3RH14 latched control relays


Size S00,
with surge suppressor and auxiliary switch block

3RH11 coupling relays

Dimension drawings
Size S00, with screw connections,
with surge suppressor

1) Surge suppressor
2) Drilling pattern

Deviating dimensions for coupling relays


with Cage Clamp connections:
Height: 60 mm

2/194 Siemens Industry, Inc.


Industrial Controls Catalog

Вам также может понравиться